Kawasaki Valve

Oil Pressure
Regulating Valve
In adopting and using this product.・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2

Safety Precautions ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3
Type Number Index ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4
Directional control valve ・・・・・・・・・・ 1-1
Pressure control valve・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-1
Flow control valve・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-1
Sandwich valve・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-1
Logic valve・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-1
Solenoid proportional control valve・・・ 6-1
Sub-plate・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ Appendix-1
Flange・Nipple・・・・・・・・・・ Appendix-15
In adopting and using this product
Our products are designed based on sufficient knowledge and long years of experience and are manufactured
under strict quality control. However, we ask you to pay attention to the following points in adopting our products.
As use conditions of the products listed in this catalog are diversified, the decision of adaptability of the product to
1 the system must be made by a hydraulic system designer or a person who determines the specifications upon
conducting the analysis and tests as necessary. Besides, we ask you to study specifications with reference to the
latest catalog and material, take the possibility of machine failures into consideration and configure the system.
2 In using the product, please observe safety precautions and use it in a correct use method.
3 Technical information described in this catalog is representative values that explain features and performance of the
product, not guaranteed values.
If you use the product in the following conditions and environment, please contact us in advance.
4 (1) Conditions and environment other than specified specifications

(2) When the product is used for usage such as nuclear power, aviation, medical service and food
(3) Usage that is anticipated to have a large impact on persons and properties, especially usage for which safety is
required
The information described in this catalog may be changed without prior notice. Please contact us for the latest
5 information.
Precautions in use
●Hydraulic oil
Mineral based hydraulic oil, water-glycol based, fatty ester based and phosphate ester based hydraulic oil may be
used. However, when phosphate ester based hydraulic oil is used, seal material is special (fluoro rubber). Please
specify by adding "-V" at the end of the type indication. When water-glycol based hydraulic oil and fatty ester based
hydraulic oil are used, paint is special (epoxy resin). Please specify by adding "-W" at the end of the type indication
for the painted products. When using water-glycol based hydraulic oil for a part of types of solenoid valves and
valves with a solenoid valve, please specify by adding "-W1" at the end of the type indication. When water-glycol
based hydraulic oil is used, rated pressure is 20.6 MPa (210 kgf/cm2). Besides, when the product is used for a long
time, sufficient properties control is required.
When using other incombustible hydraulic oil and special hydraulic oil, please contact us.
6 ●Viscosity and oil temperature

Use hydraulic oil in the viscosity range of 2.8 to 380 mm2/s (cSt) and in the temperature range of -20 to +70℃
(temperature range of 0 to 50℃ for water-glycol based hydraulic oil). If you use the product beyond this range,
please contact us.
●Valve installation direction

There is no limitation of the valve mounting surface. However, in the no spring type of the solenoid valve and
solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve, install the valve so that the spool is horizontal. In the no spring
type of the check valve, install the valve so that the poppet is vertical.
●Mounting surface accuracy

Finish the valve mounting surface to surface roughness of 6.3-Z and flatness of 0.01mm/□100.
●Shipping condition
The adjustment portion of each valve is shipped in the following condition as standard.
Pressure control valve: Adjustment portion fully open (state of minimum pressure)
Flow control valve: Adjustment portion fully closed
In the type selection, we recommend the one indicated in color letters in the type indication explanation.
2
Safety Precautions
Cautions concerning related regulations
To use the product in this catalog safely, you MUST carefully read all Warnings and Cautions in this manual.
You MUST also observe the related regulations and rules regarding safety.
[Related Standards concerning Safety]

(1) High Pressure Gas Control Law (4) Explosion class
(2) Industrial Safety and Health Law (5) JIS B8265, B8266 (EN13445) Construction of pressure vessels
(3) Fire Service Law (6) JIS B 8361 (ISO4413) Hydraulic fluid power - General rules relating to systems
Cautions concerning use of products
(1) Precautions in handling products (3) Warnings and Cautions for operation
(1) Caution Use the safety equipment to avoid the injury when (1) Danger Never use the product not equipped with
you operate the product. anti-explosion protection in the circumstances of
possible explosion or combustion.
(2) Caution Pay enough attention to handling method to avoid (2) Warning Never remove the protection cover over the rotating
pinching hands or back problems that may be part such as motor shaft and pump shaft to avoid
caused by heavy weight of the product or handling injuries by being rolled fingers or cloths in.
posture.
(3) Warning Stop the operation immediately if you find something
(3) Caution Do not step on the product, hit it, drop it or give wrong such as unusual noise, oil leakage or smoke,
outside force to it. One of these actions may cause and fix it properly. If you continue operating, you may
the failure of work, damage or oil leakage. encounter damage, fire or injury.
Caution (4) Caution Make sure that plumbing and wiring are correct and
(4) Wipe off hydraulic oil on the product or floor
completely. Hydraulic oil creates slippery conditions all the connection is tightened correctly before you
that may result in dropping the product or injuring. start operating, especially if it is the first run.
(5) Caution Use the product under the specification mentioned in

the catalog, drawings and specification sheet.
(2) Precautions in installing and removing the product
(6) Caution Keep your hands and body off the product during the
(1) Caution Installation, removal, plumbing and wiring must be operation as it may become hot due to oil
done by the certified person. temperature and temperature increase of the
solenoid. Otherwise you may suffer burns.
*CERTIFIED PERSON:
A person who has enough knowledge like a person (7) Caution Use the proper hydraulic oil, and maintain the
who is trained by Kawasaki's hydraulic school.
contamination in the recommended level. Otherwise
the product may not work or be damaged.
(2) Warning Make sure that the power of the hydraulic power unit
is turned off and that the electric motor or engine has
completely stopped before starting installation or
removal. You must also check that the system (4) Cautions related to maintenance and storage
pressure has dropped to zero.
(1) Caution Never modify the product without approval of
(3) Warning Be sure to turn off the power before starting wiring or Kawasaki.
other works related to the electric power. Otherwise,
you may receive an electric shock. (2) Caution Do not disassemble and reassemble the product
(4) Caution Clean the mounting holes and mounting surface without approval of Kawasaki. It may cause troubles
completely. Otherwise you may experience damages and failures, or it may not work as specified. If it is
or oil leakage caused by insufficient tightening torque necessary by all means to disassemble and reassemble
or broken seal. it, it must be done by an authorized person.
(5) Caution Be sure to use the specified bolts and keep the (3) Caution Keep the product from dust and rust by paying
specified tightening torque when you install the attention to the surrounding temperature and
product. Usage of unauthorized bolts, lack of torque humidity when you transport or store the product.
or excess of torque may create problems such as
(4) Caution Replacing the seals may be required if you use the
failure of work, damage and oil leakage.
product after long time storage.
3
Type Number Index
3
3RBE10, 20, 30 (Three stage pressure relief valve)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-27
B B10 to 30 (Brake valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-54
C
C6 to 30 (Check valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-65
C52 to 150 (Check valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-69
CBD6 to 30 (Counterbalance valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-61
CFW-B15-D (Controller for DC power supply double solenoid with LVDT feedback) ・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-39
CF-B15-D (Controller for DC power supply single solenoid with LVDT feedback) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-38
CH6 to 30 (Pilot operated check valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-73
CH52 to 150 (Pilot operated check valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-77
CHY6 to 30 (Pilot operated check valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-73
CHY52 to 150 (Pilot operated check valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-77
CS6, 10 (Selector valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-25
CW-B10-A (Controller for AC power supply double solenoid) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-35
CW-B15-D (Controller for DC supply double solenoid) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-37
C-B10-A (Controller for AC power supply double solenoid) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-34
C-B15-D (Controller for DC power supply single solenoid) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-36
D
DDP (Solenoid proportional control valve - Direct operated type) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-20
DDPL6 (Solenoid proportional control valve - Direct operated type, with LVDT) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-26
DE5 (Solenoid operated directional valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-14
DE6 (Solenoid operated directional valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-2
DE10 (Solenoid operated directional valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-11
DEH16, 22, 32 (Solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-20
DEH52 (Solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-32
DG6 (Pressure gauge valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-80
DH6, 10 (Pilot operated directional valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-40
DH16, 22, 32 (Pilot operated directional valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-44
DH52 (Pilot operated directional valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-50
DHP16, 22 (Solenoid proportional control valve - 2-stage amplifier type) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-22
DHPL16 (Solenoid proportional control valve - 2-stage amplifier type, with LVDT) ・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-29
DM6, 10 (Manual selector valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-55
DM16, 22, 32 (Manual selector valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-59
F
F1M10, 20, 30 (Throttle valve - Cartridge type) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-8
F5, 10 (Precision throttle valve)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-18
FC1M10, 20, 30 (Slow return check valve - Cartridge type) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-14
FJC5, 10, 16 (Temperature and pressure compensated flow regulating valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-22
FJC30 (Temperature and pressure compensated flow regulating valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-25
FK10, 16 (Three-way flow regulating valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-27
K
K4 LA (Manual selector valve with 4 port detent) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 1-64
KC, KWC (Controller for DC power supply single and double solenoids, small and inexpensive type) ・・ 6-40
KDZ15 to 40 (Counterbalance valve - with unload function) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-64
KLD16 to 100 (Logic valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-2
KMK (Slow return check valve - Gasket type) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-16
4
L
LPR16 to 63 (Logic element for pressure control) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-28
LR16 to 80 (Logic element for pressure control) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-28
LU16 to 100 (Logic valve cover) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-2
P
PRB10, 20, 30 (Pressure reducing valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-51
PRD6, 10 (Pressure reducing valve - Direct operated type) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-48
PRBP10, 20, 30 (Pressure reducing valve of solenoid proportional balanced piston type) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-16
PRDP1M6 (Solenoid proportional pilot pressure reducing valve - Direct operated type) ・・・・・・・・・ 6-13
PRDP6 (Solenoid proportional pilot pressure reducing valve - Direct operated type)・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-10
PU10, 20, 30 (Unloading relief valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-32
PU35 (Unloading relief valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-37
PUE10, 20, 30 (Unloading relief valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-32
R
RB1M6C, 10C (Relief valve - Balanced piston cartridge type pilot operated) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-30
RB10, 20, 30 (Relief valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-10
RB35 (Relief valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-17
RB52, 82 (Relief valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-22
RBE10, 20, 30 (Relief valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-10
RBE35 (Relief valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-17
RBE52, 82 (Relief valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-22
RBP10 to 35 (Solenoid proportional balanced piston type relief valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-5
RD6 to 30 (Relief valve - Direct operated type) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-2
RDPV5 (Solenoid proportional direct operated type relief valve - for vent control) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-2
RDV6, 10 (Relief valve - Direct operated type for vent control) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-4
RDV1M6 (Relief valve for panel mounted vent control ) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-4
S
SB10, 20, 30 (Sequence valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-43
SBE10, 20, 30 (Sequence valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-43
SD6, 10 (Sequence valve - Direct operated type) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-40
S-(2)C6, 10 (Sandwich type check valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-2
S-(2)CH6 to 22 (Sandwich type pilot operated check valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-5
S-(2)RB6, 10 (Sandwich type relief valve)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-9
S-(2)T6, 10 (Sandwich type throttle valve)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-20
S-(2)TC6 to 22 (Sandwich type slow return check valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-26
S-4C5, 10, 16 (Sandwich type check valve block)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-33
S-PRD6, 10 (Sandwich type pressure reducing valve - Direct operated type) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-16
S-SD6, 10 (Sandwich type sequence valve - Direct operated type) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-12
T
T1M6 to 30 (Variable throttle valve)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-2
T1M52 to 102 (Throttle valve)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-6
T6 to 30 (Throttle valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-4
TC1M52 to 102 (Slow return check valve)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-12
TC6 to 30 (Slow return check valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-10
Z
ZA10, 20, 30 (Sandwich type check valve block)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-36
ZNS5, 6, 10 (Sandwich type shock damping valve)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-39
5
Directional
control valve
Page
Solenoid operated directional valve・・・・・DE6 ・・・・ 1-2

Solenoid operated directional valve・・・・DE10 ・・・・ 1-11
Solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve (1)・ DEH ・・・・ 1-20
Solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve (2)・ DEH ・・・・ 1-32
Pilot operated directional valve (1)・・・・・・ DH ・・・・ 1-40
Manual selector valve (1)・・・・・・・・・・・・ DM ・・・・ 1-55
Manual selector valve (2)・・・・・・・・・・・・ DM ・・・・ 1-59
Manual selector valve - KLA type・・・・・・・・ K4LA ・・・・ 1-64
Check valve (1)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ C ・・・・ 1-65
Check valve (2)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ C ・・・・ 1-69
Pilot operated check valve (1)・・・・・ CH/CHY ・・・・ 1-73
Pilot operated check valve (2)・・・・・ CH/CHY ・・・・ 1-77
Pressure gauge valve・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ DG6 ・・・・ 1-80
In the type selection, we recommend the one indicated

in color letters in the type indication explanation.
1-1
Solenoid operated directional valve
DE6
■Overview ■Features
This solenoid operated directional valve is 1. This valve is resistant to contamination and
used for controlling start and stop, and provides stable operation.
movement direction of the hydraulic 2. A wide variety of options are available.
system with electrical signals.
■Type indication
Solenoid operated
directional valve Type of hydraulic oil
No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
Nominal dimension Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
6
V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
Connection method
P=Gasket connection type
Presence/absence of P port restriction
Series number: 30 No symbol = No restriction

P08 = Restriction contraction diameterφ 0.8 mm
Position holding method P10 = Restriction contraction diameterφ 1.0 mm
1 = 2 position, no spring type (with detent)
2 = 2 position, spring offset type
or
3 position, spring center type
Spool type P40 = Restriction contraction diameterφ 4.0 mm
*Refer to "Spool type symbols".
Electric connection symbol
Solenoid type Input power supply
Symbol Explanation
W = Wet type (with standard emergency manual operation) A D R
AL Integrated terminal box with lamp ○ ○ ○
Input power supply
B With DIN connector ○ ○ ー
A = Alternating current
C With DIN large connector ○ ○ ○
D = Direct current
CL With DIN large connector and lamp ○ ○ ー
R = AC/DC conversion
F With DIN connector (G1/2) ○ ○ ー
Input voltage
Direct current D Alternating current A AC/DC conversion R
100 : 100V-50/60Hz
110V-60Hz
12 : 12V 120 : 110V-50Hz
24 : 24V 120V-50/60Hz 100 : 100V-50/60Hz
200 : 200V-50/60Hz
48 : 48V 200 : 200V-50/60Hz
220V-60Hz
240 : 220V-50Hz
240V-50/60Hz
*For other power supply voltage, please contact us.
1-2
■Spool type symbol

●2 position valve
Number of Position Spool Hydraulic

Transient state
positions holding method type symbol symbols
AB AB
Sol . a b Sol . a b
a a
PT PT
01
03
2
（　　　　）
Spring offset
type
04
AB AB
a b Sol . a b Sol .
b b
PT PT
2 positions 02
25
AB AB
Sol . a b Sol . Sol . a b Sol .
a b a b
PT PT
1 01
No spring type
（　　　　）
with detent
03
04
● When neutral position and one side position of the

3 position valve are used together
●3 position valve With reference to the 3 position valve, two types of the 2 position
valve are available: the valve that uses the neutral position and
sol.a excitation position of the 3 position valve (2**A) and the one
Transient state that uses the neutral position and sol.b excitation position (2**B).
AB AB
Sol . Sol . Number of Position Spool
a o b a b Hydraulic symbols
a b positions holding method type symbol
PT PT
AB
05 Sol .
a
a o o b Sol .
b
PT
06 05A
07 05B
08 06A
10 06B
1
2
3 positions
（　　　　）
Spring center
type 12 2 positions
（　　　　）
Spring offset
type
07A
13 07B
16 08A
17 08B
21 10A
22 10B
1-3
■Specifications ■Sub-plate
Nominal dimension 6 Valve type Sub-plate type Connection diameter Mass

Maximum working Port A, B, P （357）
35 P-DE6R14-0 Rc 1 4
pressure 1.0kg
MPa (kgf/cm2) Port T （214）
21 P-DE6G14-0 G 14
DE6P
Maximum switching AC, DC 300 P-DE6R38-0 Rc 3 8
frequency 1.3kg
Number of times/min AC/DC conversion 120 P-DE6G38-0 G 38
AC 15 When you use a sub-plate, please place an order for the above
Switching time ms
Solenoid DC 48 sub-plate type.

excitation
For the dimension drawing, refer to page 11 of the appendix.
AC/DC conversion 50
AC 23
Solenoid
DC 19
(Note 1)
demagnetization
AC/DC conversion 100
■Accessories
● Mounting bolt
Maximum ambient temperature ℃ 50
Hexagon socket
Type head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
JIS C0920 IP65
Dust proof and water proof properties (Dust proof and DE6P M5×45L 4 pcs. 6.4 ± 0.5 (65 ± 5)
water-jets-proof type)
AC
Single
solenoid DC 1.4
type AC/DC
conversion
Mass
kg AC
Double
solenoid DC 1.85
type
AC/DC
conversion
(Note 1) Switching time varies slightly depending on use conditions.
■Solenoid specifications
Working Current value at rated voltage
Rated voltage Frequency Type of coil
Solenoid type Power supply Symbol voltage range Energized time
V Hz Holding current A Starting current A insulation
V
50 80 to 110 0.51 2.42
100
A100 0.37 2.14
60 90 to 120
110 0.44 2.35
50 96 to 132 0.42 2.02
A120 120
Alternating 60 108 to 144 0.31 1.78
current A 50 160 to 220 0.25 1.21
200
A200 0.19 1.07
60 180 to 240 Continuous
Oil immersion 220 0.22 1.18 H type
type rating
50 192 to 264 0.21 1.01
A240 240
60 216 to 288 0.15 0.89
D12 12 10.8 to 13.2 2.45
Direct
D24 24 ― 21.6 to 26.4 1.23 ―
current D
D48 48 43.2 to 52.8 0.61
R100 100 90 to 110 0.33
AC/DC 50/60 ―
conversion R R200 200 180 to 220 0.16
1-4
■Connection method

●Detail of terminal block ●Electric circuit diagram (in the case of single solenoid type)
Double solenoid type Alternating current A
Power supply
Common terminal terminal
( )
Ground terminal *1 SOL.a or
SOL.b Lamp
circuit SOL
Lamp Common plate *2
Common terminal
Ground terminal
SOL.a SOL.b
Direct current D
Integrated terminal box type

Lamp Power supply
terminal
( )
Integrated terminal box type
Ground terminal *1 SOL.a or

Power supply terminal SOL.a Surge
SOL.b Lamp
circuit
absorption SOL
Power supply terminal circuit
SOL.b
Common terminal
Ground terminal
In the case of single solenoid type (SOL.a)
AC/DC conversion R
Common terminal Power supply

Ground terminal
terminal
Lamp (
SOL.a or
SOL.b ) Lamp
Surge
Rectifying
circuit
absorption
circuit
SOL
circuit
Common terminal
SOL.a Ground terminal
Alternating current A
Power supply terminal Electric terminal 1
SOL
Electric terminal 2
Power supply terminal 1 Ground terminal
Ground terminal
Direct current D
DIN connector type
DIN connector type
SOL
Electric terminal 1
* Surge
Lamp absorption
circuit circuit
Built into
Electric terminal 2 SOL
Ground terminal
* with a lamp is attached only to a DIN
large connector with a lamp (electric
junction symbol CL).
Power supply terminal 2
AC/DC conversion R
*1 There are two ground terminals and either of the two may be used. Electric terminal 1
*2 If a common plate is not necessary, remove the common plate for use. Surge Rectifying
*3 There is no polarity in a DC solenoid either. However, there is polarity in absorption circuit SOL
circuit
a DIN large connector with a lamp with voltage specifications of DC48 V
Electric terminal 2
or less.
Ground terminal
1-5
■Maximum flow rate
●With AC solenoid DE6P-30***-WA*
Maximum flow rate L/min
Flow direction P→A→B→T Flow direction Flow direction

of oil of oil P→A of oil P→B
P→B→A→T
Position Spool
Number of
holding type Hydraulic symbols
positions
method symbol Working pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) Working pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) Working pressure MPa (kgf/cm2)
10 16 25 31.5 35 10 16 25 31.5 35 10 16 25 31.5 35

(102) (163) (255) (321) (357) (102) (163) (255) (321) (357) (102) (163) (255) (321) (357)
A B
100 100 80 60 38 100 100 80 60 38
(43) (41) (21) (17) (15) (43) (41) (21) (17) (15)
05 100 100 100 100 100
a b 57 53 29 19 13 57 53 29 19 13
P T (38) (31) (17) (10) (9) (38) (31) (17) (10) (9)
100 100 100 100 100 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70

(80) (80) (80) (77) (77) (46) (46) (46) (46) (46) (46) (46) (46) (46) (46)
08
90 90 90 90 90 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45 45
(63) (63) (63) (63) (63) (30) (30) (30) (30) (30) (30) (30) (30) (30) (30)
90 90 35 100 76 67 57 35 100 76 67 57 35
(22) (18) (38) (28) (15) (10) (7) (38) (28) (15) (10) (7)
10 90 90
90 43 30 50 38 20 16 12 50 38 20 16 12
(26) (14) (11) (31) (20) (10) (7) (5) (31) (20) (10) (7) (5)
80 80 85 85 85 60 55 85 85 85 60 55
85 85 85
(40) (22) (40) (35) (24) (16) (12) (40) (35) (24) (16) (12)
2 17
80 63 25 70 50 32 22 18 70 50 32 22 18
（）
80 80
Spring (30) (15) (10) (26) (24) (16) (13) (10) (26) (24) (16) (13) (10)
3 positions
center
40 40 40 40 40 52 52 47 47 47 52 52 47 47 47
type (19) (19) (18) (18) (18) (30) (30) (30) (30) (30) (30) (30) (30) (30) (30)
07
37 37 36 36 33 37 37 36 35 35 37 37 36 35 35
(19) (19) (18) (18) (17) (28) (28) (28) (28) (28) (28) (28) (28) (28) (28)
13 100 100 100 100 100 20 15 10 10 8 20 15 10 10 8
100 100 100 100 100 100 78 62 100 100 100 78 62

100
(63) (33) (27) (50) (37) (20) (16) (13) (50) (37) (20) (16) (13)
21 100
100 80 70 40 100 55 29 20 15 100 55 29 20 15
(70) (20) (20) (19) (37) (25) (14) (11) (10) (37) (25) (14) (11) (10)
100 100 100 100 100 100 78 62 100 100 100 78 62
100
(63) (33) (27) (50) (37) (20) (16) (13) (50) (37) (20) (16) (13)
12 100
100 80 70 40 100 55 29 20 15 100 55 29 20 15
(70) (20) (20) (19) (37) (25) (14) (11) (10) (37) (25) (14) (11) (10)
A B
85 80 63 44 44
(63) (50) (40) (32) (32)
04 85 85 85 85 85 20 16 16 15 13
a 85 60 50 40 40
P T (30) (33) (28) (28) (28)
2 80 80 80 80 80
（）
(70) (70) (70) (70) (70)
Spring 70 70 70 70 70 50 50 50 50 50
03
offset 70 70 70 70 70
type (48) (48) (48) (48) (48)
2 positions
80 70 60 45 30
(50) (40) (20) (10) (10)
01 ーーーーー 26 17 13 11 10
35 23 15 10 7
(20) (15) (8) (5) (5)
1 45 45 38 50 50 45 45
（）
A B
(21) (16) (13) (45) (42) (40) (40)
No spring
04 80 80 80 80 80 45 45 50
type a b 36 28 22 50 50 45 45
with detent P T (18) (13) (12) (45) (42) (40) (40)
(Note) The relationship between the maximum flow rate and the frequency and voltage in the above table is as shown below.
100 50 Hz, at rated voltage

(43) 50 Hz, at 80% V of rated voltage
Constant regardless of frequency
100
and voltage 60 Hz, at rated voltage
57
(38) 60 Hz, at 90% V of rated voltage
1-6

●With DC solenoid DE6P-30***-WD*
With AC/DC conversion type solenoid DE6P-30***-WR*
Flow direction P→A→B→T Flow direction Flow direction

of oil of oil P→A of oil P→B
P→B→A→T
Position Spool
Number of
positions Working pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) Working pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) Working pressure MPa (kgf/cm2)
method symbol
10 16 25 31.5 35 10 16 25 31.5 35 10 16 25 31.5 35

(102) (163) (255) (321) (357) (102) (163) (255) (321) (357) (102) (163) (255) (321) (357)
A B 100 45 28 25 22 100 45 28 25 22
05 100 100 100 100 100
a b
P T
55 35 23 19 17 55 35 23 19 17
100 100 100 100 100 78 78 78 78 75 78 78 78 78 75

08
80 80 80 80 80 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70
90 50 38 100 58 38 31 29 100 58 38 31 29
10 90 90
42 26 20 62 48 30 25 23 62 48 30 25 23
65 40 33 85 52 30 26 24 85 52 30 26 24
17 85 85
2 45 30 26 65 36 25 21 19 65 36 25 21 19
（）
3 positions Spring
center
32 32 32 32 32 52 44 44 44 44 52 44 44 44 44
type
07
28 28 28 28 28 42 38 38 38 38 42 38 38 38 38
13 100 100 100 100 100 20 15 10 10 8 20 15 10 10 8
85 80 40 100 56 36 28 24 100 56 36 28 24
21 85 85
35 23 20 74 43 28 20 19 74 43 28 20 19
85 80 40 100 56 36 28 24 100 56 36 28 24
12 85 85
35 23 20 74 43 28 20 19 74 43 28 20 19
A B 46 31 24 22 22
04 80 80 80 80 80 20 16 16 15 13
a
P T 32 23 19 18 18
2
（）
Spring 75 75 75 75 75
offset 03 70 70 70 70 70 50 50 50 50 50
type 65 65 65 65 65
2 positions
53 35 23 19 17
01 ーーーーー 26 17 13 11 10
35 30 17 13 12
（）
A B 75 75 75 75 75 40 30 27 50 50 45 45
No spring
04 45 45 50
type a b
with detent P T 70 70 70 70 70 30 25 22 45 42 40 40
(Note) The relationship between the maximum flow rate and the voltage in the above table is as shown below.
At rated voltage
100 (Saturation state of coil temperature increase)
Constant regardless of
voltage
100
At 90% V of rated voltage
55
(Saturation state of coil temperature increase)
1-7
■Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm2/s (cSt))
●DE6
4
2 Spool Direction of flow
holding
method P→A B→T P→B A→T P→T
3
205 4 4 4 4 ―
3
Amount of pressure drop (MPa)
208 5 5 5 5 2
1
4 210 4 4 4 4 ―
223 4 4 4 4 ―
5
2
207 1 1 1 1 2
213 5 3 5 3 ―
221 4 5 4 4 ―
1
212 4 4 4 5 ―
104 5 4 5 4 ―
204 5 4 5 4 ―
0 20 40 60 80 100 203 5 5 5 5 ―
Flow rate (L/min) 201 5 ― 4 ― ―
■Option
The following options are available in addition to the standard items.
At the time of adjustment, the valve

can be held at the switched position
even if the solenoid in an emergency
is not energized.
When placing an order, add a special
SOL. b type, -07, at the end of the type.
<With push button lock>
■Precautions in use
● Mounting posture
When using the valve of the no spring detent type without excitation, mount the solenoid
horizontally so that the detent effect is securely obtained. For the valve of other type, there
is no limitation of mounting posture.
● Switching of solenoid
Be sure to deenergize one solenoid before energizing the other solenoid.
● Tank port
Do not connect the tank port to a conduit where surge pressure is generated.
Be sure to immerse the end of the tank line piping into oil.
● Manual pin operating force
Be careful that the operation of the manual pin is difficult if the back pressure of the tank
line becomes high.
150 15.3
Operating force kgf
Operating force N
100 10.2
50 5.1
0
1 (10.2) 2 (20.4) 3 (30.6) 4 (40.8)
Back pressure MPa (kgf/cm2)
1-8
■Dimension drawing

●DE6P (Integrated terminal box type)
●With AC solenoid
Machining dimension of manifold Power indicator lamp

(For SOL.a)
40.5 16
27.8 76.7 40.5
4-M5 screw depth 10
0.75
T
B T
A
32.5
31
SOL.a
26.6
TYPE
B
32.5
16.3
31
MFG.NO.A
P SOL.b
6
P
6.75
0.75
10.3 MADE IN JAPAN
4-φ7
19 33 Power indicator lamp
Mounting surface accuracy (For SOL.b)
φ3 drilling depth 5 (bottom)
Flatness : 0.01/100
Hole for a locating pin
Surface roughness : 1.6
Space for removal

and installation of
solenoid
45.5 (for both sides) 196.4
50.7 95 0.5
Conduit tube connection indication 26
G1/2 (both sides)
Power supply and

voltage indication of
solenoid
A100
47
89
A SOL.a SOL.b
38
3 5
23.5
Push pin for manual operation

(φ6 hole) Double solenoid type
4-M5 O-ring AS568-012 In the case of spring center
Tightening torque (for port A, B, P, T)
27 13.5 type, no spring detent type
Solenoid cap 6.4 ± 0.5 N･m
46 70
tightening torque
142.2 (in the case of spring offset type)
10.3 to 11.3 N･m
●With DC solenoid Power indicator lamp
(For SOL.a)
●With AC/DC conversion type solenoid
80.7 40.5
0.75
T
SOL.a TYPE
B
32.5
31
MFG.NO.A
SOL.b
P
MADE IN JAPAN
33 Power indicator lamp

(For SOL.b)
Hole for a locating pin
Space for removal

and installation of
solenoid 204.4
Conduit tube 50 (for both sides)
connection 54.7 95 0.5
indication 26
G1/2 (both sides)
Power supply and

voltage indication of
solenoid Solenoid cap
tightening torque
D24
10.3 to 11.3 N･m
47
89
D SOL.a SOL.b
38
3 5
23.5
Double solenoid type

In the case of spring center
7
type, no spring detent type

Push pin for manual operation O-ring AS568-012 4-M5
(φ6 hole) (for port A, B, P, T) Tightening torque
27 13.5
6.4 ± 0.5 N・m
46 70
1-9
●DE6P (DIN connector type, DIN large connector type, DIN large connector type with power indicator lamp)
●With AC solenoid
Machining dimension of manifold
40.5
40.5 16
27.8 4-M5 screw depth 10
0.75
T
T
B
32.5
B
31
TYPE
A
32.5
31 A
26.6
SOL.a MFG.NO. SOL.b
16.3
MADE IN JAPAN
P P
6
Mounting surface accuracy φ3 drilling depth 5 (bottom)
33
0.75
6.75
Flatness : 4-φ7 10.3 Hole for a locating pin
0.01/100
19
Surface roughness : 1.6
Space for removal
PG11 and installation of
Outer diameter of connection
The position can be changed by solenoid 196.4
cable φ8 to 10 mm
loosening the solenoid cap. 45 (for both sides) 76.7
Cross section of connection
After changing the position, be E part 1.5 mm2 or less F 29.5 72.5
sure to tighten the cap. DIN connector
In the case of B
Power supply and

voltage indication
of solenoid
91.5
A100
D
88.5
DIN large connector

C
In the case of
A CL SOL.a SOL.b
38
3 5
23.5
Solenoid cap
7
Push pin for
27 tightening torque Double solenoid type
manual operation 4-M5 O-ring AS568-012
10.3 to 11.3 N･m In the case of spring center
46 (φ6 hole) Tightening torque (for port A, B, P, T)
13.5 type, no spring detent type
6.4 ± 0.5 N･m 70
Type of connector D E F
DIN connector (B) 53 27.5 39
DIN large connector (C, CL) 46.1 34 53
●With DC solenoid 40.5
0.75
●With AC/DC conversion type solenoid

T
B
32.5
31
TYPE
A
SOL.a MFG.NO. MADE IN JAPAN SOL.b
PG11 P
Outer diameter of connection
cable φ8 to 10 mm 33
The position can be changed by Cross section of connection Hole for a locating pin
Space for removal
loosening the solenoid cap. part 1.5 mm2 or less
and installation of
After changing the position, be solenoid 204.4
sure to tighten the cap. E 50 (for both sides) 80.7
F 29.5 72.5
Power supply and DIN connector

102.5
voltage indication In the case of B

D
DIN large connector

99.5
D24
of solenoid
C
In the case of
CL
A SOL.a SOL.b
38
3 5
23.5
Solenoid cap
7
Push pin for

manual operation tightening torque 4-M5 Double solenoid type
O-ring AS568-012
(φ6 hole) 10.3 to 11.3 N･m Tightening torque In the case of spring center
27 13.5 (for port A, B, P, T)
6.4 ± 0.5 N･m type, no spring detent type
46 70
Type of connector D E F
DIN connector (B) 64 27.5 39
DIN large connector (C, CL) 57.2 34 53
●DE6P (with push button lock) AC type: 134.7

DC type: 138.7
AC/DC conversion type Lock nut
The connector is locked when the lock
nut is turned clockwise with the push
button pushed in.
Be sure to loosen the lock nut
completely during energization.
SOL. b
Push button
1-10

DE10
This solenoid operated directional valve is 1. This valve is resistant to contamination and
used for controlling start and stop, and provides stable operation.
movement direction of the hydraulic 2. A wide variety of options are available.
system with electrical signals. 3. Explosion proof solenoids are also available.
■Type indication
Solenoid operated Type of hydraulic oil

directional valve No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
Nominal dimension
10
V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic
Connection method oil
P = Gasket connection type

P08 = Restriction contraction diameter φ 0.8 mm
Position holding method P10 = Restriction contraction diameter φ 1.0 mm
1 = 2 position, no spring type (with detent) P12 = Restriction contraction diameter φ 1.2 mm
2 = 2 position, spring offset type P15 = Restriction contraction diameter φ 1.5 mm
or P20 = Restriction contraction diameter φ 2.0 mm
3 position, spring center type P25 = Restriction contraction diameter φ 2.5 mm
Spool type
* Refer to “Spool type symbols”. Electric connection symbol
Input power supply
Solenoid type Symbol Explanation
A D R
W = Wet type (with standard emergency manual operation)
AL Integrated terminal box with lamp ○ ○ ○
* (For the explosion proof type, please contact us.)
Input power supply CL DIN large connector with lamp ○ ○ ー
D = Direct current Input voltage
Alternating current A Direct current D AC/DC conversion R
100 100V-50/60Hz 12 12V 100 100V-50/60Hz
110V-60Hz 24 24V 120 120V-50/60Hz
120 110V-50Hz 48 48V 200 200V-50/60Hz
120V-50/60Hz 100 100V 220 220V-50/60Hz
200 200V-50/60Hz 110 110V
220V-60Hz 200 200V
240 220V-50Hz 220 220V
240V-50/60Hz
1-11
●2 position valve
Transient state
B A B A
Sol. a b Sol. a b
a a
T P T P
01
03
2
（）
Spring offset
type 04
B A B A
a b Sol. a b Sol.
b b
T P T P
2 positions 02
25
B A B A
Sol. a b Sol. Sol. a b Sol.
a b a b
T P T P
1 01
（）
No spring type
with detent
03
04
● When neutral position and one side position of the

●3 position valve 3 position valve are used together
With reference to the 3 position valve, two types of the 2 position
Transient state valve are available: the valve that uses the neutral position and
sol.a excitation position of the 3 position valve (2**A) and the
Sol.
B A
Sol.
B A
one that uses the neutral position and sol.b excitation position
a o b a b
a b (2**B).
T P T P

05
B A
06 Sol.
a
a o o b Sol.
b
T P
07 05A
08 05B
09 06A
2
3 positions
（）
Spring center
type 10 06B
2
12 2 positions
（）
Spring offset
type
07A
13 07B
16 08A
17 08B
21 10A
22 10B
1-12

Nominal dimension 10 Valve type Sub-plate type Connection diameter Mass
Maximum working Port A, B, P (Note 1) 31.5 (321) P-DE10R38-0 3
Rc 8
pressure
MPa (kgf/cm2) Port T 16 (163) P-DE10G38-0 G 38
DE10P 2.1 kg
Maximum switching AC, DC 240 P-DE10R12-0 Rc 1 2
frequency
Number of times/min AC/DC conversion 120 P-DE10G12-0 G 12
AC 15 to 25
When you use a sub-plate, please place an order for the above
Switching time ms
Solenoid DC 70 to 110 sub-plate type.

excitation
AC/DC conversion 70 to 110 For the dimension drawing, refer to page 9 of the appendix.
AC 8 to 25
Solenoid
DC 40 to 50
demagnetization
(Note 2) AC/DC conversion (Note 3) 170 to 200
Highest operating temperature ˚C 50

■Accessories
Waterproof IP64
●Mounting bolt
Single AC 2.9 Hexagon socket
solenoid Type head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N･m (kgf･cm)
AC/DC
type conversion 3.6
Mass DE10P M6×35L 4 pcs. 13 ± 1 (133 ± 10)
kg Double AC 3.6
solenoid AC/DC
type conversion 5
(Note 1) The maximum working pressure is 25 MPa (255 kgf/cm2) only for spool
type “07”.
(Note 2) Switching time varies slightly depending on use conditions.
(Note 3) A quick return type, in which switching time at the time of deenergization of
the solenoid is equivalent to that of DC solenoid, is also available.
■Solenoid specifications
Working Current value at rated voltage
Rated voltage Frequency Type of coil
Solenoid type Power supply Symbol voltage range Energized time
V Hz Holding current A Starting current A Electric power W insulation
V
50 80 to 110 0.90 5.37
100
A100 0.63 4.57
60 90 to 120
110 0.77 5.03
50 96 to 132 0.75 4.48
A120 120
60 108 to 144 0.52 3.81
Alternating ―
current A 50 160 to 220 0.45 2.69
200
A200 0.31 2.29
60 180 to 240
220 0.38 2.52
50 192 to 264 0.37 2.24
A240 240
Oil immersion 60 216 to 288 0.26 1.91
type
D12 12 10.8 to 13.2 3.16 Continuous
H type
rating
D24 24 21.6 to 26.4 1.57
D48 48 43.2 to 52.8 0.79
Direct D100 100 ― 90 to 110 0.38 ― 38
current D
D110 110 99 to 121 0.34
D200 200 180 to 220 0.19
D220 220 198 to 242 0.17
R100 100 90 to 110 0.43
AC/DC R110 110 99 to 121 0.39

50/60 ― 38
conversion R R200 200 180 to 220 0.21
R220 220 198 to 242 0.19
●Similar to that of solenoid operated directional valve (DE6)
Refer to the section of the type number index “DE6”.
1-13
●With AC solenoid DE10P-20***-WA*

Flow direction P→A(B)→B(A)→T Flow direction Flow direction
P→A P→B
of oil of oil of oil
Position Spool A B A B A B
Number of
positions P T P T P T
method symbol
Working pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) Working pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) Working pressure MPa (kgf/cm2)
10 16 25 31.5 10 16 25 31.5 10 16 25 31.5

(102) (163) (255) (321) (102) (163) (255) (321) (102) (163) (255) (321)
100 100 96 65 100 100 96 65
(70) (48) (28) (24) (70) (48) (28) (24)
05 100 100 100 100 90 53 34 26 90 53 34 26
a b
(49) (30) (19) (15) (49) (30) (19) (15)
06 30 30 30 30 26 21 18 16 30 28 28 28
a b
07 70 70 70 — 100 100 100 — 100 100 100 —

a b
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100

(81) (81) (81) (81) (81) (81) (81) (81)
08 90 90 90 90 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
a b
(81) (81) (81) (81) (81) (81) (81) (81)
100 100 85 62 100 100 85 62
(80) (65) (35) (28) (80) (65) (35) (28)
09 100 100 100 100 80 70 51 45 80 70 51 45
a b
(60) (46) (32) (25) (60) (46) (32) (25)
2
（）
80 80 100 100 76 46 100 100 76 46
Spring (65) (25) (58) (33) (22) (19) (58) (33) (22) (19)
3 positions 10 80 80
center a b 75 30 90 50 28 22 90 50 28 22
type (20) (15) (47) (26) (18) (15) (47) (26) (18) (15)
90 90 100 100 60 34 100 100 60 34
(30) (20) (55) (36) (21) (16) (55) (36) (21) (16)
12 90 90 40 20 60 47 23 17 60 47 23 17
a b
(20) (15) (38) (24) (14) (11) (38) (24) (14) (11)
13 100 100 100 100 60 60 60 60 60 60 60 60

a b
100 100 100 84 48 100 100 84 48

(75) (62) (39) (21) (18) (62) (39) (21) (18)
17 a b
100 100 100 100 62 47 27 20 62 47 27 20
(25) (40) (26) (16) (12) (40) (26) (16) (12)
80 80 100 100 60 34 100 100 60 34
(30) (20) (55) (36) (21) (16) (55) (36) (21) (16)
21 80 80
a b 30 20 60 47 23 17 60 47 23 17
(25) (15) (38) (24) (14) (11) (38) (24) (14) (11)
100 100 100 100 100 100 40 40 100 100 40 40
(50) (30) (30) (22) (22) (22) (22) (22) (36) (22) (22)
22 a b 100 60 30 30 22 22 22 22 22 22 22 22
(50) (30) (25) (25) (19) (19) (19) (19) (19) (19) (19) (19)
100 87 61 49
(35) (15) (9) (7)
01 — — — — 26 19 18 16 45 34 15 11
a
(21) (12) (9) (6)
100 87 61 49
(35) (15) (9) (7)
02 — — — — 26 19 18 16
b 45 34 15 11
(21) (12) (9) (6)
2
（）
100 100 100 100
Spring 100 100 100 100 (79) (72) (64) (59)
offset 03 100 100 100 100 57 57 57 57 92 89 78 70
a
type (75) (75) (75) (75) (55) (46) (28) (27)
100 100 100 100 100 100 100 94
(62) (62) (44) (37)
04 34 24 20 19
a 100 100 100 100 80 73 60 51
(90) (90) (90) (90) (42) (36) (34) (33)
2 positions 100 100 100 94
100 100 100 100 (62) (62) (44) (37)
25 100 100 100 100 80 73 60 51 34 24 20 19
b
(90) (90) (90) (90) (42) (36) (34) (33)
50 40 50 40
50 50 (35) (23) 50 50 (35) (23)
01 a b — — — — 50 35 50 35
50 50 (30) (20) 50 50 (30) (20)
1
（）
No spring
type 03 100 100 100 100 40 40 30 28 60 60 40 35
a b
with detent
04 100 100 100 100 40 40 30 28 60 60 40 35

a b
50 Mz, at rated voltage

80
(65) 50 Mz, at 80% V of rated voltage
Constant regardless of frequency
and voltage
80
75 60 Mz, at rated voltage
(20) 60 Mz, at 90% V of rated voltage
1-14

●With DC solenoid DE10P-20-***-WD*
With AC/DC conversion type solenoid DE10P-20-***-WR*
Flow direction P→A(B)→B(A)→T Flow direction Flow direction
P→A P→B
of oil of oil of oil
Position Spool A B A B A B
Number of
positions P T P T P T
method symbol
Working pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) Working pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) Working pressure MPa (kgf/cm2)
10 16 25 31.5 10 16 25 31.5 10 16 25 31.5

(102) (163) (255) (321) (102) (163) (255) (321) (102) (163) (255) (321)
120 80 55 120 80
05 120 120 120 120 120 120
a b 100 54 43 100 54 43
06 50 50 50 50 35 24 21 20 45 45 45 45
a b
07 120 120 120 ― 120 120 120 ― 120 120 120 ―

a b
08 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120
a b
80 65 80 65
09 120 120 120 120 100 100 100 100
a b
62 52 62 52
2
（）
Spring 84 64 84 64
3 positions 10 120 120 120 120 120 120 120 120
center a b
65 53 65 53
type
120 65 120 62 51 120 62 51
12 120 120 120 120
a b
65 50 86 47 40 86 47 40
13 a b 120 120 120 120 100 100 100 100 100 100 100 100
120 62 49 120 62 49
17 120 120 120 120 120 120
a b
104 57 42 104 57 42
120 65 112 60 51 112 60 51

21 120 120 120 120
a b
65 50 69 46 40 69 46 40
120 45 67 35 35 67 35 35
22 120 120 120 120
a b
65 40 45 31 31 45 31 31
120 62 47
01 ― ― ― ― 53 33 24 23 120
a
62 40 37
120 62 47
02 ― ― ― ― 120 53 33 24 23
b
62 40 37
2
（）
120
Spring
03 120 120 120 120 77 77 77 77 120 120 120
offset a
103
type
110 110 110 110 114 75 63
04 68 47 38 38 120
a
100 100 100 100 83 58 48
2 positions 110 110 110 110 114 75 63

25 120 68 47 38 38
b
100 100 100 100 83 58 48
01 a b ― ― ― ― 60 60 40 35 60 60 40 35
1
（）
No spring
type 03
a b 120 120 120 120 45 37 30 28 60 60 40 35
with detent
04 b 120 120 120 120 45 37 30 28 60 60 40 35

a
At rated voltage
120
Constant regardless of frequency and voltage 120
At 90% V of rated voltage
100
1-15
●When switching the valve to neutral state with spool type 06, 07 and 08 reaching the stroke end

Position Spool
Number of Working pressure MPa (kgf/cm2)
holding type Hydraulic symbols Solenoid
positions
method symbol
10 16 25 31.5
(102) (163) (255) (321)
AC 26 21 18 16
06
a b
DC, AC/DC conversion 35 24 21 20
（）
AC 84 52 52 —
Spring
3 positions 07
center a b
type
DC, AC/DC conversion 68 65 61 —
AC 100 100 100 100

08
a b
DC, AC/DC conversion 120 120 120 120
1-16

●DE10
Spool Flow direction

holding
2.5 method P→A B→T P→B A→T P→T
1
205 7 7 7 7 −
206 9 7 7 9 1
2.0 2 207 6 5 6 5 1
208 9 9 9 9 5
3 209 9 7 7 7 −
210 7 8 7 8 −
1.5 212 7 7 7 8 −
4 213 9 7 9 7 −
5 217 7 7 7 7 −
6 221 7 8 7 7 −
1.0 7 222 7 7 7 7 −
8
201 6 − 5 − −
9
202 5 − 6 − −
0.5 203 3 2 9 9 −
204 2 1 7 7 −
225 7 7 2 1 −
101 6 − 6 − −
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 103 6 4 7 7 −
104 4 3 6 6 −
Flow rate (L/min)
■Option
The following options are available in addition to the standard items.
At the time of adjustment, the valve

can be held at the switched position
even if the solenoid in an emergency
is not energized.
When placing an order, add a special
SOL. b type, -07, at the end of the type.
<With push button lock>
● Mounting posture
When using the valve of the no spring detent type without excitation, mount the solenoid
horizontally so that the detent effect is securely obtained. For the valve of other type, there
is no limitation of mounting posture.
● Switching of solenoid
Be sure to deenergize one solenoid before energizing the other solenoid.
● Tank port
Do not connect the tank port to a conduit where surge pressure is generated.
Be sure to immerse the end of the tank line piping into oil.
● Manual pin operating force
Be careful that the operation of the manual pin is difficult if the back pressure of the tank
line becomes high.
150 15.3
Operating force kgf
Operating force N
100 10.2
50 5.1
0
1 (10.2) 2 (20.4) 3 (30.6) 4 (40.8)
Back pressure MPa (kgf/cm2)
1-17
●DE10P (Integrated terminal box type)

●With AC solenoid 91 54
Power indicator lamp
Spring center type Power indicator lamp for SOL b
No spring detent type for SOL a
P
A B
T T
Space for removal 92

Conduit tube
and installation of
connection port
solenoid 236
2-G1/2 47.5 (for both sides) 56.5 123 0.5
58 34.5
105.3
89.5
SOL a SOL b
35.3
27
8
Push pin for manual
32 operation 4-M6 φ11 O-ring … AS568 No. 014
70 φ6.3 hole (for both sides) (for port P, A, B, T)
φ15.5
Spring offset type
(Spool: 202,225) (Spool: 201,203,204)
179.5 179.5 0.5
SOL b SOL a
176.3 176.3
Space for removal

and installation of
●With DC solenoid solenoid 282
70.5 (for both sides)
●With AC/DC conversion type solenoid 202.5
114
(Note) For other dimensions, refer to
“with AC solenoid”.
SOL a SOL b
199.3 in the case of spring offset type
50.8
4-φ11
37.3
12
6.3
P
21.4
A B
32.5
Mounting surface accuracy

46
T T
Flatness : 0.01／□100
1.6
Surface roughness :
4-M6 screw depth 13

3.2
There is T port at two locations
and either of the two may be used. 16.7
27
54 19
1-18
●DE10P (DIN connector type, DIN large connector type, DIN large connector type with power indicator lamp)
●With AC solenoid 91 54
Spring center type
No spring detent type
P
A B
T T
The direction can be freely
changed for every 90 degrees.
The position can be changed by loosening the Space for removal and 92
lock nut ★. installation of solenoid 236
After changing the position, be sure to tighten 47.5 (for both sides)
the lock nut. 39 35 89
27.5 In the case of electric
connection symbol, C and CL
Take-out port of cable

Applicable cable:
Outer diameter … φ8 to 10
61.8
57.9
113.4
Cross section of connection part

109.1
… 1.5 mm2 or less

SOL a SOL b
35.3
27
Lock nut ★
Tightening torque
8
Push pin for manual 8.5 to 10.5 N･m
32 φ11 O-ring … AS568 No. 014
operation 4-M6
70 (for port P, A, B, T)
φ6.3 hole (for both sides) φ15.5
Spring offset type

(Spool: 202,225) (Spool: 201,203,204)
SOL b SOL a
176.3 176.3
●With DC solenoid Space for removal and

installation of solenoid 282
●With AC/DC conversion type solenoid 70.5 (for both sides)
(Note) For other dimensions, refer to 114
“with AC solenoid”.
SOL a SOL b
199.3 in the case of spring offset type
50.8
4-φ11
37.3
6.3
12
P
21.4
A B
32.5
46
Mounting surface accuracy

T T
Flatness : 0.01/100
1.6
Surface roughness :
4-M6 screw depth 13

3.2
There is T port at two locations
and either of the two may be used. 16.7
27
54 19
1-19
Solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve (1) DEH16 to 32
Solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve (1)
3 position valve spring center type 3 position valve hydraulic center type
X A P B TY L X A P B TY
This solenoid controlled pilot operated 1. The improvement of internal coring shape 4. The selection between the internal pilot
directional valve is used for operating the and spool shape of the casing has and external pilot can be made only by
solenoid operated directional valve and for substantially reduced the flow resistance. changing the assembly direction of the
controlling start and stop, and movement 2. For return to neutral of the main valve, the plug for selection.
direction of the hydraulic system with spring center type and pressure-centred 5. The maximum working pressure is 34.3
hydraulic pilot signals. type are prepared as standard items. MPa (350 kgf/cm2).
3. A stroke limiter for adjusting spool stroke of
the main valve can be installed.
1-20
■Type indication

●DEH16
Solenoid controlled pilot Type of hydraulic oil

operated directional valve No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic
oil
Nominal dimension V = Phosphate ester based
16 hydraulic oil
W = Fatty ester based
Connection method
hydraulic oil
Water-glycol based
Series number hydraulic oil
Without choke valve = 30
With choke valve = 31 Accessory parts of cover part
provided or not
Position holding method (main valve) No symbol = No accessory parts
2 = 2 position, spring offset type 10 = with stroke limiter
3 position, spring center type 11 = with stroke limiter on port A side
3 = 2 position, hydraulic offset type 12 = with stroke limiter on port B side
3 position, hydraulic center type
Spool type Pilot pressure reducing valve

* Refer to “Spool type symbols”. provided or not
No symbol = without pressure reducing
Position holding method (solenoid valve)
valve
1 = 2 position, no spring type (with detent) R = with pressure reducing
2 = 2 position, spring offset type valve
or 3 position, spring center type
Choke valve provided or not
Solenoid type No symbol = without choke valve
W = Wet type (with standard emergency manual operation) S1 = with meter-in choke valve
S2 = with meter-out choke valve
Input power supply
A = Alternating current Pilot and drain type
D = Direct current
No symbol = external pilot, external drain
E = internal pilot, external drain
Input voltage ET = internal pilot, internal drain
T = external pilot, internal drain
100 : 100V-50/60Hz
110V-60Hz P port restriction of solenoid valve
12 : 12V 120 : 110V-50Hz No symbol = No restriction
24 : 24V 120V-50/60Hz 100 : 100V-50/60Hz P08 = Restriction contraction diameter φ 0.8 mm
200 : 200V-50/60Hz P10 = Restriction contraction diameter φ 1.0 mm
48 : 48V 200 : 200V-50/60Hz
220V-60Hz P12 = Restriction contraction diameter φ 1.2 mm
240 : 220V-50Hz P15 = Restriction contraction diameter φ 1.5 mm
240V-50/60Hz P20 = Restriction contraction diameter φ 2.0 mm
* For other power supply voltage, please contact us. P25 = Restriction contraction diameter φ 2.5 mm

* For details, refer to the section of “Solenoid operated directional valve”.
Pilot valve type
Symbol
DE6
AL Integrated terminal box with lamp
B With DIN connector
C With DIN large connector
CL With DIN large connector with lamp
1-21
■Type indication
●DEH22,32

operated directional valve No symbol = Mineral based
hydraulic oil
Nominal dimension V = Phosphate ester
22, 32 based hydraulic oil
W = Fatty ester based
Connection method
hydraulic oil
Water-glycol based
Series number hydraulic oil
With choke valve = 21 Accessory parts of cover part
provided or not
Position holding method (main valve) No symbol = No accessory parts
2 = 2 position, spring offset type 10 = with stroke limiter
3 position, spring center type 11 = with stroke limiter on port
3 = 2 position, hydraulic offset type A side
3 position, hydraulic center type 12 = with stroke limiter on port
B side
Spool type
* Refer to “Spool type symbols”.
Pilot pressure reducing valve
Position holding method (solenoid valve) provided or not
1 = 2 position, no spring type (with detent) No symbol = without pressure
2 = 2 position, spring offset type reducing valve
or 3 position, spring center type R = with pressure reducing
valve
Solenoid type
No symbol = without choke valve
(For the explosion proof type, please contact us.)
S1 = with meter-in choke valve
S2 = with meter-out choke valve
Input power supply
A = Alternating current Pilot and drain type
D = Direct current
Input voltage ET = internal pilot, internal drain
100 : 100V-50/60Hz
110V-60Hz P port restriction of solenoid valve
12 : 12V 120 : 110V-50Hz No symbol = No restriction
120V-50/60Hz 100 : 100V-50/60Hz
24 : 24V P08 = Restriction contraction diameter φ 0.8 mm
200 : 200V-50/60Hz
48 : 48V 200 : 200V-50/60Hz P10 = Restriction contraction diameter φ 1.0 mm
220V-60Hz P12 = Restriction contraction diameter φ 1.2 mm
240 : 220V-50Hz P15 = Restriction contraction diameter φ 1.5 mm
240V-50/60Hz
* For other power supply voltage, please contact us. P25 = Restriction contraction diameter φ 2.5 mm

* For details, refer to the section of “Solenoid
operated directional valve”.
Pilot valve type
Symbol
DE10
C With DIN large connector
1-22

Spool Detailed hydraulic symbols Simplified hydraulic symbols
Valve type Spool Hydraulic symbols Transient state holding (Example: External pilot and (Example: External pilot and
type method external drain type) external drain type)
A B
Spring offset type

a b A B
Sol.
a a b
Sol.
a XY P T
AB AB P XY T
a b a b
2 position valve
P T P T
A B
03
a b
A B
04 − Sol.
a a b
Sol.
11 a XY P T
Hydraulic offset type

26 P XY T
A B
No spring type with detent
a b
A B
Sol. Sol.
a a b b
Sol. Sol.
a b XY P T
P XY T
AB AB
Sol. a o b Sol. a b
a b
PT PT
3 position valve
A B
05
Spring center type
06 a O b
A B
Sol. Sol.
a a O b b
07
Sol. Sol.
a b XY P T
08
10 P XY T
12
13
17
A B
18
Hydraulic center type
a O b A B
19 Sol. Sol.
a a O b b
20 XY P T L
Sol. Sol.
a b
21
LP XY T
22
23
1-23
■Specifications
Nominal dimension 16 22 32
(Note 1)
34.3 (350)
Port P, A, B
Maximum working pressure External drain 24.5 (250)

2 position valve,
MPa (kgf/cm2) Port T Internal 3 position valve spring Oil immersion
drain 15.7 (160)
(Note 2) 3 position valve type solenoid
hydraulic center type
Highest pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) (Note 3) 24.5 (250)

Lowest pilot pressure 3 position valve 0.78 (8.0)
MPa (kgf/cm3) 2 position valve spring offset type 0.98 (10.0)
(Note 5) 2 position valve hydraulic offset type 0.49 (5.0)
2 position valve 8.9 19.3 70.7
3 position valve spring center type 4.45 9.65 35.5
Neutral → Position “a”
Stroke volume of (Solenoid “a” energized) 2.30 5.0 17.25
pilot part
cm3 3 position valve Neutral → Position “b”
pressure center type (Solenoid “b” energized) 4.45 9.65 35.35
Position “a” → Neutral 2.15 4.65 18.1

Position “b” → Neutral 2.30 4.65 17.25
Opening area at spool neutral position Spool 17, 22 16％
(with spool 10 as 100%) Spool 23 3％
Pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) 5(50) 15(150) 25(250) 5(50) 15(150) 25(250) 5(50) 15(150) 25(250)
(AC solenoid) (Note 4)
2 position valve 35 30 25 80 60 45 105 85 75

Neutral 3 position valve spring center type 30 25 20 40 30 25 60 45 35
Switching time ms
→ Switching
position 3 position valve Solenoid “a” → energized 20 20 ＜20 35 30 ＜25 55 40 35
pressure center type Solenoid “b”→ energized 30 25 20 40 35 25 65 50 45
2 position valve 35 30 25 80 60 45 105 85 75
Switching 3 position valve spring center type 40 60 95
position
→ Neutral 3 position valve Solenoid “a” → deenergized 30 25 20 35 30 25 65 60 60
pressure center type Solenoid “b” → deenergized 40 35 25 30 30 25 70 60 60
Pilot flow rate L/min 27 46 70
Single solenoid type 8.3 16.0 48.5
Mass kg
Double solenoid type 8.6 17.4 49.9
(Note 1) If the valve is used with the internal pilot, the maximum working pressure of port P is 24.5 MPa (250 kgf/cm2).
(Note 2) If you wish to use the 3 position valve hydraulic center type with the internal drain, please contact us.
(Note 3) In the case of 3 position valve hydraulic center type with meter-out choke valve, the highest pilot pressure is 12.3 MPa (125 kgf/cm2).
(Note 4) Switching time of DC solenoid is obtained by adding the following numerical values to the numerical values in the above table,
respectively.
● Nominal dimension 16: 20 ms ● Nominal dimension 22 and 32 : 60 ms
(Note 5) If you wish to use the P-T connection spool type with the internal pilot when neutral, please contact us.

2 position valve spring offset type
3 position valve spring center type
Nominal Working pressure MPa (kgf/cm2)

Spool type
dimension
7 (70) 14 (140) 20.6 (210) 27.4 (280) 34.3 (350)
(A) 05, 10, 12, 13, 17, 18, 21 *

240 240 205 180 170
22, 23, 03, 04, 11, 26
16
06 200 145 115 100 90
07, 08, 19, 20 220 160 130 110 100
(A) 05, 10, 12, 13, 17, 18, 21 *
450 450 370 320 300
22 22, 23, 03, 04, 11, 26
06, 07, 08, 19, 20 360 250 210 180 160
05, 10, 12, 13, 17, 18, 21 *

(A)
22, 23, 03, 04, 11, 26 1100 1050 860 750 680
32
06, 07, 08, 19, 20 820 630 510 450 400
(Note) ･The above table shows numerical values in the case of the lowest pilot pressure.
･The maximum flow rate in the case of the 2 position valve hydraulic offset type and 3 position valve hydraulic
center type is the flow rate of stage (A) regardless of the spool type, and is the flow rate marked with * regardless
of the spool type and pressure if the pilot pressure is 1.5 MPa (15 kgf/cm2) or higher.
1-24

●DEH16
Spool type 19
Spool type 07, 20
Spool type 05, 18 P→T B→A
0.8 Spool type 18 0.8 0.8
P→T
B→A 0.7
Amount of pressure drop

0.7 0.7
0.6 B→T
0.6 B→T 0.6
0.5 A→T
0.5 0.5
A→T
(MPa)
(MPa)
(MPa)
0.4 P→A
0.4 0.4 Other
P→A 0.3 P→B 0.3
spool type
0.3
P→B
0.2 0.2 0.2
Spool type 18 0.1
0.1 0.1
P→A
0 30 60 90 120 150 180 0 30 60 90 120 150 180 0 30 60 90 120 150 180
Flow rate Flow rate Flow rate
(L/min) (L/min) (L/min)
●DEH22
Spool type 19
Spool type 18 Spool type 07, 20 P→T
Spool type 05, 18, 23 B→A 1.8 P→T B→A
1.8 B→T 1.8
1.6

1.6 1.6
1.4
1.4 1.4
B→T 1.2 P→A
1.2 A→T 1.2 Other
1.0
(MPa)
(MPa)
(MPa)
1.0 P→A 1.0 spool type
A→T 0.8 P→B
0.8 0.8
0.6 P→B 0.6 0.6
0.4 0.4 0.4
0.2 0.2 0.2
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450
●DEH32
Spool type 19
Spool type 05, 18, 23 Spool type 07, 20 P→T B→A
1.8 Spool type 18
1.8 1.8
1.6 1.6 B→T 1.6
B→A
P→T
1.4 1.4 1.4
B→T
1.2 1.2 P→A 1.2 Other
1.0 1.0 A→T 1.0
spool type
(MPa)
(MPa)
(MPa)
A→T
0.8 0.8 P→B 0.8
P→A 0.6
0.6 P→B
0.6
0.4 0.4 0.4
0.2 0.2 0.2
0 120 240 360 480 600 720 840 960 1100 0 120 240 360 480 600 720 840 960 1100 0 120 240 360 480 600 720 840 960 1100

■Pilot valve
●Pilot valve type
The pilot valve uses the following solenoid operated directional valve.
Main valve Pilot valve

Nominal
Type Type Spool type Hydraulic symbols
dimension

04
2 position valve hydraulic offset type
Spool type04
16 3 position valve spring center type DE 6 10
Spool type10
3 position valve hydraulic center type 13

04
2 position valve hydraulic offset type Spool type13
22
3 position valve spring center type DE10 10
32
* For the pilot valve specifications, refer to the section of the type number index “DE6” and “DE10”.
1-25
■Sub-plate ■Accessories
Valve type Sub-plate type

Connection
diameter Mass ●Mounting bolt
Hexagon socket
P-DEH16R34-0 Rc 3 4 Type head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m（kgf・cm）
7.0kg
3 M6×55L 2 pcs. 11.8± 1.7 ( 120± 18)
P-DEH16G34-0 G 4
DEH16 DEH16
P-DEH16R1-0 Rc 1 M10×60L 4 pcs. 56.8± 8.5 ( 580± 87)
14.5kg
P-DEH16G1-0 G1 DEH22 M12×60L 6 pcs. 98.0±14.7 (1000±150)
P-DEH22R1-0 Rc 1 DEH32 M20×80L 6 pcs. 431.2±64.6 (4400±660)

11kg
P-DEH22G1-0 G1
P-DEH22R54-0 Rc 114
DEH22
P-DEH22G54-0 G 114
24kg
P-DEH22R32-0 Rc 112
P-DEH22G32-0 G 112
P-DEH32R32-0 Rc 112
DEH32 19kg
P-DEH32G32-0 G 112
When you use a sub-plate, please place an order for the above sub-plate type.
For the dimension drawing, refer to pages 9,10 and 11 of the appendix.
●Choke valve for adjusting stroke speed

●Handling method When the adjust thread is turned clockwise, switching time of the spool becomes slow and when it is turned counterclockwise, switching time becomes fast.
When meter-in is changed to meter-out, the choke valve needs to be replaced.
In the case of meter-in (choke valve: S-2TC*-20-E1)

Pilot valve side
Pilot valve
Main valve side
In the case of meter-out (choke valve: S-2TC*-20-F1)
Pilot valve side
Choke valve
Main valve side
Nominal Choke valve type

dimension
E
Main valve 16 S-2TC 6-20- 1
F
E
22, 32 S-2TC10-20- 1
F
1-26

●DEH16 In the case of electric connection symbol, C and CL
138
76.6 Machining dimension of manifold (2 position valve)
50
204.4 (DC,R) 4-φ20
34.1 2-M6 screw depth 15 (for port P, A, B, T)
18.3 196.4 (AC) 101.6
In the case of electric connection symbol B 2-φ4.5
Drilled depth 5
X
P
L AC
71.5
69.9
T P
91
SOL.b
MADE IN JAPAN SOL.aMFG. NO.
55.6
54
A B DC
B TYPE
P T
35
71.5
69.9
T
91
55.6
Y A B
54
Solenoid b Solenoid a
AC Y
14.3
18.3 DC
12.7
1.5
34.1
50 DE6P-30-104
10.5
14.3
12.7
18.3
1.5
2 position selector valve (double solenoid) Hydraulic offset,
65.9
88.1 DEH16P-30-3*-1* 34.1
19 101.6 50
4-M10
65.9 screw depth 18
DE6P-30-210 76.6 2-φ7
146.2 (DC,R) (for port X, Y)
(Spring offset, DEH16P-30-2*-2*) 142.2 (AC) 19 88.1
204.4 (DC,R)
DE6P-30-213 102.2 (DC,R)
196.4 (AC)
In the case of electric Hydraulic offset, DEH16P-30-3*-2* 98.2 (AC)
connection symbol, C and CL In the case of electric connection symbol B In the case of electric
connection symbol B
DE6P-30-204
Spring offset, DEH16P-30-2*-2*
Hydraulic offset, DEH16P-30-3*-2*
H4*
H3*
AC H1* AC
H2*
Solenoid b Solenoid a Solenoid a
DC DC
A B Y A B Y
96
4-φ19.5
3-φ7
3
12
17
4-M10
2−φ4
3-φ14 Tightening torque 53.9 to 56.9 N･m 111.2
(Locating pin)
O-ring …3-JIS B2410 P10A Hs90 222.4 (Hydraulic offset type)
O-ring…4-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 2-M6 (for port X, Y, L)
(for port A, B, P, T) Tightening torque 11.8 to 12.7N･m 248.2 (Spring offset type)
4-φ26 111.2 Input power supply symbol H1* H2* H3* H4*
222.4 (Spring center type) A = Alternating current 172.5 184.5 165.6 187.5
237.2 (Hydraulic center type)
D = Direct current 183.5 195.5 176.7 198.5
3 position selector valve 2 position selector valve (single solenoid) R = AC/DC conversion − − 176.7 198.5
（ )
(Note. Port L is not used.)
Note. Port L is not used in the case of the spring center type.
Use port L with tank pressure in the case of the hydraulic center type.
Machining dimension of manifold (3 position valve)

138
76.6 4-φ20
50 2-M6 screw depth 15 (for port P, A, B, T)
34.1 101.6
18.3 204.4 (DC,R) φ5 2-φ4.5
196.4 (AC) Drilled depth 5
G1/2
X
AC P T
MADE IN JAPAN
71.5
69.9
L T P X
71.5
69.9
91
55.6
91
B
55.6
L A
SOL.b
54
A
MFG. NO.
54
B DC Y
TYPE
35
SOL.a
35
Solenoid b Solenoid a AC
Y
DC
14.3
18.3
18.3 14.3
12.7
1.5
10.5
1.5
12.7
34.1 DE6P-30-104
50 34.1
2 position selector valve (double solenoid) Hydraulic offset type
65.9 50 4-M10
88.1 DEH16P-3*-1*
65.9 screw depth 18
19 101.6 2-φ7
76.6
19 88.1 (for port X, Y)
DE6P-30-210 146.2 (DC,R)

142.2 (AC) DE6P-30-204
204.4 (DC,R) (Spring center, DEH16P-30-2*-2*)
102.2 (DC,R) Spring offset type, DEH16P-30-2*-2*
196.4 (AC) DE6P-30-213 98.2 (AC)
(Hydraulic center, DEH16P-30-3*-2*) Hydraulic offset, DEH16P-30-3*-2*
G1/2
G1/2
AC Solenoid a AC
DC DC
185*
A B Y A B Y
96
4-φ19.5 3-φ7
3
12
17
2−φ4 3-φ14 4-M10

O-ring (Locating pin) Tightening torque 53.9-56.9 N･m 111.2
4-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 2-M6 O-ring…3-JIS B2410 P10A Hs90 222.4 (Hydraulic offset type)
(for port A, B, P, T) Tightening torque 11.8 to 12.7N･m (for port X, Y, L) 248.2 (Spring offset type)
4-φ26 111.2
222.4 (Spring center type)
237.2 (Hydraulic center type) 2 position selector valve (single solenoid) The dimension marked with * differs
3 position selector valve (Note. Port L is not used.) depending on the type.
With choke valve (S1, S2): +40 mm
（ )
Note. Port L is not used in the case of the spring center type. With pressure reducing valve (R): +40 mm
1-27
●DEH22 (2 position valve) 19 130 35.5 Machining dimension of manifold

112.5 Conduit tube connection port
112.5
Integrated terminal box type 94.3 2-G1/2
94.3
76.8
53 76.8 2-φ6.5 Drilled depth 8
29.2 29.2 4-φ24.5 (for port P, A, B, T)
T P Y
L P Y
96.8
117
T
96.8
92
117
17.5
92
74.5
74.5
A B
73
73
X
46
X A B
19
19 5.6 17.3
12.5
17.5
17.3
53
77
100.6 77 2-φ10 (for port X, Y)
100.6 6-M12 screw depth 22
282 19 130
In the case of oil immersion type DC solenoid
203
141
105
SOL b SOL a (Note) Port L is not used.
236
180 In the case of oil immersion type AC solenoid
118
The dimension marked with * differs depending
on the type.
SOL b SOL a
105 With choke valve (S1, S2): +55 mm
220* With pressure reducing valve (R): +50 mm
X A B
115
O-ring
Dimension φA
3-JIS B2401
5
P21 Hs90 3-φ10 4-φA

19
6-M12 Port P 24
(for port X, Y, L) 3-φ25 4-φ35
95.5 140.2
O-ring Port A, B 24.5
2ｰφ6 280.4 (Hydraulic offset type) 4-JIS B2401 G30 Hs90
(Locating pin) 308.5 (Spring offset type)
(for port A, B, P, T) Port T 25

Integrated terminal box type 94.3 2-G1/2 112.5
76.8 94.3
29.2 29.2
4-φ24.5 (for port P, A, B, T)
T P Y
L
96.8
L P Y 117
T
96.8
74.5
117
92
17.5
92
74.5
73
A B
73
X
46
46
X A B
19
5.6
19
12.5
17.5
17.3
3-φ10 (for port X, Y, L)
77 5.6
100.6 17.3 6-M12 screw depth 22
53
282 77
In the case of oil immersion type DC solenoid
203 100.6
141
19 130
105
SOL b SOL a
(Note) Port L is not used in the case
of the spring center type.
236 Use port L with tank pressure in the case
180 In the case of oil immersion type AC solenoid of the hydraulic center type.
118
105
SOL b SOL a The dimension marked with * differs depending

220*
on the type.
X A B With choke valve (S1, S2): +55 mm
With pressure reducing valve (R): +50 mm
115
O-ring Dimension φA
3-JIS B2401
P21 Hs90 24
5
3-φ10 4-φA Port P

19
6-M12
(for port X, Y, L) 3-φ25 4-φ35
95.5 140.2 Port A, B 24.5
O-ring
2ｰφ6 280.4 (Spring center type) 4-JIS B2401 G30 Hs90 Port T 25
(Locating pin) 305.7 (Hydraulic center type)
(for port A, B, P, T)
1-28
DIN connector type 112.5
94.3 Take-out port of cable
112.5
76.8 Applicable cable:
Outer diameter…φ8 to 10 94.3
Cross section of connection part…1.5mm2 or less
29.2 29.2 4-φ24.5 (for port P, A, B, T)
T YP
P Y
96.8
L
117
96.8
117
T
92
17.5
74.5
92
74.5 A B
73
73
X
46
19 XA B
19
17.3
12.5
5.6
17.5
17.3 53
2-φ10 (for port X, Y)
77 77
6-M12 screw depth 22
100.6 100.6
19 130
282
199.3 In the case of oil immersion type DC solenoid
141 In the case of electrical connection symbol C, CL (Note) Port L is not used.
125
121
SOL b SOL a
236
176.3 In the case of oil immersion type AC solenoid
118 In the case of electrical connection symbol C, CL
on the type.
113
109
SOL b SOL a
224*
X A B
115
O-ring
3-JIS B2401 Dimension φA
P21 Hs90
5
19
6-M12
(for port X, Y, L) 3-φ10 4-φA Port P 24
2ｰφ6 3-φ25 4-φ35 O-ring
4-JIS B2401 G30 Hs90 Port A, B 24.5
(Locating pin) 95.5 140.2
280.4 (Hydraulic offset type) (for port A, B, P, T)
Port T 25
308.5 (Spring offset type)
●DEH22 (3 position valve)

19 130 35.5
DIN connector type 112.5
94.3 Take-out port of cable 112.5

76.8 Applicable cable: 94.3
53 Outer diameter…φ8 to 10 76.8 2-φ6.5 Drilled depth 8
29.2 Cross section of connection part…1.5mm2 or less 29.2
4-φ24.5 (for port P, A, B, T)
T YP
96.8
L
T P Y
117
L
74.5
96.8
117
17.5
92
74.5
92
73
X A B
73
46
46
XA B
19
19
12.5
5.6
17.5
17.3 5.6
77 17.3 3-φ10 (for port X, Y, L)
100.6 53 6-M12 screw depth 22
77
100.6
282 In the case of oil immersion type DC solenoid 19 130

125
121
SOL b SOL a
Use port L with tank pressure in the case
of the hydraulic center type.


113
109
on the type.
SOL b SOL a
224*
X A B
115
O-ring
P21 Hs90
5
6-M12
19
(for port X, Y, L) Port P 24

3-φ10 4-φA
2ｰφ6 3-φ25 4-φ35 O-ring
Port A, B 24.5
95.5 140.2 4-JIS B2401 G30 Hs90
(Locating pin) (for port A, B, P, T)
280.4 (Spring center type) Port T 25
305.7 (Hydraulic center type)
1-29
●DEH32 (2 position valve) 24 190.5 55.5

Integrated terminal box type 76 2-G1/2 2-φ6.5 Drilled depth 8 2-φ10 (for port X, Y)
41.5
4-φ35 (for port P, A, B, T) 6-M20 screw depth 34
T P
Y
T P Y
159
197
159
114.5
197
124
114.5
124
L A B
79.5
X
79.3
28.5
35
35
X A B
28.5 41.5
19
41.5
76
82.5 82.5
114.5 114.5
147.5 147.5
168.5
282 24 190.5
203 In the case of oil immersion type DC solenoid
141
(Note) Port L is not used.
105
SOL b SOL a
236
118 The dimension marked with * differs depending
on the type.
105 With choke valve (S1, S2): +55 mm
SOL b SOL a
273* With pressure reducing valve (R): +50 mm
168
O-ring Dimension φA
3-JIS B2401
31
P21 Hs90
4
3-φ10 4-φA Port P 38

(for port X, Y, L) 6-M20
O-ring
3-φ25 4-φ48
4-JIS B2401 P42 Hs90 Port A, B, T 35
138 206
2ｰφ6 (for port A, B, P, T)
(Locating pin) 412 (Hydraulic offset type)
450 (Spring offset type)

24 190.5 55.5 Machining dimension of manifold
Integrated terminal box type 168.5 Conduit tube connection port
76 2-G1/2 2-φ6.5 Drilled depth 8 3-φ10 (for port X, Y, L)
41.5
T P
Y
T P Y
159
197
L
159
114.5
197
124
114.5
124
L A B
79.3
79.5
79.3
X
28.5
35
35
X A B
28.5
19
41.5 41.5
76
82.5 82.5
114.5 114.5
147.5 147.5
168.5
282 In the case of oil immersion type DC solenoid 24 190.5
141
105
SOL b SOL a
236 　　　of the hydraulic center type.
118
105
SOL b SOL a The dimension marked with * differs depending

on the type.
273*

168
O-ring
31

4
P21 Hs90
(for port X, Y, L) 3-φ10 4-φA 6-M20
Port P 38
2ｰφ6 3-φ25 4-φ48
(Locating pin) 138 206 O-ring
4-JIS B2401 P42 Hs90 Port A, B, T 35
412 (Spring center type)
449 (Hydraulic center type)
1-30
●DEH32 (2 position valve) 24 190.5 55.5
168.5 Take-out port of cable
DIN connector type 76 Applicable cable:
2-φ6.5 Drilled depth 8
Outer diameter…φ8 to 10 2-φ10 (for port X, Y)
41.5 Cross section of connection part…1.5mm2 or less 4-φ35 (for port P, A, B, T) 6-M20 Screw depth 22
T P
Y
T P Y
159
197
159
114.5
197
124
114.5
124
79.3 L A B
79.5
X
28.5
35
35
X A B
28.5
41.5
19
41.5
76
82.5 82.5
114.5 114.5
147.5 147.5
282 168.5
199.3 In the case of oil immersion type DC solenoid 24 190.5
125
121
SOL b SOL a (Note) Port L is not used.
236
176.3 In the case of oil immersion type AC solenoid
118 In the case of electrical connection symbol C, CL The dimension marked with * differs depending
on the type.
With choke valve (S1，S2): +55mm
113
109
SOL b SOL a With pressure reducing valve (R): +50mm

277*
168
Dimension φA
O-ring
3-JIS B2401
31
P21 Hs90 Port P 38

4

O-ring Port A, B, T 35
3-φ25 4-φ48
4-JIS B2401 P42 Hs90
2ｰφ6 138 206
(Locating pin) 412 (Hydraulic offset type)

24 190.5 55.5 Machining dimension of manifold
DIN connector type 168.5 Take-out port of cable
76 Applicable cable:
Outer diameter…φ8 to 10 2-φ6.5 Drilled depth 8 2-φ10 (for port X, Y, L)
41.5
Cross section of connection part…1.5mm2 or less 4-φ35 (for port P, A, B, T) 6-M20 Screw depth 34
T P
Y
L T P Y
159
197
159
114.5
197
124
114.5
124
L A B
79.3
79.5
79.3
X
28.5
35
35
X A B
28.5
19
41.5 41.5
76
82.5
82.5
114.5 114.5
147.5 147.5
168.5
282 In the case of oil immersion type DC solenoid 24 190.5
125
121
(Note) Port L is not used in the case of the spring

SOL b SOL a
center type.

113
109
SOL b SOL a
on the type.
277*

168
Dimension φA
O-ring
31
38
4
3-JIS B2401 P21 Hs90 Port P

2ｰφ6 3-φ25 4-φ48 O-ring Port A, B, T 35
(Locating pin) 138 206 4-JIS B2401 P42 Hs90
412 (Spring center type) (for port A, B, P, T)
1-31
3 position valve gasket connection type 3 position valve flange connection type
Y
X
T B P A T
L T B P A R
■Overview ■ Features
This solenoid controlled pilot operated 1. The improvement of internal coring shape 3. A stroke limiter for adjusting spool stroke
directional valve is used for operating the and spool shape of the casing has of the main valve can be installed.
solenoid operated directional valve and for substantially reduced the flow resistance. 4. The maximum working pressure is 34.3
controlling start and stop, and movement 2. For return to neutral of the main valve, the MPa (350 kgf/cm2).
direction of the hydraulic system with spring center type and pressure-centred
hydraulic pilot signals. type are prepared as standard items.
1-32
■Type indication

operated directional valve No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
Nominal dimension V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
52
W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
Connection method
Accessory parts of cover part
P = Gasket connection type provided or not
F = Flange connection type No symbol = No accessory parts
10 = with stroke limiter
11 = with stroke limiter on port A side
Series number 12 = with stroke limiter on port B side
Pilot pressure reducing valve provided or not
Witht choke valve = 21
No symbol = without pressure reducing valve
R = with pressure reducing valve
Position holding method (main valve) Choke valve provided or not

Nominal
Symbol dimension S1 = with meter-in choke valve
Explanation
52 S2 = with meter-out choke valve
2 position, spring offset type ○
2
3 position, spring center type ○ Pilot, Drain system
2 position, hydraulic offset type ○ No symbol = external pilot, external drain
3 E = internal pilot, external drain
3 position, hydraulic center type ○
ET = internal pilot, internal drain
Spool type T = external pilot, internal drain
Position holding method (olenoid valve)
P port restriction of solenoid valve
Position holding method (main valve) No symbol = No restriction
P08 = Restriction contraction diameterφ0.8mm
1 = 2 position, no spring type (with detent)
or
Solenoid type
(For the explosion proof type, please contact us.)
(For details, refer to the section of “Solenoid operated directional valve”.)
Pilot valve type

Input power supply Symbol
DE10
D = Direct current
Input voltage
100 : 100V-50/60Hz
110V-60Hz
12 : 12V 120 : 110V-50Hz
24 : 24V 120V-50/60Hz 100 : 100V-50/60Hz
200 : 200V-50/60Hz
48 : 48V 200 : 200V-50/60Hz
220V-60Hz
240 : 220V-50Hz
240V-50/60Hz
* For other power supply voltage, please contact us.
1-33
Valve type Flange connection type Gasket connection type Detailed hydraulic symbols Simplified hydraulic symbols
Spool Hydraulic
Transient state
Hydraulic
Transient state (example: External pilot and external drain) (example: External pilot and external drain)
type symbols symbols
A B
Spring offset type

a b A B
Sol.
a a b
Sol. XY RP T
a
R P XY T
AB AB AB AB
a b a b a b a b
PT PT RPT RPT
03
A B
04
a b
｜
A B
11 Sol.
a b
2 position valve
a
Sol.
26 a XY R PT
R P XY T
A B
a b
A B
Sol. Sol.
a a b b
Sol. Sol.
a b XY RPT
R P XY T
AB AB AB AB
a O b a O b a O b a O b
PT PT RPT RPT
A B
05
Spring center type
a O b
06 Sol. A B Sol.
a b
a O b
07 Sol.
a Sol.
b XY R PT
08
R P XY T
10
3 position valve
12
13
17
A B
18
a O b Sol. A B Sol.
19 a b
a O b
20 Sol. XY RP T L
a Sol.
b
21
L RP XY T
22
23
1-34
■Specifications

Nominal dimension 52
Port P, A, B, T, R (Note 1) 34.3 (350)
Maximum working
(Note 2) 2 position valve
pressure Port T Oil immersion type 15.7 (160)
Internal drain 3 position valve
MPa (kgf/cm2) (R) pilot valve
type Spring center type
Oil immersion type

Port Y External drain type 15.7 (160)
pilot valve
Highest pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) (Note 3) 24.5 (250)
Spring center type 1.2 (12)
Lowest pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) Hydraulic center type 1.5 (15)
(Note 4) Spring center type 1.2 (12)
Hydraulic center type 0.6 ( 6)
Hydraulic center type 33

Stroke volume of pilot part cm3
Other than hydraulic center type 66.5
4.9 14.7 24.5
Pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm ) 2
(50) (150) (250)
2 position valve 110 90 70
Neutral → Switching
Spring center type 110 90 70
position
3 position valve
Switching time ms Hydraulic center type 80 70 60
(AC solenoid)
2 position valve 110 90 80
(Note 5) Switching
position → Neutral Spring center type 110 110 110
3 position valve
Hydraulic center type 90 80 70
Pilot flow rate L/min 30
Single solenoid type 82

Gasket connection type
Double solenoid type 83.5
Mass kg
Single solenoid type 72
Flange connection type
(Note 1) If the valve is used with the internal pilot, the maximum working pressure of port P is 24.5 MPa (250 kgf/cm2).
(Note 2) If you wish to use the 3 position valve hydraulic center type with the internal drain, please contact us.
(Note 4) When using the spool type 03, 07, 08, 06, 19, 20, 22 and 26 with the internal pilot, make sure that the difference between pilot pressure and drain
pressure is always equal to or greater than the above pilot pressure.
(Note 5) Switching time from neutral to switching position of the DC solenoid is a value obtained by adding 60 ms to the numerical value in the above table.
■Maximum flow rate (Note)

・The following table shows numerical values in the case of
the lowest pilot pressure.
・The maximum flow rate in the case of the 2 position valve
hydraulic offset type and 3 position valve hydraulic center
Working pressure MPa (kgf/cm2)
Nominal dimension Spool type type is the flow rate of stage (A) regardless of the spool
type.
6.9 (70) 13.7 (140) 20.6 (210) 27.5 (280) 34.3 (350)
・In the case of the hydraulic center type, when the pilot
pressure is increased, the maximum flow rate is as follows
52 (A) 05, 10, 12, 13, 17, 18, 21 regardless of the spool type and working pressure.
2000 1400 1150 1000 900
22, 23, 03, 04, 11, 26
( 2 position valve spring offset type
3 position valve spring center type ) 06, 07, 08, 19, 20 1750 1230 1000 880 780
Nominal
dimension
Pilot pressure
MPa (kgf/cm2)
Maximum flow rate
L/min
52 2.5
（25） 2000
1-35
■Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm2/s (cSt)) Gasket connection type
●DEH52
Spool type 05, 23, 18 Spool type 07, 20 Spool type 19
P→T
Spool type 18 B→A P→T B→T P→T B→A
1.8 B→T 1.8 1.8
P→A
1.6 1.6 1.6
︶
Amount of pressure drop (MPa
︶
︶
Spool type 18 P→B
1.4 P→A 1.4 A→T 1.4
P→B B→T Other spool type
1.2 A→T 1.2 1.2
P→A
1.0 P→A
1.0 P→B 1.0
0.8 P→B 0.8 A→T 0.8
0.6 A→T 0.6 0.6
0.4 P→A 0.4 0.4
P→B
0.2 A→T 0.2 0.2
B→T
0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000 0 250 500 750 1000 1250 1500 1750 2000
Flow rate (L/min) Flow rate (L/min) Flow rate (L/min)
■Pilot valve ■Precautions in use

●Pilot valve type ●If this valve is used with internal pilot,
The pilot valve uses the following solenoid operated directional valve. excessive flow rate may flow through the
pilot valve, causing operation failure.
Main valve Pilot valve
Use a solenoid operated directional
Nominal
dimension Spool neutral holding method Type Spool type Hydraulic symbols valve with P port restriction for the pilot
valve.
2 position valve spring offset type Spool type 04
04
2 position valve hydraulic offset type
Spool type 10
52 3 position valve spring center type DE10 10
Spool type 13
* For the pilot valve specifications, refer to the section of the type number index “DE10”.
1-36
■Flange

Valve type Flange type Connection diameter Mass
TFAA-40 2B 2.6kg
DEH52
TFXA-40 2B 2.7kg
When you use a flange, please place an order for the above flange type.
■Accessories
●Mounting bolt
Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
DEH52 Gasket connection type M20×100L 7 pcs. 431.2±64.6 (4400±660)
■Option
●Accessory parts symbol of cover part
Valve type 2 position valve spring offset type 3 position valve spring center type 2 position valve hydraulic offset type 3 position valve hydraulic center type
Schematic drawing
Symbol A B A B A B A B
10
11
12
Nominal
52 52 52 52
List of installability
dimension
Symbol
10 ○ ○ ○ ○
11 ○ ○ ○ ○
12 ○ ○ ○ ○
Explanation
(example)
Symbol 12
A B with stroke limiter on port B side
●Choke valve for adjusting stroke speed
●Handling method ・In the case of meter-in (Choke valve: S-2TC10-20-E1)

When the adjust thread is turned clockwise, Pilot valve side
switching time of the spool becomes slow and
when it is turned counterclockwise, Pilot valve Main valve side
switching time becomes fast.
When meter-in is changed to meter-out, Choke valve ・In the case of meter-out (Choke valve:S-2TC10-20-F1)
the choke valve needs to be replaced. Pilot valve side
Main valve side
Main valve Nominal

dimension Choke valve type
E
52 S-2TC10-20- 1
F
1-37
●DEH52 (2 position valve - gasket connection type)
530 (Spring offset type) Machining dimension of manifold

470 (Hydraulic offset type)
278
5 52 356
263
200
207.5
110 Take-out port of test oil pressure (A, B port)
155
G1/4 Counterboring diameterφ25
102.5 5-φ48
48
B A
2-φ8.5 2 2-φ10
Depth 8
Ｘ
190
230
L
150
B A
X
Y X
42
190
T
185
R
P
155
140
20
Y
G1/2 Counterboring diameterφ38 T P R
40
35
102.5
X and Y ports are provided also
20
199
5
on the upper part of the valve.
23 310 Remove the plugs for use. 50
7-M20
260
285 Screw depth 35
2-G1/2
23 310
105
SOL b SOL a
Air bleeding plug 269* (Note) Port L is not used.

In the case of the internal pilot type, drain is discharged to port R.
164
It is not discharged to port T.
5-φ48 3-φ10
5
32
2-φ8 The dimension marked with * differs depending on the type.

(Locating pin) 5-φ60 3-φ25 7-M20 With choke valve (S1, S2): +55mm
O-ring…5-JIS B2401 G55 Hs90 O-ring…3-JIS B2401P21 Hs90 With pressure reducing valve (R): +50mm
(For port X, Y, L)
(For port A, B, P, T, R)
●DEH52 (2 position valve - flange connection type)

5 117 266 77 5
65 170 25 Take-out port of test oil pressure (A, B port)
66 (Flange position) G1/4 Counterboring diameterφ25
65 (Gauge port)
15
B A
70
170
140
62
X Y
P T
96 (X port)
98 (P port) G1/2 Counterboring diameterφ38
138
202
2-G1/2
105
SOL b SOL a
280*
Air bleeding plug

φ98 5
φ4
175
95
The dimension marked with * differs

depending on the type.
4ｘ4-M16 Screw depth 27.5 With choke valve (S1, S2): +55mm
4-M12
17
(For port A, B, P, T) With pressure reducing valve (R): +50mm
1-38
●DEH52 (3 position valve - gasket connection type)

278
263
5 52 356
207.5
200 Take-out port of test oil pressure (A, B port)
155
110 G1/4 Counterboring diameterφ25 102.5
48 5-φ48
34
B A
2-φ8.5 2 3-φ10
Depth 8
X
190
230
L
150
X B A
X
Y L
190
42
185
155
T P R
140
115
Y
20
35
40
102.5
X and Y ports are provided also
199
20
5
5 112 23 310
Remove the plugs for use. 50
7-M20
260
Screw depth 35
285
2-G1/2
23 310
SOL b SOL a 105

269*
Air bleeding plug depending on the type.

With choke valve (S1, S2): +55mm
164
With pressure reducing valve (R): +50mm

5-φ48 3-φ10
5
(Note)
32
2-φ8 Port L is not used in the case of the spring center type.
(Locating pin) 5-φ60 3-φ25 7-M20 Use port L with tank pressure in the case of the hydraulic center type.
O-ring…5-JIS B2401G55 Hs90 In the case of the internal drain type, drain is discharged to port R.
O-ring…3-JIS B2401P21 Hs90 It is not discharged to port T.
(For port A, B, P, T, R) (For port X, Y, L)
●DEH52 (3 position valve - flange connection type)

5 117 266 77 5
65 170 25
66 (Flange position) Take-out port of test oil pressure (A, B port)
65 (Gauge port) G1/4 Counterboring diameterφ25
15
B A
70
170
140
62
X Y
P T
96 (X port)
138
202
2-G1/2
105
SOL b SOL a
280*
Air bleeding plug

φ98 5
φ4
175
95

4-M12 4ｘ4-M16 Screw depth 27.5 depending on the type.
17
(For port A, B, P, T) With choke valve (S1, S2): +55mm

With pressure reducing valve (R): +50mm
1-39
Pilot operated directional valve (1) DH6/10
Pilot operated directional valve (1)
DH6P 3 position valve DH10P 3 position valve
“a” “b”
“a” “b”
T A P B
A P B T
This pilot operated directional valve is used 1. Switching to high pressure and large flow
for controlling start and stop, and movement rate is possible.
direction of the hydraulic system with pilot oil
pressure.
■Type indication
Pilot operated directional valve Type of hydraulic oil

6, 10 W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
Connection method

Position holding method P10 = Restriction contraction diameterφ1.0mm
Spool type
Pilot pressure symbol

6 = 0.59MPa (6kgf/cm2)
Drain system
No symbol = External drain
T = Internal drain (2 position only)
■Specifications
Nominal dimension 6 10
Maximum working Port P, A, B 30.9 (315)

pressure
MPa (kgf/cm2) Port T 0.4 (4)
Highest pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm ) 2 24.5 (250) (Note 1) 13.7 (140) (Note 2)
Lowest pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) Pilot pressure + T port pressure
Mass kg 1.8 7.0

(Note 1) DH6P: The highest pressure should be 5.9 MPa (60 kgf/cm2) with spool type 07, 18, and 20.
(Note 2) DH10P: The highest pressure should be 5.9 MPa (60 kgf/cm2) with spool type 06, 07, 16, 18, and
20. In case of spool type 01 and 02, port T should be used as drain port.
1-40

Valve type
Hydraulic symbols Transient state
Spool
type
A B AB
a b a b
a b
PT
P T
01
2 position valve
03
04
A B AB
a a b b a b
PT
P T
02
25
A B AB
a b
a O b a O b
PT
P T
05
06
07
08
10
3 position valve
12
13
16
17
18
20
21
22
23
1-41
■Maximum flow rate (Maximum flow rate may show different values depending on pilot pressure and port T pressure.)
●DH6 When DH6 pilot pressure is 2.0 MPa (20 kgf/cm2)
Curve number Spool type

Working pressure（MPa）
Working pressure（MPa）
30 30 1 01, 02
1 2 03, 04, 25
20 2 20
3 05, 10, 12, 13, 17, 21, 22, 23
7 4 06, 16
10 5 10
6
3 5 20
4
6 07, 08
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Flow rate (L/min) Flow rate (L/min) 7 18
●DH10 When DH6 pilot pressure is 2.0 MPa (20 kgf/cm2)

Spool type
4.9
（50） 9.8
（100） 19.6
（200） 24.5
（250） 30.9
（315）
05 80 80 75 60 60
Flow rate of
03, 08, 10, 12, 13, 17, 21, 22, 23 80 80 75 50 45
each spool
(L/min) 04, 06, 07, 16, 18, 20, 25 75 70 60 50 45
01, 02 50 45 35 30 25
■Pressure drop characteristics ■Sub-plate

●Similar to those of solenoid operated Valve type Sub-plate type Connection diameter Mass
directional valve (DE6, DE10)
P-DE6R14-0 Rc 14
Refer to the section of the type number 1.0kg
index “DE6” and “DE10”. P-DE6G14-0 G 14
DH6P
P-DE6R38-0 Rc 38
1.3kg
P-DE6G38-0 G 38
P-DE10R38-0 Rc 38
P-DE10G38-0 G 38
DH10P 2.7kg
P-DE10R12-0 Rc 12
P-DE10G12-0 G 12
For the dimension drawing, refer to pages 9 and 11 of the appendix.
■Accessories
●Mounting bolt
DH6 M5×50L 4 pcs. 6.9±1.0 (70±10.5)
DH10 M6×50L 4 pcs. 11.8±1.7 (120±18)
■Pilot port
A valve in which the pilot is a G thread (JISB2351 O-ring seal type) is available.
Besides, a valve in which a pilot port is provided on the gasket surface is prepared.
Please contact us for the details.
1-42

●DH6
17 40.5 12.5 17
40.5 12.5
27.8 4-M5 Screw depth 10
T T
a b
31
A B A B
32.5
32.5
42
44
31
26.6
16.3
P P
6
0.75
10.3
4-φ7.6
2-Rc 1/4 Screw depth 12.5 19
153.2 (3 position valve and 2 position valve spring offset type)

44.6 64 44.6
50
4-φ8
8
4-φ12.2 4-M5
O-ring…4-AS568No.012Hs90
●DH10

27 54 18.5 27 2-Rc 1/4 Screw depth 12.5
50.8
4-M6 Screw depth 12
37.3
2.5
6.3
12
P P
21.4
a A B b A B
32.5
70
46
T T T T
3.2
2.5
16.7
27
54 18.5
201 (3 position valve and 2 position valve spring offset type)
55 91 55
4-φ11
There is T port at two locations and
either of the two may be used.
87.5
5-φ11
10
5-φ15.4
4-M6
O-ring…5-AS568No.014Hs90
1-43
（2）
Pilot operated directional valve DH16 to 32
Spring center type Hydraulic center type
X A P B T Y
L X A P B T
This pilot operated directional valve is used 1. The improvement of internal coring shape 3. A stroke limiter for adjusting spool stroke of
for controlling start and stop, and movement and spool shape of the casing has the main valve can be installed.
direction of the hydraulic system with pilot oil substantially reduced the flow resistance. 4. The maximum working pressure is 34.3 MPa
pressure. 2. For return to neutral of the main valve, the (350 kgf/cm2).
spring center type and pressure-centred type
are prepared as standard items.
■Type indication

16, 22, 32 W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
Connection method
Accessory parts of cover part provided or not
Series number
No symbol = No accessory parts
without choke valve = 10
10 = with stroke limiter
with choke valve = 11
11 = with stroke limiter on port A side
Position holding method 12 = with stroke limiter on port B side
2 = 2 position, spring offset type Choke valve provided or not

3 = 2 position, hydraulic offset type
S1 = with meter-in choke valve (Note 1)
S2 = with meter-out choke valve (Note 1)
Spool type
* Refer to “Spool type symbols”. Drain system
T = Internal drain
■Sub-plate (spring offset type only)
Connection
Valve type Sub-plate type diameter Mass
* Items in (Note 1) are similar to those of the
P-DEH16R34-0 Rc 3 4
7.0kg solenoid controlled pilot operated directional
P-DEH16G34-0 G 34 valve (DEH16, 22, 32). Refer to the section of the
DH16
P-DEH16R1-0 Rc 1 solenoid controlled pilot operated directional
14.5kg valve (1).
P-DEH16G1-0 G1
P-DEH22R1-0 Rc 1
11kg ■Accessories
P-DEH22G1-0 G1
●Mounting bolt
P-DEH22R54-0 Rc 1 1 4 Hexagon socket
DH22 Type head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
P-DEH22G54-0 G 1 14
24kg M6×55L 2 pcs. 11.8± 1.7 (120± 18)
P-DEH22R32-0 Rc 1 1 2 DH16
P-DEH22G32-0 G 1 12 M10×60L 4 pcs. 56.8± 8.5 (580± 87)
P-DEH32R32-0 Rc 1 1 2 DH22 M12×60L 6 pcs. 98.0±14.7 (1000±150)

DH32 19kg
P-DEH32G32-0 G 1 12 DH32 M20×80L 6 pcs. 431.2±64.6 (4400±660)
For the dimension drawing, refer to pages 9,10 and 11 of the appendix.
1-44
■ Spool type symbol

Valve type Hydraulic symbols Transient state
Spool type
Spring offset type

A B A B
X Y
b a a b
P T
P T

A B A B
X Y
b a a b
2 position valve
P T P T
03
04
11
26
Spring center type

A B A B
X Y
b O a a O b
P T
T P
A B
A B
X Y
b O a a O b
L T P P T
05
06
07
08
10
3 position valve
12
13
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
1-45
■Specifications
Maximum working Port A, B, P 34.3 (350)

pressure
MPa (kgf/cm2)
Port T 24.5 (250)
Highest pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm )2
24.5 (250)
3 position valve spring center type 0.78 (8.0)

3 position valve hydraulic center type
Lowest pilot pressure
MPa (kgf/cm2) 2 position valve spring offset type 0.98 (10.0)
2 position valve hydraulic offset type 0.5（5.0）

2 position valve hydraulic offset type 8.9 19.3 70.7
Stroke volume
of pilot part 3 position valve spring center type 4.45 9.65 35.35
cm3
Position “o”→“a” 2.30 5.0 17.25
3 position valve Position “a”→“o” 2.15 4.65 18.1

hydraulic center type
Position “o”→“b” 4.45 9.65 35.35
Position “b”→“o” 2.30 4.65 17.25
Spool 17, 22 16%

Opening area at spool neutral position
(with spool 10 as 100%) Spool 23 3%
Mass kg 7.5 13 49

Maximum flow rate L/min　
3 position valve spring center type

Nominal Spool type
dimension 7 (70) 14 (140) 20.6 (210) 27.4 (280) 34.3 (350)
(A) 05, 10, 12, 13, 17, 18, 21

22, 23, 03, 04, 11, 26 * 240 240 205 180 170
16
06 200 145 115 100 90
07, 08, 19, 20 220 160 130 110 100
(A) 05, 10, 12, 13, 17, 18, 21

* 450 450 370 320 300
22 22, 23, 03, 04, 11, 26
06, 07, 08, 19, 20 360 250 210 180 160

(A) 05., 10, 12, 13, 17, 18, 21
* 1100 1050 860 750 680
32 22, 23, 03, 04, 11, 26
06, 07, 08, 19, 20 820 630 510 450 400
(Note) ● The above table shows numerical values in the case of the lowest pilot pressure.
● The maximum flow rate in the case of the 2 position valve hydraulic offset type and 3 position valve
hydraulic center type is the flow rate of stage (A) regardless of the spool type, and is the flow rate
marked with * regardless of the spool type and pressure if pilot pressure is 1.5 MPa (15 Kgf/cm2) or
higher.
■Pressure drop characteristics

● Similar to those of solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve (DEH16, 22, 32)
　 Refer to the section of the type number index “DEH16, 22, 32”.
1-46

●DH16 (2 position valve)
138 42.2
19 101.6
76.6
50
34.1 2-M6 screw depth 15 4-φ20 (for port P, A, B, T)
18.3 101.6 2-φ4.5 drilled depth 5
X
T P X
T P
71.5
71.5
69.9
69.9
91
91
L A B
55.6
55.6
54
54
A B Y Y
35
14.3
18.3
1.5
65.9
14.3
12.7
1.5
12.7
10.5
88.1 34.1
222.4 (Hydraulic offset type) 50 4-M10 screw depth 18
248.2 (Spring offset type) 65.9
76.6
19 88.1
13.5
A B Y
109.5*
96
The dimension marked with * differs depending on the type.

4-φ19.5 3-φ7 With choke valve (S1, S2): +40 mm
3
12
17
2-φ4 4-M10
(Locating pin)
O-ring…4-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90
(for port A, B, P, T) O-ring…3-JIS B2401 P10A Hs90
2-M6
(for port X, Y, L)
4-φ26 3-φ14

138 42.2
19 101.6
76.6 Machining dimension of manifold
50
18.3 101.6 2-φ4.5 drilled depth 5
φ５
X
T P X
T P
71.5
71.5
69.9
69.9
91
91
L L A B
55.6
55.6
54
54
B Y
A Y
35
35
14.3
18.3
1.5
65.9
14.3
12.7
1.5
10.5
12.7
88.1 34.1
222.4 (Spring center type) 50 4-M10 screw depth 18
237.2 (Hydraulic center type) 65.9
76.6
19 88.1
13.5
(Note) Port L is not used in the case of the spring center type.
A B Y Use port L with tank pressure in the case of the hydraulic
center type.
109.5*
96
4-φ19.5 3-φ7
3
12
The dimension marked with * differs depending on the type.

17

2-φ4 4-M10
(Locating pin) 4-φ26 3-φ14
(for port A, B, P, T) O-ring…3-JIS B2401 P10A Hs90
2-M6
(for port X, Y, L)
1-47
●DH22 (2 position valve) Machining dimension of manifold

44.7 19 130 35.5
112.5
112.5
94.3 94.3 2-φ6.5 drilled depth 8
76.8 76.8
4-φ24.5
53
29.2 (for port P, A, B, T)
29.2
T P Y
Y
L T P
96.8
117
96.8
117
92
92
74.5
74.5
73
A B
73
17.5
17.5
X
X
46
A B
19
19
5.6
17.3
12.5
17.3
53 53 2-φ10
77 77 (for port X, Y)
100.6
100.6
19 130 6-M12 screw depth 22
308.5 (Spring offset type)
280.4 (Hydraulic offset type)
X A B 24
on the type.
139*

115
Dimension φA
4-φA 3-φ10 Port P 24
Port A, B 24.5
Port T 25
5
19
2-φ6 6-M12
O-ring…4-JIS B2401 G30 Hs90 O-ring…3-JIS B2401 P21 Hs90
(for port A, B, P, T) (for port X, Y, L)
●DH22 (3 position valve) Machining dimension of manifold

112.5
44.7 19 130 35.5
112.5 94.3 2-φ6.5 drilled depth 8
94.3
76.8 76.8 4-φ24.5
53 29.2 (for port P, A, B, T)
29.2
T P Y Y
L T P
L
96.8
96.8
117
117
92
92
74.5
74.5
B
73
A
73
17.5
17.5
X
X
46
46
A B
19
19
5.6
17.3 5.6
12.5
53 17.3 3-φ10
77 (for port X, Y, L)
100.6 53
77
305.7 (Hydraulic center type) 100.6 6-M12 screw depth 22
280.4 (Spring center type) 19 130
24
(Note) Port L is not used in the case of the spring

center type.
X A B
139*
115

on the type.
4-φA 3-φ10 With choke valve (S1, S2): +55 mm
Dimension φA
5
19
2-φ6 6-M12 Port P 24

Port A, B 24.5
(for port A, B, P, T) (for port X, Y, L) Port T 25
1-48
68 24 190.5 55.5
168.5
147.5
114.5 2-φ6.5 drilled depth 8 2-φ10 (for port X, Y)
76
41.5 4-φ35 (for port P, A, B, T) 6-M20 screw depth 34
T P Y
L T P Y
159
197
114.5
197
124
159
114.5
A B
124
28.5
35
X
79.5
79.3
35
X A B
41.5 41.5
19
76
28.5
82.5 82.5
412 (Hydraulic offset type) 114.5
147.5
450 (Spring offset type) 168.5
24 190.5
26
194*
168

on the type.
4

31
3-φ10 4-φ35 6-M20
3-φ25 4-φ48
(for port X, Y, L)
2-φ6 (Locating pin) O-ring…4-JIS B2401 P42 Hs90

68 24 190.5 55.5
168.5
147.5 2-φ6.5 drilled depth 8

114.5 3-φ10 (for port X, Y, L)
76
41.5
T P Y
T P Y
L
159
197
114.5
197
124
159
114.5
A B
124
28.5
L
79.3
35
X
79.5
79.3
35
X A B
41.5
19
41.5
28.5
82.5 76
82.5
114.5
449 (Hydraulic center type) 147.5
168.5
24 190.5
26
(Note) Port L is not used in the case of the spring center type.
194*
168
4

31
3-φ10 4-φ35 on the type.

6-M20
3-φ25 4-φ48
O-ring…3-JIS Ｂ 2401 P21 Hs90
(for port X, Y, L)
2-φ6 (Locating pin) O-ring…4-JIS B2401 P42 Hs90
1-49
Pilot operated directional valve (3) DH52
3 position valve hydraulic center type
YX
L T B P A R
This pilot operated directional valve is used 1. The improvement of internal coring shape 3. The maximum working pressure is 34.3 MPa
for controlling start and stop, and movement and spool shape of the casing has (350 kgf/cm2).
direction of the hydraulic system with pilot oil substantially reduced the flow resistance.
pressure. 2. For return to neutral of the main valve, the
spring center type and pressure-centred type
are prepared as standard items.
■Type indication

52 W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
Connection method
F = Flange connection type
Series number:
without choke valve = 10
with choke valve = 11
Position holding method No symbol = without choke valve
｝
2 = 2 position, spring offset type S1 = with meter-in choke valve
(Note 1)
3 position, spring center type S2 = with meter-out choke valve
3 = 2 position, hydraulic offset type
Drain system
T = Internal drain
Spool type (spring offset type only)
* Items in (Note 1) are similar to those of the solenoid
controlled pilot operated directional valve (DEH52).
Refer to the section of the solenoid controlled pilot
operated directional valve (2).
1-50
■Specifications

Port A, B, P, T, R 34.3 (350)

Maximum working pressure
MPa (kgf/cm2)
Port X, Y 24.5 (250)
Highest pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) (Note) 24.5 (250)
3 position valve spring center type 1.2 (12)
Highest pilot pressure 3 position valve hydraulic center type 1.5 (15)
MPa (kgf/cm2)
2 position valve spring offset type 1.2 (12)
2 position valve hydraulic offset type 0.6 (6)
Stroke volume of pilot part 3 position valve hydraulic center type 33

cm3 Valves other than the above 66.5
Gasket connection type 80
Mass kg
Flange connection type 70
■Maximum flow rate/Pressure drop characteristics

●Similar to those of solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve (2) (DEH52).
　Refer to the section of the type number index “DEH52”.
■Flange
Valve type Flange type Connection diameter Mass
TFAA-40 2B 2.6kg
DH52
TFXA-40 2B 2.7kg
■Accessories
●Mounting bolt
DEH52　Gasket connection type M20×100L 7 pcs. 431.2±64.6（4400±660）
1-51
Valve type Gasket connection type Gasket connection type

Spool
type Hydraulic symbols Transient state Hydraulic symbols Transient state
Spring offset type Spring offset type

A B A B A B A B
X Y X Y
b a a b b a a b
P T P T RPT T P R
Hydraulic offset type Hydraulic offset type

A B A B
A B A B
X Y X Y
2 position valve
b a a b b a a b
P T P T T P R T P R
03
04
11
26
Spring center type Spring center type

X A B Y A B X A B Y A B
b O aa O b b O aa O b
P T T P R
T P R T P
Hydraulic center type Hydraulic center type
A B A B
A B A B
X Y X Y
b O aa O b b O aa O b
P T T P R
T P T P R
05
06
07
08
10
3 position valve
12
13
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
1-52

●DH52 (2 position valve - gasket connection type)
530 (Spring offset type) Machining dimension of manifold
470 (Hydraulic offset type) Take-out port of test oil pressure 278
5 52 356 (A, B port) 263
200 207.5
110 155
102.5 5-φ48
B A 48
2-φ8.5 2-φ10
2
Depth 8
X
190
230
L
150
X B A
Y Ｘ
T R
42
190
185
P
155
140
20
Y
102.5
40
199
35
23 310 X and Y ports are provided also
20
5
Remove the plugs for use.
50
7-M20
260
Screw depth 35
285
23 310
24
Air bleeding plug
on the type.
188*
164

5-φ48 3-φ10
5
32
2-φ8
(Locating pin) 5-φ60 3-φ25 7-M20 Note)
O-ring…5-JIS B2401 G55 Hs90 1. Block L port with a sub-plate.
(For port A, B, P, T, R) (For port X, Y, L)
●DH52 (2 position valve - flange connection type)

5 117 266 77 5
Take-out port of test oil pressure (A, B port)
65 170 25
66 (Flange position)
65 (Gauge port)
15
B A
70
170
140
62
X Y
P T
96 (X port)
138
202
24
φ98 5
φ4
175
199*

95

4-M12 4ｘ4-M16 Screw depth 27.5

17
(For port A, B, P, T)
Air bleeding plug
1-53
●DH52 (3 position valve - gasket connection type)

278
Take-out port of test oil pressure (A, B port) 263
5 52 356
G1/4 Counterboring diameterφ25 207.5
200
155
110
102.5
48 5-φ48
34
B A
2-φ8.5 2 3-φ10
Depth 8
X
L
190
230
150
X B A
Y X
T R L
190
42
185
155
140
P
20
115
Y
40
35
102.5
199 X and Y ports are provided also
5
5 112 23 310 on the upper part of the valve.
20
Remove the plugs for use. 50
7-M20
260
Screw depth 35
285
23 310
24
Air bleeding plug The dimension marked with * differs depending

164
188*
on the type.
5-φ48 3-φ10
5
Note)
32
2-φ8 1. Port L is not used in the case of the spring center type.
(Locating pin) 5-φ60 3-φ25 7-M20 2. Use port L with tank pressure in the case of the hydraulic center type.
(for port A, B, P, T, R) (for port X, Y, L)
●DH52 (3 position valve - flange connection type)

5 117 266 77 5
65 170 25 Take-out port of test oil pressure (A, B port)
66 (Flange position) G1/4 Counterboring diameterφ25
65 (Gauge port)
15
B A
70
170
140
62
X Y
P T
96 (X port)
138
202
In the case of hydraulic center type

in the case of spring center type
X Y1
22.5
47
24
222*
Air bleeding plug

φ98 φ45
175
199*

95

4-M12 4ｘ4-M16 Screw depth 27.5
17
(For port A, B, P, T) Note)

1. Use port X and Y1 as a pilot port in the case of the hydraulic
center type.
Use port Y with tank pressure.
1-54
Manual selector valve (1)

Spring center type
APBT
■Overview
This manual selector valve is used for
controlling start and stop, and movement
direction of the hydraulic system with
handle operation.
■Type indication
Manual selector valve Type of hydraulic oil

6、10 W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
Connection method Presence/absence of P port restriction
P = Gasket connection type No symbol = No restriction
Series number: 10 P08 = Restriction contraction diameterφ0.8mm
Position holding method P12 = Restriction contraction diameterφ1.2mm
1 = No spring type, detent type Spool type
2 = Spring offset type
Spring center type
Connection
Nominal dimension 6 10 Valve type Sub-plate type diameter Mass
Maximum working
Port A, B, P 30.9 (315) P-DE6G14-0 G1 4
pressure (Note 1) 1.0kg
MPa (kgf/cm2) Port T 2.9 (30) 14.7 (150) P-DE6R14-0 Rc 1 4
DM6P
Operating force during switching N (kgf) 19.6 to 29.4 (2.0 to 3.0) 15.7 to 26.5 (1.6 to 2.7) P-DE6G38-0 G 38
1.3kg
Mass kg 1.4 4.0 P-DE6R38-0 Rc 3 8
(Note 1) If working pressure exceeds the highest pressure of port T when the spool type is P-DE10G38-0 G 38
A or B, use port T as a drain port.
● The opening area at spool neutral position is “spool type 23 = 3%, P-DE10R38-0 Rc 3 8
spool type 17 = 6%” when spool type 10 is assumed to be 100%. DM10P 2.1kg
P-DE10G12-0 G 12
P-DE10R12-0 Rc 1 2
■Accessories When you use a sub-plate, please place an order for the above
sub-plate type.
●Mounting bolt
Hexagon socket
Type head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
DM6 M5×50L 4 pcs. 6.9± 1.0 ( 70±10)
DM10 M6×50L 4 pcs. 11.8± 1.8 (120±18)
1-55
DM
Valve Spool (lever type)
Hydraulic symbols Transient state
type type
6 10
A B
a O
P T
01 ○ ○
2 position valve
02 ― ○
03 ○ ○
04 ○ ○
25 ― ○
A B
O b
P T
02 ○ ー
25 ○ ー
A B
a O b
P T
A B
a O b
P T
05 ○ ○
06 ○ ○
07 ○ ○
08 ○ ○
3 position valve
10 ○ ○
12 ○ ○
13 ○ ○
16 ○ ○
17 ○ ○
18 ○ ○
20 ○ ○
21 ○ ○
22 ○ ○
23 ○ ○
1-56

●DM6
DM6 DM6
Spring offset type
Spring center type
30 1
Working pressure (MPa)

20
7 2
10 4
30 1
2
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
20
4 Flow rate (L/min)
3
10
30

5
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 20
5
6
Flow rate (L/min) 10
3
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Flow rate (L/min)
Curve number Spool type Curve number Spool type
03, 04, 05, 07, 08, 10, 12 1 03, 04, 08, 13, 25
1
13, 17, 18, 21, 23, 25 2 05, 10, 12, 21, 23
2 01, 02 3 01, 02
3 22 4 07, 20
4 06, 16 5 06
5 20 4 22
5 16
●DM10
Working pressure
MPa (kgf/cm2) 4.9 (50) 9.8 (100) 19.6 (200) 24.5 (250) 30.9 (315)
Spool type
05 80 80 75 60 60
Flow rate 03, 08, 10, 12, 13, 21, 22, 23 80 80 75 50 45

(L/min) 04, 06, 07, 16, 18, 20, 25 75 70 60 50 45
01, 02 50 45 35 30 25

● Similar to those of solenoid operated directional valve (DE6, DE10).
Refer to the section of the type number index “DE6” and “DE10”.
1-57
●DM6 Machining dimension of manifold
31
4-φ7.6 4-M5 screw depth 10
T
A B T
32.5
44
A B
52.5
31
32.5
26.6
18
16.3
P
P
6
5
φ2
6
40.5 12.5
10.3
0.75
3 position valve　DM6P-10-**　Handle operation range
19
100 27.8
2 position valve Spool type 2 position valve Spool type 40.5 12.5
01,03,04 50 50 02,25
Handle operation range Handle operation range
20ﾟ 20ﾟ
O
a b
25
φ6
147
2
46
4-φ7.8
29.8
22
4-φ12.2
8
34.7 64 22.5
138
4-M5 O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90 (for port A, B, P, T)
●DM10 Machining dimension of manifold

29.5 50.8
37.5
2.5
12
6.3
P P
4-φ11
21.4
A B A B
32.5
46
70
46
T T T T 4-M6 screw depth 12
There is T port at two locations and

either of the two may be used.
3.2
2.5
54 18.5
φ30 16.7
72.5 72.5 27
54 18.5
30
a O O a
b
φ8
23.5ﾟ
23.5ﾟ
91
200
52.5 (fulcrum position)
86.6
5-φ11
40
10
5-φ15.7
20 20
161 (3 position valve and 2 position valve spool type 01, 03, 04)
161 (2 position valve spool type 02, 25)
1-58

T A P B Y
This manual selector valve is used for 1. The improvement of internal coring shape
controlling start and stop, and movement and spool shape of the casing has
direction of the hydraulic system with substantially reduced the flow resistance.
handle operation. 2. The maximum working pressure is 34.3
MPa (350 kgf/cm2).
■Type indication
Manual selector valve Type of hydraulic oil

Connection method
P = Gasket connection type Drain system
Series number: 10 T = Internal drain
Position holding method

1 = No spring type, detent type
Spring center type
Spool type
Valve type Sub-plate type Connection diameter Mass ●Mounting bolt
P-DEH16G34-0 G 34 Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
7.0kg
P-DEH16R34-0 Rc3 4 M6×55L 2 pcs. 11.8± 1.7 (120± 18)
DM16
G1 DM16
P-DEH16G1-0
14.5kg M10×60L 4 pcs. 56.8± 8.5 (580± 87)
P-DEH16R1-0 Rc 1
DM22 M12×60L 6 pcs. 98.0±14.7 (1000±150)
P-DEH22G1-0 G1
11kg DM32 M20×80L 6 pcs. 431.2±64.6 (4400±660)
P-DEH22R1-0 Rc 1
P-DEH22G54-0 G 54
DM22
P-DEH22R54-0 Rc 5 4
24kg
P-DEH22G32-0 G 32
P-DEH22R32-0 Rc3 2
P-DEH32G32-0 G 32
DM32 19kg
P-DEH32R32-0 Rc3 2
For the dimension drawing, refer to pages 9, 10 and 11 of the appendix.
1-59
Valve
type Hydraulic symbols Transient state
Spool type
A B AB
a b a b
PT
P T
A B AB
a b a b
PT
2 position valve
P T
03
04
11
26
A B AB
a O b a O b
PT
P T
A B
AB
a O b
a O b
P T PT
05
06
07
08
3 position valve
10
12
13
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
1-60
■Specifications

Port A, B, P 34.3 (350)

Maximum working pressure
External drain type 24.5 (250)
MPa (kgf/cm2)
Port T
Internal drain 2.9 (30)
Spool 17, 22 16%

Opening area at spool neutral position
(with spool 10 as 100%)
Spool 23 3%

29.4 (3) 39.2 (4) 98.0 (10)
Manual lever operating force 3 position valve spring center type
N (kgf)
No spring type with detent 39.2 (4.0) 83.3 (8.5) 98.0 (10)
Mass kg 7.5 13 49

Nominal Valve type Spool type
dimension 6.9 (70) 13.7 (140) 20.6 (210) 27.4 (280) 34.3 (350)
05, 10, 12, 13, 17, 18, 21

180 180 180 180 170
22, 23, 03, 04, 11, 26
Spring offset type
16 Spring center type 06 125 100 80 70 65
07, 08, 19, 20 125 115 90 80 70
No spring type with detent All spools 180 180 180 180 180
05, 10, 12, 13, 17, 18, 21

22, 23 450 450 370 320 300
Spring offset type
22 Spring center type
06, 07, 08, 19, 20, 03, 04
11, 26 265 190 155 135 120
05, 10, 12, 13, 17, 18, 21 1100 1050 860 750 680
22, 23
Spring offset type
32 Spring center type
06, 07, 08, 19, 20, 03, 04
11, 26 650 450 370 320 280

●Similar to those of solenoid controlled pilot operated directional valve (1) (DEH16, 22, 32).
Refer to the section of the type number index “DEH16, 22, 32”.
1-61
●DM16 138
19 101.6
76.6
Locating pin diameter φ4 Machining dimension of manifold
50
18.3 101.6
φ5 2-φ4.5 drilled depth 5
X
T P
T P
71.5
71.5
69.9
69.9
91
91
Ｌ L
12.7
55.6
55.6
A
54
A B Y
35
35
14.3
0
球4
1
18.3
1.5
1.5
14.3
10.5
18.3 Locating pin
34.1 diameterφ4 34.1
50 50 4-M10 screw depth 18
54.5 65.9 65.9
88 88.1 19 76.6
249.2 (2 and 3 position valves no spring type
with detent and 3 position valve spring center type)
275 (2 position valve spring offset type)
(Note) Ports X and Y are not used.
Use port L in the case of external drain type.
2 and 3 position valve
O 3 position valve neutral position
switching position
2 and 3 position valve switching position

a 37ﾟ b
37ﾟ
φ12
224
A B Y
119
50
4-φ19.5 3-φ7
34
12
17
3
O-ring…4-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 4-M10

(for port A, B, P, T) 4-φ26 3-φ14
O-ring…3-JIS B2401 P10A Hs90
2-M6 (for port X, Y, L)
●DM22 19 130 35.5

112.5
94.3 112.5
Locating pin diameterφ6
76.8 94.3 2-φ6.5 drilled depth 8
53 76.8
29.2 29.2 4-φ24.5 (for port P, A, B, T)
T P Y Y
L T P 96.8
96.8
117
117
92
92
74.5
74.5
A B
73
73
17.5
17.5
Ｘ
46
0
19
球4 A B
2
5.6
12.5
Locating pin 53
59 17.3 diameterφ6
53 77
φ10 (for port Y)
104 77 100.6
100.6 19 130
323.2 (2 and 3 position valves no spring type
with detent and 3 position valve spring center type)
(Note) Ports X and L are not used.
348.8 (2 position valve spring offset type)
Use port Y in the case of external drain type.
3 position valve neutral position

2 and 3 position valve
switching position O
a 2 and 3 position valve switching position
b
27.5ﾟ
27.5ﾟ
φ14
330
X A B
139
70
4-φA 3-φ10
Dimension φA
Port P 24
19
5
6-M12 Port A, B 24.5

O-ring…4-JIS B2401 G30 Hs90 4-φ35 3-φ25
(for port A, B, P, T) O-ring…3-JIS B2401 P21 Hs90
(for port X, Y, L) Port T 25
1-62
●DM32
24 190.5 55.5
168.5
76
4-φ35 φ10 6-M20 screw depth 34
41.5 (for port P, A, B, T)
T P Y
Center of port L
T P Y
159
197
159
197
124
124
114.5
114.5
L A B
　79.3
79.5
28.5
35
35
X A B
19
11.5
球40 41.5 41.5

92 82.5 2-φ6.5 drilled depth 8
76
114.5 82.5
147.5 114.5
478(2 and 3 position valves no spring type with detent, 3 position valve spring center type) 147.5
516 (2 position valve spring offset type) 168.5
24 190.5
3 position valve neutral position

O
2 and 3 position valve switching position
a b
2 and 3 position
valve switching 30° 30°
position
φ18.1
485
(Note) Ports X and L are not used.

Use port Y in the case of external drain type.
191
99.5
3-φ10 4-φ35
66
31
4
6-M20
3-φ25 4-φ48
O-ring･･3-JIS B2401 P21 Hs90 2-φ6 O-ring･･･4-JIS B2401 P42 Hs90
(for port X, Y, L) （Locating pin） (for port A, B, P, T)
1-63
Manual selector valve – KLA type
Manual selector valve – KLA type
●Hydraulic symbols
A B
P R
T AP B
■Overview ■Type indication

This manual selector valve is used for
controlling start and stop, and movement
direction of the hydraulic system with
handle operation. Manual selector valve Type of hydraulic oilMineral based hydraulic oil
with 4 port detent No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
■Specifications Nominal dimension: 6
Nominal dimension 6 Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
Maximum working Port A, B, P 24.5 (250) Connection method
pressure
MPa (kgf/cm2) Port R 2.9 (30) EP = Gasket connection type
Series number: 10
Maximum flow rate L/min 20
Mass kg 1.9 Spool type: 2C
P-DE6R14-0 Rc 1 4 Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
1.0kg
P-DE6G14-0 G 14 K4LAR6EP M5×75L 4 pcs. 6.9± 1.0 (70±10.5)
K4LA
P-DE6R38-0 Rc 3 8
2.2kg
P-DE6G38-0 G 38
sub-plate type.
●K4LAR6 188.5
15
ll
Ba
35 R
φ
Switching position When pressed in When pulled out A B
φ40
31
φ40
32.5
50
26.6
L 2mm 8mm
16.3
6
10.3
*Ｌ 19
27.8
6 93.5 40.5 11 35
Stroke amount
71
32
8
O-ring...JIS B2401 P9 Hs90 4-M5

4-φ6
(for port A, B, P, R) 4-φ12
60
1-64
Check valve (1)
Check valve (1)

Thread connection type Gasket connection type
B A
B A
■Overview ■Features ●Hydraulic symbols

This check valve is used for allowing the flow 1. There are an in-line type that has thread
from one direction to pass freely according to connection system and a right angle type that
the cracking pressure of the valve and for has gasket connection system. B A
blocking the flow from the opposite direction. 2. There are six types of cracking pressure with
no spring: 0.01, 0.05, 0.15, 0.29 and 0.39 MPa.
3. Cartridge type elements are also
manufactured.
■Type indication
●C
Check valve Type of hydraulic oil

Nominal dimension (Specify only in the case of gasket connection type.)
6, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
(Gasket connection type is 10, 20 and 30 only.) V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
Connection method Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
G = G thread connection type (Note) It is not necessary to enter the type of
GO = G thread connection type (based on JIS B2351 0 type) hydraulic oil when the connection method is
other than “P”.
R = R thread connection type
Cracking pressure
00 = No spring
C = Cartridge type (for in-line)
(There is no no-spring type in the case of cartridge type.)
Series number: 10 01 = 0.01MPa(0.1kgf/cm2)
05 = 0.05MPa(0.5kgf/cm2)
15 = 0.15MPa(1.5kgf/cm2)
30 = 0.29MPa(3.0kgf/cm2)
●C1M 40 = 0.39MPa(4.0kgf/cm2)
Cartridge type check valve for angle Type of hydraulic oil

Nominal dimension Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
6, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
Connection method
C = Cartridge type Cracking pressure
Series number: 10 01 = 0.01MPa(0.1kgf/cm2)
05 = 0.05MPa(0.5kgf/cm2)
15 = 0.15MPa(1.5kgf/cm2)
30 = 0.29MPa(3.0kgf/cm2)
40 = 0.39MPa(4.0kgf/cm2)
1-65
■Specifications
Check valve (1)
Nominal dimension 6 8 10 15 20 25 30
Maximum specification pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) 30.9 (315)

Maximum flow rate L/min 15 35 50 120 200 300 400
Thread connection type 0.1 0.2 0.5 0.7 1.2 2.3 2.3
Mass kg Gasket connection type －－ 1.4 － 4 － 12
Cartridge 0.05 0.05 0.05 0.1 0.2 0.25 0.3
■Accessories
●Mounting bolt
Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N･m (kgf･cm)
C10P M8×50L 4 pcs. 29.4±4.4 (300±45.0)
C20P M10×70L 4 pcs. 56.8±8.5 (580±87.0)

C30P M16×90L 4 pcs. 235.2±35.3 (2400±360.0)
■Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm2/s (cSt)) When cracking pressure is 0.05 MPa
●C6 ●C8 ●C10 ●C15

0.4 0.4 0.4 0.4

0.3 0.3 0.3 0.3
0.2 0.2 0.2 0.2
0.1 0.1 0.1 0.1
0 5 10 15 0 10 20 30 0 20 40 0 40 80 120
Flow rate (L/min) Flow rate (L/min) Flow rate (L/min) Flow rate (L/min)
●C20 ●C25 ●C30

0.4 0.4 0.4
0.3 0.3 0.3
0.2 0.2 0.2
0.1 0.1 0.1
0 50 100 150 200 0 100 200 300 0 100 200 300 400
1-66
Check valve (1)

●C (screw connection type)
6 B
B A
C
呼称寸法
Nominal dimension A B C D E
G G 14 12
6 58 24 27.7
R Rc14 9
G G 38 12
8 58 32 37
R Rc38 10 D D
E E
G G 12 14
10 72 36 41.6
R Rc12 12
G G 34 16
15 85 41 47.3
R Rc34 14
G G1 18
20 98 50 57.7
R Rc 1 16
G G 114 23
25 120 63 72.7
R Rc 114 18
(Note)
G G 112 23
30 132 63 72.7 1. When using the no spring type, be sure to install it so that port B faces upward.
R Rc 112 18 2. Articles of screw connection type are undisassemblable.
●C (gasket connection type)
A
K D
N C R H
J
B
4-P
A
*
2-φM
2-φL
B
E
F
G
2
Q (O-ring for port A, B)
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P R “Q”O-ring dimension

10 75 60 46 40 40 32 20 36 18 20 10 16 12 M8 5 2-JIS B 2401 P12 Hs90
20 108 85 65 65 60 51 30 56 29 28 20 26 15 M10 8 2-JIS B 2401 P22 Hs90
30 145 130 83 95 100 83 50 85 45 30 30 40 24 M16 5 2-JIS B 2401 G35 Hs90 (Note) When using the no spring type, be sure to install
it so that the surface marked with * faces upward.
1-67
Check valve (1)
●C (cartridge type for in-line)
2x15°
Spring
Seat Poppet Spring seat

Valve type L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 D1 H7 D2 D3 H8 Spacer
01 (not manufactured by our company)
05
15 3.5 9
C6C-10- 29.3 21.3 18 10 6 10.5
30 Nipple
40 3 8.5
01
05
15 4 9.5
C8C-10- 32.8 22.8 19 13 8 14
30
40 3 9.5
φD3
φD1
φD2
01
05 1.6 1.6
15 4 11.5
C10C-10- 38.8 28.8 21 17 10 17.5
30
40 3 10.5
01
05
15 5.5 15
C15C-10- 49 37 27 22 15 23 φ0.01
30
40 4 15 L4 (stroke amount)
01
05 0.5x45° L5
15 5.5 16.5
C20C-10- 59.6 44.6 29 28 20 29 L3 (finish range)
30
40 4 17.5
Cool with dry ice for expansion fit. L2
01
05 L1
15 7 24.5
C25C-10- 72.9 54.9 38 36 25 37.5
30
40 5.5 23
01
05
15 7.5 25.5
C30C-10- 83.6 63.6 42 42 30 43
30
40 5.5 25.5
●C (cartridge type for angle)

Plug
Spacer
(not manufactured by our company)
Valve type L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 D1 H7 D2 D3 H8 D4
01
05
3.5 9 11.3 Bushing
C1M6C-10- 15 28.1 20.1 16.1 11 10 6 11 6
30
Poppet
L4 (finish range)
40 3 8.5 10.8
01
Ｌ５ (stroke amount)
05
4 9.5 12.4
C1M8C-10- 15 36.5 26.5 21.5 16 13 8 14 8
30
40 3 9.5 12.4
L3
01
L2
05
4 11.5 14.8
C1M10C-10- 15 39.5 29.5 23.5 17 17 10 18 10
L1
L6
φD4
L7
30
40 3 10.5 13.8
01
0.5x45°
05
5.5 15 18.5
C1M15C-10- 15 46.5 34.5 26 18 22 15 24 15 Spring
30
40 4 15 18.5
01 Seat
05
5.5 16.5 21.3
C1M20C-10- 15 55.9 40.9 30.4 23 28 20 30 20
30
40 4 17.5 22.3 Cool with dry ice for
01 φD2 expansion fit.
05
7 24.5 30
C1M25C-10- 15 74.3 56.3 41.8 31 36 25 38 25
1.6
φD1
2x15°
30
40 5.5 23 28.5
3.2
01 φD3
05 φ0.01
7.5 25.5 31.1
C1M30C-10- 15 84.1 64.1 48.1 37 42 30 44 30
30
40 5.5 25.5 31.1
1-68
Check valve (2)
Check valve (2)

This check valve is used for allowing the flow 1. There are an in-line type that has flange
from one direction to pass freely according to connection system and a right angle type that
the cracking pressure of the valve and for has gasket connection system.
blocking the flow from the opposite direction. 2. There are six types of cracking pressure with no
spring: 0.01, 0.05, 0.15, 0.29 and 0.39 MPa.
3. Cartridge type elements are also manufactured.
■Type indication
Check valve Type of hydraulic oil

52, 62, 82, 102, 125, 150 W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
(Gasket connection type is 52, 62 and 82 only.) Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
Connection method (Note) In the case of cartridge type, “No symbol” and “W” are identical,
F = Flange connection type and therefore, there is no “W”.
C = Cartridge type Cracking pressure
Series number: 10 00 = No spring
(There is no no-spring type in the case of cartridge type.)
01 = 0.01MPa(0.1kgf/cm2)
05 = 0.05MPa(0.5kgf/cm2)
15 = 0.15MPa(1.5kgf/cm2)
30 = 0.29MPa(3.0kgf/cm2)
40 = 0.39MPa(4.0kgf/cm2)
*Nominal dimension 125 and 150 have no cracking pressure of 40.
■Flange
Valve type Maximum working pressure Flange type Connection Mass
diameter
20.6MPa TFAA-40 2B 2.6kg
C52F
30.9MPa TFXA-40 2B 2.7kg
20.6MPa TFAA-50 2 12 B 3.9kg

C62F
30.9MPa TFXA-50 2 12 B 4.5kg

C82F
20.6MPa TFAA-80 4B 13 kg
C102F
30.9MPa TFXA-80 4B 14 kg
C125F
C150F
1-69
■Accessories
Check valve (2)
●Specifications
C52P M16×110L 6 pcs. 235.2±35.3 (2400±360.0)
C62P M20×135L 6 pcs.

431.2±64.7 (4400±660.0)
C82P M20×165L 6 pcs.
■Specifications
Nominal dimension 52 62 82 102 125 150
Maximum working pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) 30.9 (315)

Maximum flow rate L/min 700 1100 1800 3000 4400 6400
Flange connection type 10.6 15 27.5 50 190 330

Mass kg Gasket connection type 17 31.5 57 ― ― ―
Cartridge type 1.9 3.3 5.6 9.4 36.2 76.1
■Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm2/s (cSt)) When cracking pressure is 0.05 MPa
●C52 ●C62 ●C82

1.0 1.2 1.2
0.9 1.1 1.1
0.8 1.0 1.0
︶
︶
︶
0.9 0.9
0.7
0.8 0.8
0.6 0.7 0.7
0.5 0.6 0.6
0.4 0.5 0.5
0.3 0.4 0.4
0.3 0.3
0.2
0.2 0.2
0.1 0.1 0.1
0 400 800 1200 1600 2000 0 600 1200 1800 2400 3000 0 1000 2000 3000 4000 5000
●C102 ●C125 ●C150

1.2 0.8 0.8
1.1
0.7 0.7
1.0
︶
︶
︶
0.9 0.6 0.6

0.8
0.5 0.5
0.7
0.6 0.4 0.4
0.5
0.3 0.3
0.4
0.3 0.2 0.2
0.2
0.1 0.1
0.1
0 1400 2800 4200 5600 7000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000 0 3000 6000 9000 12000 15000
1-70
Check valve (2)

●C (gasket connection type) A
N
* B
E
J
A
L
M K
2
C
D
R
O-ring “T” 2-φQ
(for port A, B)
2-φP F 6-S
G
B
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S O-ring dimension “T”

52 177 212 140.5 106.5 150 25 77 40 115 17 50 100 75 60 50 25 M16 2-JIS B2401 G55 Hs90
62 224 266.5 160.5 126.5 180 34 100 40 140 21.5 65 128 96 70 60 30 M20 2-JIS B2401 G65 Hs90
Note) When using the no spring type, be sure to install it
82 275 325 190.5 156.5 210 30 115 50 170 35 70 140 105 90 80 30 M20 2-JIS B2401 G85 Hs90 so that the surface marked with * faces upward.
●C (flange connection type)

F
B
D
E
B A A
2x4-H, Screw depth J

2
B A
45ﾟ
B
φG
φM
φN
45ﾟ
2-K, Screw depth L
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N
52 135.5 132 98 100 80 67.5 98 M16 26 M10 15 45 45
62 165.5 152 118 120 100 82.5 118 M20 32 M10 15 53 53
82 195.5 182 148 150 120 97.5 145 M24 36 M12 20 70 65
102 245.5 220 178 180 150 122.5 175 M30 40 M12 20 86.5 86.5 Note) When using the no spring type, be sure to install it so that port B faces upward.
1-71
Check valve (2)
●C (flange connection type)
2ｘ8-F Screw depth G
B A
B
φC
φE
φE
D
φ
45
°
A 22.5°
Nominal
dimension A B C D E F G
125 350.5 360 300 245 122 M30 50
150 501 431 360 290 150 M36 60
Note) When using the no spring type, be sure to install it so that port B faces upward.
●C (large diameter) - cartridge type

L1 T4x15°
L2 L3
L7 (finish range)
L6 L9 (stroke amount)
φ0.02 A L4 L5x30°
T3
In-line type
φD1
φD2
φD7
φD5
φD6
Right angle type

1.6
Spring seat Spring Poppet Seat

T1
O-ring
T2 φD4
Cool with dry ice for expansion fit.
D3 L8
H7 H7 H8
Valve type L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 D1±0.2 D2 +0.1
0 D3 D4 D5 D6 D7 T1 T2 T3 T4
01
05
C52 C- 10- 15-* 146 111 1.5 12 1.5 23 90 87 15 98 77 4-M16 45 50 70 72 26 36 38 5
30
40
01
05
C62 C- 10- 15-* 175 135 1.5 12 1.5 24.5 110 106 17.5 118 93 4-M20 55 63 85 86 32 42 45 5
30
40
01
05
C82 C- 10- 15-* 210 165 1.5 15 2 29 135 128 25 145 115 4-M24 72 72 100 106 36 50 55 5
30
40
01
05 31.5 28
C102 C- 10- 15-* 260 210 2 18 2 160 164 175 140 4-M30 90 90 125 132 40 55 68 6
30 36.5 23
40
01
C125 C- 10- 05-* 360 295 3 30 2.5 51.5 230 233 34.5 245 205 8-M30 122 122 180 190 50 65 98 6
15
01
(Note) When used for in-line, a hole of
C150 C- 10- 05-* 510 430 5 32 2.5 81.5 320 354 38.3 290 240 8-M36 150 150 220 230 60 75 118 6
15 　　　φD4 is not necessary.
1-72
Pilot operated check valve (1)

CH CHY
A1 A3 A1
A2 A2
X(Pst) A(P2) B(P1) X(Pst) Y A(P2) B(P1)
■Overview ■Features ●Hydraulic symbols

This pilot check valve operates the pilot using This is of decompression type. As the main ●CH ●CHY
remote pressure and allows for back flow as valve opens after the pilot valve opens, B B
appropriate. This valve is mainly used in a smooth switching without shocks can be
・・
press or lift to prevent load from falling due to performed under high pressure and large
leakage of the hydraulic circuit. capacity.
A X Y A X
■Type indication
Pilot operated check valve Type of hydraulic oil

Drain system V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
No symbol = Internal drain
Y = External drain
Nominal dimension Cracking pressure
6, 8, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 Symbol Cracking pressure Nominal dimension
(Gasket connection type is 10, 20 and 30 only.)
10 0.10MPa 15, 20, 25, 30
Connection method 14 0.14MPa 6, 8, 10
G = G thread connection type
GO = G thread connection type (based on JIS B2351 0 type)
Series number: 10
■Specifications
CH CHY
Nominal dimension
6 8 10 15 20 25 30 6 8 10 15 20 25 30
Maximum working pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) 30.9 (315) 30.9 (315)
Maximum flow rate L/min 80 170 300 80 170 300＜170＞ (Note)

Maximum pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) 30.9 (315) 30.9 (315)
Pilot volume Port X 2.2 8.7 17.5 2.2 17.5＜8.7＞

cm3 Port Y － 1.9 15.8＜7.6＞
Mass kg 2.5 4 8 2.5 8＜6.5＞
(Note) Values are those inside < > only for CHY20P type.
1-73
■Sub-plate
Valve type Sub-plate type Connection diameter Mass

P-CHY10R14-0 Rc 14
P-CHY10G14-0 G 14
P-CHY10R38-0 Rc 38
CH/CHY10P 2.1kg
P-CHY10G38-0 G 38
P-CHY10R12-0 Rc 12
P-CHY10G12-0 G 12
P-CHY20R34-0 Rc 34
P-CHY20G34-0 G 34
CH/CHY20P 4.4kg
P-CHY20R 1-0 Rc1
P-CHY20G 1-0 G1
P-CHY30R54-0 Rc114
P-CHY30G54-0 1
G1 4
CH/CHY30P 6.9kg
P-CHY30R32-0 Rc112
P-CHY30G32-0 1
G1 2
■Accessories
●Mounting bolt
Type 数量 Hexagon
締結トルクhead
socket N
・m（kgf
・
capcm）
thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
CH/CHY10P M10×55L 4 pcs.
CH/CHY20P M10×75L 4 pcs. 56.8± 8.5 (580± 87.0)

●CH/CHY6, 8, 10 ●CH15, 20, CHY15 ●CHY25, 30, CHY20G(R)
Ａ→Ｂ
CHY20P Ａ→ＢＢ→Ａ CH25, 30 Ａ→ＢＢ→Ａ
0.8 0.8 0.8
0.7 Ｂ→Ａ 0.7 0.7
︶
︶
0.6 0.6 0.6

0.5 0.5 0.5
0.4 0.4 0.4
0.3 0.3 0.3
0.2 0.2 0.2
0.1 0.1 0.1
０ 20 40 60 80 ０ 50 100 150 200 ０ 100 200 300 400
●Method of obtaining minimum
required pilot pressure
A2: Pressure receiving area of lifting piston (cm 2 ) ●Method of using internal drain type
(refer to symbols in the structural drawing) A3: Pressure receiving area of lifting piston rod (cm 2 ) and external drain type
When port A is directly connected to the tank during
In the case of CH
数量
Nominal dimension A1 A2 A3
A1 reverse free flow, the internal drain type is generally
+ 0.5MPa (P2=0)
Pst = P1 × ―
A2 CH/CHY6, 8, 10 1.13 3.14 0.5 used. However, if back pressure is applied to port A,
CH15, 20 3.14 9.64 ― be sure to use the external drain type.

In the case of CHY
P1×A1−P2×(A1−A3) CHY20P 3.14 9.64 1.13
Pst = + 0.5MPa
A2 CHY15, 20G(R), CH/CHY25, 30 5.30 15.90 1.54
Pst: Minimum required pilot pressure (MPa) (Note) For minimum required pilot pressure (Pst), low pilot
A B
operated check valves for pilot pressure lower than
P1: Load pressure (pressure of port B) (MPa)
Pst obtained from the above (pilot pressure equivalent
P2: Back pressure (pressure of port A) (MPa) to approximately 1/8 of load pressure) are also available
A1: Pressure receiving area of poppet (cm 2 ) (KSV/KSL type). If you need the above valve, please
contact us.
1-74

●CH/CHY (G screw connection type) G1/4
CH*G CHY*G (both X and Y ports)
F 2 Q 15 Q 15
In the case of 6 to 10 only
1 1 1 1
G1/4 In the case of 15 to 30 only
C C C
φ25
φ25
X Y X
51.5 (54.5 in the case of 10)

A X
X
B
B
Y A
A
2-φD
2-E
L
M
Y
N
L
B A
2-φD
2-E
G
K
B
70.5
J
H J
H
P
2-φ11 through hole A 2-φ11 through hole A

B B
Type Nominal
dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q
6 66.5 85 40 25 G 14 42 27.5 18.5 10.5 33.5 49 80 116 18 15
8 66.5 85 40 32 G 38 42 27.5 18.5 10.5 33.5 49 80 116 18 15
10 66.5 85 40 38 G 12 42 27.5 18.5 10.5 33.5 49 80 116 18 16

CH
15 79.5 100 58 45 G 34 60 36.5 17.5 13 50.5 65.5 95 135 20 17
20 79.5 100 58 52 G1 60 36.5 17.5 13 50.5 65.5 95 135 20 18

25 97 120 73 63 G1 1 4 75 54.5 15.5 20.5 71.5 87.5 115 173 29 24
30 97 120 73 65 G1 1 2 75 54.5 15.5 20.5 71.5 87.5 115 173 29 24

6 66.5 85 40 25 G 14 42 23.5 16.5 12.5 35.5 51 80 116 18 15
8 66.5 85 40 32 G 38 42 19 16.5 12.5 35.5 51 80 116 18 15
10 66.5 85 40 38 G 12 42 19.5 13.5 15.5 38.5 54 80 116 18 16

CHY 15 74 120 73 45 G 34 75 54.5 15.5 20.5 84 97.5 125 183 29 17
20 74 120 73 52 G1 75 54.5 15.5 18 84 97.5 125 183 29 18
25 74 120 73 63 G1 1 4 75 54.5 15.5 18 84 97.5 125 183 29 24
30 74 120 73 65 G1 1 2 75 54.5 15.5 18 84 97.5 125 183 29 24
●CH/CHY (R screw connection type)

CH*R CHY*R Rc1/4
E 2 (both X and Y ports)
In the case of 6 to 10 only
Q 12.5 Q 12.5
Rc1/4 In the case of 15 to 30 only
2-D
C C C
(both A and B ports)
2-D
(both A and B ports)
X Y X
X
A
B
A
Y A
B
A
K
Y
M
L
A
P
B
J
F
B
70.5
H
G H
G
N
2-φ11 through hole A 2-φ11 through hole A

B B
Type Nominal
dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q
6 66.5 85 40 Rc 1 4 42 27.5 18.5 10.5 33.5 49 80 116 18 ー 12.5
8 66.5 85 40 Rc 3 8 42 27.5 18.5 10.5 33.5 49 80 116 18 ー 14
10 66.5 85 40 Rc 1 2 42 27.5 18.5 10.5 33.5 49 80 116 18 ー 17

CH
15 79.5 100 58 Rc 3 4 60 36.5 17.5 13 50.5 65.5 95 135 20 ー 19
20 79.5 100 58 Rc 1 60 36.5 17.5 13 50.5 65.5 95 135 20 ー 22

25 97 120 73 Rc1 1 4 75 54.5 15.5 20.5 71.5 87.5 115 173 29 ー 24.5
30 97 120 73 Rc1 1 2 75 54.5 15.5 20.5 71.5 87.5 115 173 29 ー 25.5
6 66.5 85 40 Rc 1 4 42 23.5 16.5 12.5 35.5 51 80 116 18 51.5 12.5
8 66.5 85 40 Rc 3 8 42 19 16.5 12.5 35.5 51 80 116 18 51.5 14
10 66.5 85 40 Rc 1 2 42 19.5 13.5 15.5 38.5 54 80 116 18 54.5 17

CHY 15 74 120 73 Rc 3 4 75 54.5 15.5 20.5 84 97.5 125 183 29 ー 19
20 74 120 73 Rc 1 75 54.5 15.5 18 84 97.5 125 183 29 ー 22
25 74 120 73 Rc1 1 4 75 54.5 15.5 18 84 97.5 125 183 29 ー 24.5
30 74 120 73 Rc1 1 2 75 54.5 15.5 18 84 97.5 125 183 29 ー 25.5
1-75
●CH/CHY (gasket connection type)

CH(Y)　10 P CH(Y)30P
20
G D D D
Bolt 4 pcs.
Bolt 6 pcs.
M10
O-ring “T” A
(CH…for port X) A Y1
X
(CHY…for port X, Y) X
P
B
Y A
X
B
X Y
59.5
2-φ15
S
S
M
H
H
L
M
L
Y
42
Q
Q
φ6
2-φE
R
R
N
N
B
C C
J
C
K
J
O-ring "U"
K
(for port A, B)
3.8
In the case of type CHY only A
4 2 A Either may be used only
F 10 B B in the case of type CHY.
Nominal
Type dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P
10 66.5 85 40 7.8 20 42 13 43 10 18 80 116 18.5 21.5
CH 20 79.5 100 58 6.3 30 60 15 60.5 10 20 95 135 17.3 20.8
30 97 120 73 4 40 75 15 84 29 29 115 173 15.5 24.5
10 66.5 85 40 7.8 20 42 13 43 10 18 80 116 18.5 21.5
CHY 20 79.5 100 58 6.3 30 60 15 60.5 10 20 105 145 17.3 20.8
30 97 120 73 4 40 75 15 84 29 29 125 183 15.5 24.5
Nominal O-ring dimension
Type dimension Q R S X port “T” Y port A-B Port “U” V
10 54.3 25.8 32 JIS B2401 P16 Hs90
CH 20 66.5 28.5 44.5 JIS B2401 G25 Hs90
30 83 32 63 JIS B2401 JIS B2401 G35 Hs90
10 54.3 25.8 32 P11 Hs90 JIS B2401 P16 Hs90 21.5
CHY 20 66.5 28.5 44.5 JIS B2401 G25 Hs90 39.7
30 83 32 63 JIS B2401 G35 Hs90
1-76

CH CHY
B(P1) B(P1)
Y
A2 A1 A3 A1
A2
X(P st) X(PSt)
A(P2) A(P2)
This pilot check valve operates the pilot using This is of decompression type. As the main
remote pressure and allows for back flow as valve opens after the pilot valve opens,
appropriate. This valve is mainly used in a smooth switching without shocks can be
press or lift to prevent load from falling due to performed under high pressure and large
leakage of the hydraulic circuit. capacity.
■Type indication
Pilot operated check valve Type of hydraulic oil

Drain system V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
Y = External drain
Nominal dimension Cracking pressure
52, 62, 82, 102, 125, 150 10 =0.10MPa(1.0kgf/cm2)
(Gasket connection type is 52, 62 and 82 only.) 30 =0.29MPa(3.0kgf/cm2)
45 =0.44MPa(4.5kgf/cm2)
Connection method
F = Flange connection type * If you use cracking pressure of 45,
P = Gasket connection type please contact us in advance.
Series number: 10
■Specifications
Maximum working pressure MPa(kgf/cm2) 30.9

（315）
Maximum pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) 30.9

（315）
Port X 91 153 238 458 834 1538

Pilot volume
cm3 Port Y
83.5 142 220 422 757 1444
(however, only for CHY)
Mass kg 32 42 84 152 300 480
1-77
■Flange

diameter
CH(Y)52F
20.6MPa TFAA-50 212 B 3.9kg

CH(Y)62F
30.9MPa TFXA-50 212 B 4.5kg
CH(Y)82F
20.6MPa TFAA-80 4B 13kg

CH(Y)102F
30.9MPa TFXA-80 4B 14kg

CH(Y)125F

CH(Y)150F
■Accessories
●Mounting bolt
CH/CHY52P M16×165L 6 pcs. 235.2±35.2

（2400±360）
431.2±64.6
（4400±660）
●Method of obtaining minimum required pilot pressure ●Method of using internal drain type and
(refer to symbols in the structural drawing) external drain type
In the case of CH When port A is directly connected to the tank
A1 during reverse free flow, the internal drain type

Pst = P1 × ―
+ 0.5MPa (P2=0)
A2 is generally used. However, if back pressure
In the case of CHY is applied to port A, be sure to use the external
P1×A1-P2×(A1-A3) drain type.
Pst = + 0.5MPa
A2
Pst: Minimum required pilot pressure (MPa) A B

P1: Load pressure (pressure of port B) (MPa)
P2: Back pressure (pressure of port A) (MPa)
A1: Pressure receiving area of poppet (cm2)
A2: Pressure receiving area of lifting piston (cm2)
A3: Pressure receiving area of lifting piston rod (cm2)
Nominal dimension A1 A2 A3
CH/CHY52 21.24 47.78 3.8
62 30.19 66.47 4.9

82 43.0 95.0 7.06
102 65.47 143.14 11.34
125 103.87 213.60 19.64
150 149.57 320.47 19.64
(Note) For minimum required pilot pressure (Pst),

low pilot operated check valves for pilot
pressure lower than Pst obtained from the
above (pilot pressure equivalent to
approximately 1/8 of load pressure) are
also available (KSV/KSL type). If you need
the above valve, please contact us.
1-78

●CH/CHY (Flange connection type) Q
φD, Depth of counter core Y R S
T
φG, Depth of counter core b, Screw diameter F, screw depth a
U (in the case of 52 to 102)
screw diameter H, screw depth d
Screw diameter E, screw depth Z
K
φ
Y B
φL
B
A
X
C
φL
A
J
K
φ
2
e
M N Screw diameter F, screw depth a V
(in the case of 125, 150) W (Note) There is no Y port in the case of CH.
P X
Nominal
dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P
52 145 110 55 38 G 12 4-M16 52 G1 4-M12 98 45 145 34 67
62 155 120 60 38 G 12 4-M20 52 G1 4-M12 118 55 155 34 75
82 200 130 65 45 G 34 4-M24 52 G1 4-M12 145 72 200 42 103
102 230 170 85 45 G 34 4-M30 52 G1 4-M16 175 90 250 60 121
1 1
125 290 200 100 65 G1 2 8-M30 65 G1 2 4-M24 245 122 305 60 128
1 1
150 350 300 150 65 G1 2 8-M36 65 G1 2 4-M24 290 150 360 60 134
Nominal Q R S T U V W X Y Z a b d e
dimension
52 257 185 36 140 65 35 115 145 0.5 15 25 0.5 16 16
62 298 220 39 170 75 35 135 175 0.5 15 30 1 16 16
82 386 270 58 212 100 70 170 210 0.5 16 36 1 16 16
102 461 335 63 262 125 70 210 265 0.5 16 41 1 16 20
125 564 430 67 337 150 70 270 360 1 24 50 1 25 30
150 654 500 77 400 180 70 320 430 1 24 52 1 25 30
N P
●CH/CHY (Gasket connection type) Q
Y B
C
D
B
A
X
R
S
T
U
V X
W
L
K
Z
Y
A 2 O-ring “a” 2-φG 2-φH

(for port X, Y)
2-φE 2-φF J
O-ring “b”
(for port A, B)
Nominal
dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N
52 145 44 40 115 22 60 15 48 6-M16 145 33.3 20 100
62 155 48 40 125 22 70 15 60 6-M20 155 33.3 25 128
82 200 60 50 170 22 85 15 75 6-M20 200 41.5 25 140
Nominal
dimension P Q R S T U V W X Y Z a b
52 35 50 25 77 101 135 185 257 36 1.8 2.4 JIS G55 JIS
B2401
62 35 65 34 100 132 170 220 298 39 1.8 2.4 G65 B2401
P18
82 59 70 30 115 151 185 270 386 58 1.8 2.4 Hs90 G80 Hs90
1-79
Pressure gauge valve DG6
Pressure gauge valve
M ■Specifications
●Maximum working pressure 30.9 MPa (315 kgf/cm2)
●Allowable tank pressure 0.05 MPa (5 kgf/cm2)
M
T P
T P
This pressure gauge valve is a kind of a 1. The casing is structured to be conveniently 3. Pressure can be detected with one touch.
three-way manual selector lever by manual installed on the panel. 4. The pressure gauge has a longer service
operation and is used to check the pressure. 2. The pressure gauge can be joined to the life because only tank pressure is applied
valve main body by threaded port or can be unless it is used.
connected to it by a pipe.
■Type indication
Pressure gauge valve Type of hydraulic oil

Nominal dimension No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
6
Connection method Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
R = R thread connection type Pressure gauge connector
PG = G thread connection type No symbol= Types without pressure gauge connector
(Port P, T = Gasket connection, Port M = G thread connection) G14 = Types with G1/4 pressure gauge connector
PR = R thread connection type G38 = Types with G3/8 pressure gauge connector
(Port P, T = Gasket connection, Port M = R thread connection) G12 = Types with G1/2 pressure gauge connector
Series number: 10 Position holding method

■Accessories
●Mounting bolt
DG6 M6×65L 4 pcs. 11.8± 1.7（120±18）
1-80
Pressure gauge valve

●DG6
41
44 11
45ﾟ
20
φ34
55
φ55
20
45ﾟ
50 8 6 strokes 4-M6 screw depth 9
66 (23.5)
4.5 89.5 4.5
Only in the case of DG6G-10-2-G*
G1/4, G3/8
G1/4, G3/8
or G1/2
In the case of G screw or G1/2
Width across
Diameter of counter bore φ25, flat 27
depth of counter bore 0.5
Diameter of counter boreφ25, 4-G1/4, screw depth 14
LH screw LH screw
depth of counter bore 0.5 4-Rc1/4, screw depth 10 In the case of R screw
4-G1/4 screw depth 14 (for port P, T, M) 4-Rc1/4, screw depth 10 Width across
flat 24
Approx. 96
M M M
6
96
G screw connection type R screw connection type
Ｔ T Ｔ Gasket connection type
55
2-φ11
Ｔ P Ｔ P Ｔ P
10
G1/4 screw depth 14

2-φ20
17 4-M6
47
G screw connection type R screw connection type Gasket connection type In the case with pressure gauge connector
(　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
Same as G screw connection type
other than dimensions entered ) (　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　　
Same as G screw connection type
other than dimensions entered ) (Note) In the case of screw connection type,
there is T port at two locations and either
of the two may be used.
1-81
Pressure control valve
Page
Relief valve – Direct operated type・・RD/RDV/RDV1M ・・・・・・2-2

Relief valve – Balanced piston type pilot operated (1)・・RB/RBE ・・・・・2-10
Three stage pressure relief valve・・・・・ 3RBE ・・・・・2-27
Relief valve – Balanced piston cartridge type pilot operated・・・B1M..C ・・・・・2-30
Pilot operated unloading relief valve (1)・・PU/PUE ・・・・・2-32
Pilot operated unloading relief valve (2)・・・・PU35 ・・・・・2-37
Sequence valve – Direct operated type ・・・・・・・・ SD ・・・・・2-40
Sequence valve – Balanced piston type pilot operated・・ SB/SBE ・・・・・2-43
Pressure reducing valve – Direct operated type ・・・PRD ・・・・・2-48
Pressure reducing valve – Balanced piston type pilot operated・・PRB ・・・・・2-51
Brake valve・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ B ・・・・・2-54
Counterbalance valve・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ CBD ・・・・・2-61
Counterbalance valve – with unloading function・・・KDZ ・・・・・2-64

2-1
Relief valve – Direct operated type RD
Thread adjusting type
P
Relief valve – Direct operated type
This direct operated type relief valve, 1. This valve is very responsive and is optimum 3. As this valve is of seat type, it has less
which is a seat type relief valve, prevents especially for a relief valve. internal leakage compared to the balance
momentary pressure increase of the 2. As a cartridge type is available, it can be type relief valve.
hydraulic circuit and at the same time is incorporated in a manifold in a compact way. 4. As this valve is provided with the
used for load holding. chattering preventive mechanism, its
operation is stable.
■Type indication
Relief valve – Direct operated type Type of hydraulic oil

6, 8, 10, 15 W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
20, 25, 30 Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
Connection method (Note) In the case of the cartridge type, “No symbol” and
G = G thread connection type “W” are identical, and therefore, there is no “W”.
GO = G thread connection type (based on JISB2351 0 type) Highest adjustment pressure
25 = 2.5 MPa（25 kgf/cm2）
50 = 4.9 MPa（50 kgf/cm2）
C = Cartridge type
100 = 9.8 MPa（100 kgf/cm2）
Nominal RD 200 = 19.6 MPa（200 kgf/cm2）
dimension G GO R P C 315 = 30.9 MPa（315 kgf/cm2）
400 = 39.2 MPa（400 kgf/cm2）
6 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
630 = 61.7 MPa（630 kgf/cm2）
8 ○ ○ ○ ーー
10 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○
15 ○ ○ ○ ーー Nominal Highest adjustment pressure
20 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ dimension 25 50 100 200 315 400 630
25 ○ ○ ○ ーー 6 ○ ー
30 ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ 8 ○ ○
10 ○ ○
Series number: 10 15 ○ (All) ○ ー
20 ○ ー
25 ーー
30 ーー
Shape of pressure adjusting part (Note) As the minimum set pressure differs
1 = Handle adjustment depending on the flow rate, refer to
2 = Thread adjustment (with cap) “Pressure override characteristics”.
3 = Handle with key adjustment
(nominal dimension 6, 8, 10 only)
2-2
●Hydraulic symbols ●Pressure increase value per turn (clockwise) of adjust thread MPa (kgf/cm2)
Nominal
dimension 6 8, 10 15, 20 25, 30
Highest
P adjustment pressure
25 0.4 (4.3) 0.4 (3.9) 0.4 (3.9) 0.4 (3.9)
50 0.8 (8.4) 0.8 (8.6) 0.7 (7.0) 0.8 (7.9)
100 1.5 (15.8) 1.8 (18.0) 1.7 (17.1) 1.6 (16.1)
T 200 3.7 (38.2) 3.4 (35.0) 4.6 (47.1) 4.2 (43.2)
315 5.9 (60.7) 5.4 (55.1) 6.4 (65.4) 6.1 (62.3)
400 10.8 (110.7) 6.5 (66.1) 10.9 (111.5)
630 12.8 (130.8)
(Note) As the above value is a calculated value, there are slight variations in the product.
■Specifications

Maximum working Port P 39.2 (400) 61.7 (630) 39.2 (400) 30.9 (315)
pressure
Maximum flow rate L/min (Note) 50 120 250 330
Thread connection type 1.5 3.7 6.4 13.9
Mass kg Gasket connection type 1.5 ー 3.7 ー 6.4 ー 13.9
Cartridge type 0.4 ー 0.5 ー 1.0 ー 2.2
(Note) As the maximum flow rate differs depending on the set pressure, refer to “Pressure override characteristics”.
P-RD6R14-0 Rc 1 4 Hexagon socket
RD6P 1.3kg Type head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
P-RD6G14-0 G14
P-RD10R12-0 Rc 1 2 RD6P M6×50L 4 11.8 ± 1.7 (120 ± 18)
RD10P 3kg
P-RD10G12-0 G12 RD10P M8×70L 4
P-RD20R34-0 Rc 3 4 29.4 ± 4.4 (300 ± 45)
G34 RD20P M8×80L 4
P-RD20G34-0
RD20P 5.3kg
P-RD20R1-0 Rc 1 RD30P M10×105L 4 56.8 ± 8.5 (580 ± 87)
P-RD20G1-0 G1
P-RD30R54-0 Rc11 4
P-RD30G54-0 G11 4
RD30P 10.5kg
P-RD30R32-0 Rc11 2
P-RD30G32-0 G11 2
2-3
■Type indication (relief valve – direct operated type for vent control)
Relief valve – direct operated Type of hydraulic oil

type for vent control No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
Nominal dimension W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
6, 10 Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
Connection method (Note) In the case of the cartridge type, “No symbol” and
G = G thread connection type “W” are identical, and therefore, there is no “W”.
GO = G thread connection type (based on JISB2351 0 type)
P port restriction contraction diameter
10 = φ1.0mm
12 = φ1.2mm
C = Cartridge type
15 = φ1.5mm
Series number: 10 18 = φ1.8mm
Shape of pressure adjusting part Highest adjustment pressure

1 = Handle adjustment
100 = 9.8MPa (100kgf/cm2)

2 = Thread adjustment (with cap)
315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm2)
■Specifications ■Precautions in use

(Note) Be very careful that the minimum adjustment
Nominal dimension 6 ● Make the vent conduit as short as
pressure and pressure override values differ
Maximum working Port P 39.2 (400) depending on the flow rate used and possible and the inside diameter of
pressure restriction and contraction diameters of the piping as small as possible. If the
MPa (kgf/cm2) Port T 30.9 (315) main relief valve and relief valve for vent
control. inside volume of the vent conduit is
Maximum flow rate L/min 3 (Note) large, control may become unstable.
Thread connection type 1.5 ● Do not connect the tank piping to
Mass kg Gasket connection type 1.5 other tank piping but connect it
directly to the tank.
Cartridge type 0.4
●For the pressure increase value per turn of the adjust thread, refer to the section of the type number index “RD6 to 30”.
■Type indication (relief valve for panel mounted vent control )
Relief valve for panel Type of hydraulic oil

mounted vent control No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
Nominal dimension Water-glycol based hydraulic oi
6 V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
Connection method
P port restriction contraction diameter
R = R thread connection type 10 = φ1.0mm
Series number: 10 12 = φ1.2mm
15 = φ1.5mm
Shape of pressure adjusting part 18 = φ1.8mm
Highest adjustment pressure
315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm2)
(Pressure adjustment range = 2 to 30.9 MPa)

Nominal dimension 6 ● Make the vent conduit as short as
Maximum working pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) 30.9 (315) possible and the inside diameter of
piping as small as possible. If the
Maximum flow rate L/min 3 (Note)
inside volume of the vent conduit is
Operating force Maximum approx. 2 N・m (20 kgf・cm) (however, in the case of back pressure being 0) large, control may become unstable.
Mass kg 1.5 ● Do not connect the tank piping to
other tank piping but connect it
(Note) Be very careful that the minimum adjustment pressure and pressure override values differ depending
directly to the tank.
on the flow rate used and restriction and contraction diameters of the main relief valve and relief valve
for vent control.
2-4
■Pressure override characteristics (viscosity 36 mm2/s (cSt))
●RD6/25 ●RD6/50 ●RD6/100

4.0 7 12.5
3.5 6
10.5
3.0
8
Pressure P (MPa)
Pressure P (MPa)
Pressure P (MPa)
2.5
7.5
4
2.0
3
5.0
1.5
2
1.0
Adjustment part 2.5
fully open 1
0.5 Adjustment part
Adjustment part fully open fully open
0 10 20 30 40 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50

Flow rate Q (L/min) Flow rate Q (L/min) Flow rate Q (L/min)
●RD6/200 ●RD6/315
25 35
30
20
25
Pressure P (MPa)
Pressure P (MPa)
15
20
15
10
10
5
5
Adjustment Adjustment
part fully open part fully open
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 10 20 30 40 50
Flow rate Q (L/min) Flow rate Q (L/min)
●RD10 /25 ●RD10/50 ●RD10 /100

8 8 8
4.0 12.5
3.5 7
10.5
3.0 6
Pressure P (MPa)
Pressure P (MPa)
Pressure P (MPa)
2.5 5 7.5
2.0 4
5.0
1.5 3
Adjustment
1.0 2 part fully open
Adjustment Adjustment 2.5
0.5 1
0 25 50 75 0 25 50 75 100 0 25 50 75 100 120

●RD10 /200 ●RD10 /315

8 8
25 35
30
20
25
Pressure P (MPa)
Pressure P (MPa)
15
20
15
10
10
5
5
0 25 50 75 100 120 0 25 50 75 100 120
2-5
●RD20/25 ●RD20 /50 ●RD20/100
15 15 15
4.0 7 12.5
3.5 6
10.0
3.0
5
Pressure P (MPa)
Pressure P (MPa)
Pressure P (MPa)
2.5 7.5
4
2.0
3
5.0
1.5
2
1.0
Adjustment Adjustment 2.5
0.5 part fully open 1 part fully open Adjustment
part fully open
0 50 100 150 200 0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250
●RD15
20 /200 ●RD15
20 /315
25 31.5
30
20 25
Pressure P (MPa)
Pressure P (MPa)
15 20
15
10
10
5
5
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250
●RD25
30 /25 ●RD25
30/50 ●RD25
30 /100
4.0 6 10.0
3.5
5
3.0 7.5
Pressure P (MPa)
Pressure P (MPa)
Pressure P (MPa)
4
2.5
2.0 3 5.0
1.5
2
1.0 2.5
Adjustment
part fully open 1
0.5 Adjustment Adjustment
0 100 200 300 330 0 100 200 300 330 0 100 200 300 330
●RD25
30 /200 ●RD25
30 /315
20 31.5
30
25
15
Pressure P (MPa)
Pressure P (MPa)
20
10
15
10
5
5
0 100 200 300 330 0 100 200 300 330
2-6
●RD*G/R
●RDV6G/R
●Handle adjusting type ●Handle adjusting type ●Screw adjusting type ●Handle with key adjusting type
(in the case of nominal dimension (in the case of nominal dimension of 25, 30)
other than 25, 30)
L3 (key stud length)

φ60
A
φ60 φ80
23
φD1
Width across
flat W
Width across Width across
6 5 7 98
Width across
φD13 flat W flat W
L2
L5
94 flat W
L1
L23
φD11
L26

T2 Depth 1 (in the case of RD*G-10*)
L25
L21
T
L24
D12
P
(P)
L22
RD*G-10* is G screw
B1 RD*R-10* is Rc screw View A
B2 D14-T1
B1
B2
H1
H2
Nominal
dimension B1 B2 D1 D11 D12 D13 D14 H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L5 L21 L22 L23 L24 L25 L26 W T1 T2
G G 14 14
6 45 60 25 6.6 2-M6 25 40 72 94 98 80 15 55 40 20 32 10
R Rc 14 12.5
4
G G 38 15
8 35 32
R Rc 3 8 14
60 80 40 60 68 91 94 100 70 48 21 36 15
G G 12 15
10 38
R Rc 1 2 15 17
9 2-M8
G G 34 20 18
15 45
R Rc 34 19
70 100 40 50 70 65 88 91 135 100 65 34 46 18
G G 1 19
20 52 5
R Rc 1 21
G G 11 4 25
25 63
R Rc 1 14 24.5
100 130 50 11 2-M10 60 90 83 − − − 180 25 130 85 35 60 20
G G 11 2 25
30 65
R Rc 1 1 2 25.5
2-7
●RD*P
●RDV6P
●Handle adjusting type ●Handle adjusting type ●Screw adjusting type ●Handle with key adjusting type
(in the case of nominal dimension of 30) (in the case of nominal dimension
15（key stud length）

other than 30)
φ60
φ80 φ60
23
φD1
Width
across Width across Width across
6 5 7 9 8
Width across
flat W flat W flat W flat W
L2
L5
94
D13
L1
L23
φD21
φD22
T
L31
P
L32
L21
L24
T
P
O-ring dimension “U” (P)
L22
H3 B2
L41 H2 H1 B1
Nominal
dimension B1 B2 D1 D13 D21 D22 H1 H2 H3 L1 L2 L5 L21 L22 L23 L24 L31 L32 L41 W O-ring dimension “U”
6 60 45 4-M6 10 6 6 40 1.4 72 94 98 80 4 15 55 20 40 32 2-JIS B2401 P7 Hs90
35
10 80 60 18 10 8 60 1.8 68 91 94 100 20 70 21 45 10 36 2-JIS B2401 P14 Hs90
4-M8
20 100 70 40 28 20 8 70 65 88 91 135 5 20 100 34 65 46 2-JIS B2401 P22A Hs90
2.7
30 130 100 50 4-M10 40 30 10 90 83 − − 180 25 130 35 85 15 60 2-JIS B2401 P34 Hs90
●RD*C
●RDV6C ●Handle with key adjusting type
（key stud length）
●Handle adjusting type ●Handle adjusting type ●Screw adjusting type

(in the case of nominal dimension of 30) (in the case of nominal dimension
other than 30)
φ60
15
φ80 φ60
φD1
23
Width across Width across Width across

Width across
98 7 6 5
flat W flat W flat W

flat W
L5
L2
L6
L1
L7
90ﾟ
φD11
φD12
A
20ﾟ
L11
1.6
L12
L13
L14
L15
3.2
L17
Nominal
L18
dimension D1 D2 L1 L2 L5 L6 L7 W D11 D12 D13 D14 1.6 C1.5

φD16
6 72 94 98 66 32 M28×1.5 25H8 6 15
34 60
10 68 91 94 − 79 36 M35×1.5 32H8 10 18.5
20 40 60 65 88 91 109 46 M45×1.5 40H8 20 24
0.5×45°
50 − 83 − −
φD13
30 94 136 60 M60×2 55H8 30 38.75

Nominal Opposite side W tightening
dimension D15 D16 L11 L12 L13 L14 L15 L17 L18 torque N・m (kgf・cm) 0.02 A T φD14 P
6 24.9 or more 6 15 19 30 or more 35 45 56.5 66.5 117.6 (1200)
10 31.9 or more 10 18 23 35 or more 41 52 67.5 82 137.2 (1400) φD15
20 39.9 or more 20 21 27 54 70 91.5 112 166.6 (1700)
45 or more
30 54.9 or more 30 23 29 60 84 113.5 143 294.1 (3000)
2-8
●RDV1M6R
A
4
62
Mounting panel Rc 1/4 screw depth 12.5

35
Panel thickness Up to approx. 1

to 30mm is allowable.
14.5
4 6
Width across flat 60
Width across

3
7
φ50

2
flat 36
P
0 10
Maximum of 152
M48x1.5
View A View B
T
Rc 1/4 screw depth 13.5

T port is provided at four
locations at symmetrical
61
positions.
Either port may be
used.
2-9
Relief valve – Balanced piston type pilot operated (1)
With shock damping valve
(Y)
X P T
This balanced piston type pilot operated 1. As this valve has a larger seat diameter 4. The relief valve with unloading function
relief valve, which is a seat type relief than that of a general balance type relief can perform shockless, smooth
valve, regulates the highest pressure of valve, it has good responsiveness and unloading if it is used together with the
the hydraulic circuit and at the same time
flow resistance when unloaded is small. shock damping valve (refer to the
prevents overload of the hydraulic
equipment and drive machines and sets 2. Pressure override is small. section of the type number index
pressure for control of the hydraulic 3. Operation is correct and both “ZNS5”).
equipment. The relief valve with unloading responsiveness and stability are good.
function is used for loading and unloading
the circuit pressure with electrical signals.
■Type indication
●RB
Relief valve - balanced piston type pilot operated Type of hydraulic oil
Nominal dimension RB*P RB*C W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
○ ○ Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
10
20 ○ −
Drain system
30 ○ ○
Y = External drain
Connection method
C = Cartridge type Vent port
No symbol= Without vent port
Series number : 10 X = With vent port
(gasket connection type is X only)
(cartridge type is no symbol only)
Shape of pressure adjusting part
100 = 9.8MPa (100kgf/cm2)
315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm2)
●Hydraulic symbols ● If you wish to

●Hydraulic symbols ●Pressure increase value per turn
purchase a relief (clockwise) of adjust thread MPa (kgf/cm2)
P
●RB ●RBE ●RBE valve with a check
(with shock damping valve) valve, refer to the A
section of the type Nominal
number index “ZA10, Highest dimension 10, 20, 30
P (X) P P
20, 30”. adjustment pressure
T 100 1.75(17.8)
315 14.1(143.9)
(Y) (Y)
T T (Note) As the above value is a calculated value, there
are slight variations in the product.
(Y)
T
2-10
■Type indication
●RBE
Relief valve Type of hydraulic oil

- Balanced piston type pilot operated No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
(with solenoid valve) V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
Nominal dimension W1 = Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
Nominal dimension RBE*P RBE*C
10 ○ ○
20 ○ −
Shock damping valve provided or not
No symbol = Without shock damping valve
30 ○ ○
S = With shock damping valve
Connection method
C = Cartridge type
Series number: 10 Input power supply

symbol Explanation
A D R

Vent circuit ○ ○ −
A = Normal close CL With DIN large connector with lamp ○ ○ −
B = Normal open Input voltage

12 = 12V
Shape of pressure adjusting part 24 = 24V
1 = Handle adjustment 100 = 100V
2 = Thread adjustment (with cap) 200 = 200V
3 = Handle with key adjustment * For details of voltage specifications, refer to
“Solenoid specifications” of the solenoid
operated directional valve “DE5”.
Highest adjustment pressure * For other power supply, please contact us.
100 = 9.8MPa (100kgf/cm2) Input power supply
315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm2)
Vent port D = Direct current
No symbol= Without vent port (cartridge type) R = AC/DC conversion
X = With vent port (gasket connection type)
Drain system Solenoid type

W = Wet type
(with standard emergency manual
Y = External drain operation)
Nominal dimension 10 20 30 Valve type Sub-plate type Connection Mass When you use a
diameter
sub-plate, please place an
Port P, T, X 30.9(315) (Note1) P-RB10R14-0 Rc 14
Maximum working order for the above
P-RB10G14-0 G 14
pressure RB 30.9(315) sub-plate type.
MPa (kgf/cm2) Port Y P-RB10R38-0 Rc 3 8
RBE 15.7(160) RB(E)10 2.1kg For the dimension
P-RB10G38-0 G 38 drawing, refer to page 5, 6
Maximum RB*P/RBE*P 200 400 600 P-RB10R12-0 Rc 1 2 of the appendix.
flow rate
L/min RB*C/RBE*C 200 − 600 P-RB10G12-0 G 12
P-RB20R34-0 Rc 34
Highest adjustment pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) 9.8 (100) or 30.9 (315)
01
P-RB20G34-0 G 34
Type of solenoid operated directional valve (Note 2) Equivalent to DE5P-2 02 RB(E)20 4.4kg
P-RB20R1-0 Rc1
Type of shock damping valve (Note 3) ZNS5-1 P-RB20G1-0 G1
RB*P 2.6 3.5 4.4 P-RB30R54-0 Rc114
P-RB30G54-0 G1 14
RB*C 1.5 − 1.5 RB(E)30 6.9kg
Mass kg P-RB30R32-0 Rc11 2
RBE*P 3.8 4.7 5.6
P-RB30G32-0 G1 1 2
RBE*C 2.7 − 2.7
(Note 1) However, the maximum working pressure of port T is 15.7 MPa
(160 kgf/cm2) in the case of RBE internal drai type. ■Accessories
(Note 2) Refer to the section of the solenoid operated directional valve
“DE5”. ●Mounting bolt
(Note 3) Refer to the section of the type number index “ZNS5” for the Hexagon socket
Type Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
specifications. head cap thread
RB(E)10 M12×45L 4 pcs. 98.0 ± 14.7 (1000 ± 150)
RB(E)20 M16×50L 4 pcs. 235.2 ± 35.2 (2400 ± 360)
RB(E)30 M18×50L 4 pcs. 333.2 ± 50.0 (3400 ± 510)
2-11
●RB(E)10 ●RB(E)20 ●RB(E)30
32 32 32
28 28 28
24 24 24
Pressure P (MPa)
20 20 20
Pressure (MPa)
Pressure (MPa)
16 16 16
12 12 12
8 8 8
4 4 4
0 40 80 120 160 200 0 80 160 240 320 400 0 120 240 360 480 600

■Minimum adjustment pressure characteristics (viscosity 36 mm2/s (cSt))
●RB(E)10 ●RB(E)20 ●RB(E)30
1.5 1.5 3.0
1.2 1.2 2.4

Pressure (MPa)
Pressure (MPa)
Pressure (MPa)
0.9 0.9 1.8
0.6 0.6 1.2
0.3 0.3 0.6
0 40 80 120 160 200 0 80 160 240 320 400 0 120 240 360 480 600
2-12
■Pilot valve
● The type indication of the pilot valve used for the relief valve – balanced piston type pilot operated is as follows.
If you need the pilot valve only, please specify “pilot valve type” and contact us.
●RB10X
Pilot relief valve Type of hydraulic oil

For RB10, 20, 30
Series number: 10 Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
Drain system
Y = External drain
3 = Handle with key adjustment Highest adjustment pressure
100 = 9.8MPa (100kgf/cm2)

315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm2)
●RBE10X
Type of hydraulic oil

Pilot relief valve No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
For RBE10, 20, 30
W1 = Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
Series number: 10
Vent circuit Shock damping valve provided or not

A = Normal close S = With shock damping valve

B = Normal open
Input power supply
symbol Explanation
A D R
B With DIN connector ○ ○ −
CL With DIN large connector with lamp ○ ○ −
Highest adjustment pressure Input voltage

12 = 12V
100 = 9.8MPa (100kgf/cm2)
24 = 24V
315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm2)
100 = 100V
200 = 200V
Drain system
* For details of voltage specifications, refer
No symbol = Internal drain to “Solenoid specifications” of the solenoid
Y = External drain operated directional valve “DE5”.
* For other power supply, please contact us.
Input power supply
Solenoid type A = Alternating current
W = Wet type (with standard emergency manual operation) D = Direct current
2-13
■Solenoid operated directional valve
●The type indication of the solenoid operated directional valve used for the relief valve with unloading function, three stage pressure relief valve and sequence valve is as follows.
For details, please contact us.
Solenoid valve Type of hydraulic oil

Nominal dimension
5
Connection method W1 = Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
symbol Explanation
A D R
Position holding method B With DIN connector ○ ○ −
2 == 2 position, spring offset type C With DIN large connector ○ ○ ○
or CL With DIN large connector with lamp ○ ○ −

NOTE: In case of CL for DC power supply, there is
polarity in the terminal.
Spool type Refer to the section of the type number index
“DE-6” for connection method.
A B A B * Correspondence with RBE type
Sol. Sol. Sol. Input voltage
a a b a a O b b vent circuit symbols is as follows.
P T P T 12 = 12V
A=01
24 = 24V
01 05 B=02
100 = 100V
02 08 200 = 200V
14 * For other power supply, please contact us.
Solenoid type Input power supply

D = Direct current
■Specifications ■Solenoid specifications

AC 25 Solenoid type K-W1D/* K-G1DS/*
Switching time ms
Solenoid excitation
DC, with rectifier 40
Power supply AC DC
AC 20
Power Number of connection 3 2
Solenoid terminals
DC 30
deenergized supply
With rectifier 100 and Symbol W100 W200 G12 G24
Maximum ambient temperature ℃ 50 voltage
Frequency Hz 50 60 50 60 − −
Single solenoid type 1.0
Mass kg Voltage V 100 100 110 200 200 220 12 24
Current Holding 0.57 0.58 0.54 0.28 0.29 0.25 2.17 1.08
value A
Startup 1.81 1.82 1.69 0.85 0.88 0.80 − −
Energized time Continuous rating
Type of coil insulation H type
Allowable voltage fluctuation ±10％
Surge killer − With varistor
■Procedure for three terminal solenoid connection

Solenoid type K-W1D
2
Connection terminal part
3
schematic diagram
K-W1D
AC100V-50Hz Connection between 1 and 2

AC200V-50Hz
Connection procedure AC200V-60Hz
AC220V-60Hz
2-14
●RB*P
X
P T
B1
B2
L8 L2
L3
G1/4
L1 L4 With Y port only for (external drain type)
L6 Maximum L7 Maximum L7 30
L5

(Y)
φ60
φ60
φ35
100

78

1.4
26
X P T ●Handle adjusting type ●Handle with key adjusting type

H2
H1
4
φ6 (Locating pin)
M5 L9 D2
φ13 D3
O-ring…JIS B2401 P10 Hs90 O-ring … “S” (for port P, T)
(for port X) 4-D1
●Screw adjusting type
Nominal
B1 B2 D1 D2 D3 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 H1 H2 O-ring dimension “S”
dimension
10 78 54 4-M12 12 20 23.5 22.2 47.6 54 99.5 156.5 179 0 22.1 1.8 19 2-JIS B2401 P16 Hs90
20 100 69.8 4-M16 25 35 34 11.1 55.5 66.7 113 168 193 23.8 33.3 2.4 24 2-JIS B2401 G30 Hs90
30 115 82.5 4-M18 31 40 41.5 12.7 76.2 89 123 179 203 31.7 44.4 2.4 24 2-JIS B2401 G35 Hs90
●RB 10
30 C Machining dimension of manifold
61 φ4.2
6
32 ±0.2
44 ±0.2
59
44
32
P T M5 screw depth 6
25
6 Through hole of pilot hole

35 4-M8-12/16
17 51 G1/4 51 ±0.2
RB*C-10-*/*Y 61
164 With Y port only for (external drain type)
φD2
90
φ32H7
(finish range)
+0.1
φ28.4
2
0
2x30°
3.2
20
1.6
φ35
1.6
40
φ6
2x45°
(Y)
3.2
＋0.1
25.5
+0.05
38 0
+0.1
+0.1
0
34
11
O-ring … 2-JIS B2401 P10 Hs90

φD3
C0.1 T
17
48
40
42
(for port P, T) 1.6 3.2

42
4-M8 φ13
2x45°
12.5
●Screw adjusting type P R0.4
2-O-ring φ24
φ32
φ2.4ｘφ27.3(Hs90) φD1
Nozzle 22 up to drill shoulder for RB30C
M4 D=φ1 25 Through hole of RB10 to D2
Backup ring
φ32ｘφ28.4ｘ0.8
Maximum 187
Maximum 187 30
φ60
φ60
Nominal
dimension D1 D2 D3 A
Width across flat 30 10 10 40 10 Through hole to φD2
Width across flat 19 30 32 45 32 22

●Handle adjusting type ●Handle with key adjusting type
2-15
●RBE*P
X
P T
C
B
95 (in the case of electric connection symbol C, CL)
91 (in the case of electric connection symbol B)
J
H
E G
D F
A
L
M PG11
K
This diagram shows a case with a shock

Solenoid a
damping valve. In the case without a Pilot valve Maximum N Maximum N 30
shock damping valve, this dimension is 0. G1/4 screw depth 12 Width across flat 30
Shock damping valve Width across flat 19 Width across flat 30
(drilling only in the case
40
of external drain type)
(Y)
φ60
φ60
φ35
98
78
1.4

H1
26
X P T
φR
P
φS
O-ring JIS B2401 P10 Hs90 M5 Q O-ring … “T”
(for port X) φ13 φ6 (Locating pin) (for port P,T)
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H H1 J K L M N P Q R S O-ring dimension “T”

10 90 78 54 23.5 0 54 47.5 22.1 1.8 22.1 99.5 156.5 155.7 179.5 19 4-M12 12 20 2-JIS B2401 P16 Hs90
20 117 100 69.8 34 23.8 66.7 55.6 33.3 2.4 11.1 112.7 169.7 168.9 192.7 24 4-M16 25 35 2-JIS B2401 G30 Hs90
30 148 115 82.5 41.5 31.7 88.9 76.2 44.4 2.4 12.7 122.9 179.9 179.1 202.9 24 4-M18 31 40 2-JIS B2401 G35 Hs90
●RBE 10
30 C
View A-A
61
6
φ4.2 Machining dimension of manifold

59
44
32
P
T
25
32 ±0.2
44 ±0.2
17 51
91 (in the case of electric connection symbol B)
95 (in the case of electric connection symbol C, CL)
164 M5 screw depth 6

163.2 6 Through hole of pilot hole
107 PG11 35
4-M8-12/16
51 ±0.2
61
This diagram shows a case with a shock
damping valve. In the case without a Pilot valve Solenoid a G1/4 screw depth 12 φD2
(finish range)
shock damping valve, this dimension is 0. (drilling only in the case of

φ32H7
external drain type) +0.2
φ28.4
Shock damping valve
2x30°
40
0
A A
3.2 1.6
1.6
3.2
2x45°
(Y)
20
φ35
40
φ6 ●Screw adjusting type

25.5
+0.05
40 +0.1
38 ＋0.1
42 +0.1
34
0
T
φD3
O-ring … 2-JIS B2401 P10 Hs90

48
17
C0.1
11
1.6
42
3.2
(for port P, T)
φ13
2x45°
12.5 R0.4
P
2-O-ring φ32
φ2.4ｘφ27.3(Hs90) φ24
Backup ring Nozzle φD1

φ32ｘφ28.4ｘ0.8 M4 D=φ1 25 A
Maximum 187 30
Maximum 187 Width across flat 30
Nominal D1 D2 D3 A
dimension
φ60
Through hole to φD2

φ60
10 10 40 10
Width across flat 30 30 32 45 32 22

2-16
X P T

This balanced piston type pilot operated relief 1. As this valve has a larger seat diameter than used together with the shock damping
valve, which is a seat type relief valve, that of a general balance type relief valve, it valve (refer to the section of the type
regulates the highest pressure of the hydraulic has good responsiveness and flow number index “ZNS5”).
circuit and at the same time prevents overload resistance when unloaded is small. 5. As this valve adopts an unequal type
of the hydraulic equipment and drive machines 2. Pressure override is small. plunger, it opens when T port is
and sets pressure for control of the hydraulic 3. Operation is correct and both pressurized.
function is used for loading and unloading the 4. The relief valve with unloading function can
circuit pressure with electrical signals. perform shockless, smooth unloading if it is
■Type indication
●RB
Relief valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated Type of hydraulic oil
= Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
Connection method
Drain system
F = Flange connection type
Y = External drain
C = Cartridge type
Vent port
Series number: 10 No symbol= Without vent port
(in the case of flange connection type and cartridge type)
Shape of pressure adjusting part X = With vent port
1 = Handle adjustment (in the case of gasket connection type)
100 = 9.8MPa (100kgf/cm2)
315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm2)
●RB ●RBE ●RBE (with shock damping valve)

P
P (X) P
(Y) (Y) (Y)

T T T
2-17
●RBE

Nominal dimension
35 W1 = Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
Connection method Shock damping valve provided or not

P = Gasket connection type No symbol = Without shock damping valve
F = Flange connection type S = With shock damping valve
C = Cartridge type
symbol Explanation
Vent port A D R
A = Normal close C With DIN large connector ○ ○ ○
CL With DIN large connector with lamp ○ ○ ー
B = Normal open Input voltage

12 = 12V
* For details of voltage specifications, refer to
Highest adjustment pressure “Solenoid specifications” of the solenoid
operated directional valve “DE5”.
100 = 9.8MPa (100kgf/cm2)
315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm2)
Input power supply
Vent port A = Alternating current
No symbol= Without vent port (in the case of flange connection type and cartridge type) D = Direct current
X = With vent port (in the case of gasket connection type) R = AC/DC conversion
Drain system Solenoid type
W = Wet type
Y = External drain (with standard emergency manual
operation)
■Specifications ■Pressure override characteristics

Nominal dimension 35 (viscosity 36 mm2/s (cSt))
Port P, T, X 30.9 (315) (Note1)
Maximum working
RB 30.9 (315)
pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) Port Y
RBE 15.7 (160) 30
Maximum flow rate L/min 800 25

Pressure (MPa)
20
Type of solenoid operated directional valve (Note 2) Equivalent to DE5P-2 01
02
Type of shock damping valve (Note 3) ZNS5-1 15
Pilot valve type (Note 4) RD6C 10

RB 17
Mass kg 5
RBE 19
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800
(Note 1) However, the maximum working pressure of port T is 15.7 (Note 3) Refer to the section of the type number index
MPa (160 kgf/cm2) in the case of RBE internal drain type. “ZNS5” for the specifications. Flow rate (L/min)
(Note 2) Refer to the section of the solenoid operated directional (Note 4) Refer to the section of the type number index
valve “DE5”. “RD6C”.
■Minimum adjustment pressure characteristics (viscosity 36 mm /s (cSt)) 2
1.0
0.8
0.6
Pressure (MPa)
0.4
0.2
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800

Flow rate (L/min)
2-18
■Type indication
●RB35X

for RB35 No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
Series number: 10 W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
Drain system
Y = External drain

100 = 9.8MPa (100kgf/cm2)
315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm2)

●RBE35X

for RB35 No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
Series number: 10 V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
Vent circuit W1 = Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
A = Normal close Shock damping valve provided or not

B = Normal open
Input power supply
Shape of pressure adjusting part symbol Explanation
A D R
2 = Thread adjustment (with cap) B With DIN connector ○ ○ ー
Highest adjustment pressure CL With DIN large connector with lamp ○ ○ ー
100 = 9.8MPa (100kgf/cm2)
315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm2) Input voltage
12 = 12V
Drain system
24 = 24V
100 = 100V
Y = External drain
200 = 200V
Input power supply

D = Direct current
Solenoid type
W = Wet type (with standard emergency manual
operation)
■Accessories ■Flange
●Mounting bolt Valve type Maximum working
pressure Flange type Connection
diameter Mass
Hexagon socket 20.6MPa TFAA-40 2B 2.6kg
Type head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm) RB (E) 35F
RB (E) 35P M16×70L 6 pcs. 235.0 ± 35.2 (2400 ± 360)
2-19
●RB35P
165
130
38
35 19 G1/4 screw depth 12.5

70
20 115
1
37.5 140
RB35P-10- /*Y (external drain)
2
195
has no G1/4 plug (Y port).
217 Maximum 250

2
φ35
φ60
21
●Screw adjusting type ●Handle adjusting type

146
100
22
φ40
O-ring…JIS B2401 P10 Hs90 O-ring…2-JIS B2401 G50 Hs90
φ5.2 φ40 φ55
(for port X) (for port P,T)
φ18 φ55 6-M16
●RBE35P
165
130
38
G1/4 screw depth 12.5

35 19
70
20 115
37.5 140
195
96.2(C,CL)
90.9(B)
PG11
A
RB35P-10- B /*Y (external drain) Pilot valve Solenoid a
has no G1/4 plug (Y port). ●Screw adjusting type ●Handle adjusting type
Shock damping
valve
40
φ60
φ35
21
217 Maximum 250

146
100
22
φ40
O-ring…JIS B2401 P14 Hs90 φ5.2 φ40 φ55 O-ring…2-JIS B2401 G50 Hs90
(for port X) (for port P,T)
φ18 φ55 6-M16
2-20
●RB35F
110
38
Y port
19 With plug in the case of internal drain type
58 71.5
2 129.5
204.5
Maximum 237.5
φ60
φ35

21
ﾟ 45
45 ﾟ
178
φ P.C.D
40 98
130

70
ﾟ 45
45 ﾟ
φ P.C.D
40 98
●RBE35F
110
38
Y port
19 With plug in the case of internal drain type
58 71.5
2 129.5
204.5
96.2(C,CL)
90.9(B)
PG11
Pilot valve Solenoid a

Shock damping Maximum 237.5
valve
40
φ35
φ60
21
ﾟ 45ﾟ P,C,D
45
98
176
φ
130
40 4-M16 screw depth 22

70
ﾟ 45ﾟ
45 98
P,C,D
φ
2-21
P
This balanced piston type pilot operated relief 1. As this valve has a larger seat diameter than 4. The relief valve with unloading function
valve, which is a seat type relief valve, that of a general balance type relief valve, it can perform shockless, smooth unloading
regulates the highest pressure of the hydraulic has good responsiveness and flow if it is used together with the shock
circuit and at the same time prevents overload resistance when unloaded is small. damping valve (refer to the section of the
of the hydraulic equipment and drive machines 2. Pressure override is small. type number index “ZNS10”).
and sets pressure for control of the hydraulic 3. Operation is correct and both
function is used for loading and unloading the
circuit pressure with electrical signals.
●Hydraulic symbols ■Specifications

●RB P (X)
Port P, X 30.9 (315)
RB 30.9 (315)
Port T External drain 30.9 (315)
RBE
(Y) Maximum working Internal drain 16 (163) (Note 3)
T pressure MPa (kgf/cm2)
RB 30.9 (315)
●RBE P (X)
Port Y
RBE 16 (163) (Note 3)
Maximum flow rate L/min 1,500 3,500

(Y) Highest adjustment pressure MPa(kgf/cm ) 2 9.8 (100) or 30.9 (315)
T
Type of solenoid operated
●RBE (with shock damping valve) Cartridge type DE10P-20-204-W*
directional valve (Note 1)
P (X)
Type of shock damping valve (Note 2) ZNS10-1
Pilot relief valve type RDV10C
Gasket connection type 37 88

RB
Flange connection type 37 46
Mass kg
Gasket connection type 41 92
RBE
(Y) Flange connection type 41 50
T
(Note 1) Refer to the section of the type number index “DE10P” for the specifications.
(Note 2) Refer to the section of the type number index “ZNS10” for the specifications.
(Note 3) The maximum working pressure for port T and Y is limited by the specifications of DE10P.
●The direct operated type relief valve RDV10C*-*/ 100315 -1.5 is
used for the pressure adjusting part of the pilot valve.

For the pressure increase value per turn of the adjust
thread, refer to the section of the type number index
“RD10”.
2-22
■Type indication
●RB52
Relief valve- Balanced piston type pilot operated Type of hydraulic oil
Nominal dimension
Connection method
P = Gasket connection type Drain system
F = Flange connection type No symbol = Internal drain
C = Cartridge type Y = External drain
Series number: 10 Vent port

Shape of pressure adjusting part X = With vent port
1 = Handle adjustment (gasket connection type is X only)

100 = 9.8MPa (100kgf/cm2)
315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm2)
●RBE52


F = Flange connection type S = With shock damping valve
C = Cartridge type
Series number AL = Center terminal with lamp
Vent circuit Input voltage

12 = 12V
24 = 24V
A = Normal close
100 = 100V
200 = 200V
B = Normal open * For other power supply, please contact us.
Input power supply

Shape of pressure adjusting part A = Alternating current
1 = Handle adjustment D = Direct current
2 = Thread adjustment (with cap) R = AC/DC conversion
Solenoid type
Highest adjustment pressure W = Wet type (with standard emergency manual operation)
100 = 9.8MPa (100kgf/cm2)
* (For the explosion proof type, please contact us.)
315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm2)
Vent port
X = With vent port (gasket connection type is X only) *For details, refer to the section of the solenoid operated
directional valve “DE10”.
Drain system
Y = External drain
2-23
■Flange
diameter
RB (E) 52F
RB (E) 82F
■Accessories
●Mounting bolt
Type Hexagon socket Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
head cap thread
RB (E) 52P M16×150L 6 pcs. 235.2 ± 35.2 (2400 ± 360)
RB (E) 82P M20×200L 6 pcs. 431.2 ± 64.6 (4400 ± 660)
■Pressure override characteristics (viscosity 36 mm2/s(cSt))

●RB (E) 52 ●RB (E) 82
35 35
30 30
25 25
Pressure (MPa)
Pressure (MPa)
20 20
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 300 600 900 1200 1500 0 700 1400 2100 2800 3500
Flow rate (L/min) Flow rate (L/min)
■Minimum adjustment pressure characteristics (viscosity 36 mm2/s(cSt))

●When the vent port is opened
2.0
RB (E) 82
1.8
1.6
1.4
Pressure (MPa)
1.2
RB (E) 52
1.0
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0 700 1400 2100 2800 3500

Flow rate (L/min)
2-24
■Pilot valve
●The type indication of the pilot valve used for the relief valve – balanced piston type pilot operated is as follows.
●RB52X

For RB52, 82 No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
Series number
Shape of pressure adjusting part Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
1 = Handle adjustment Drain system
2 = Thread adjustment (with cap) No symbol = Internal drain
3 = Handle with key adjustment Y = External drain

Vent port
100 = 9.8MPa (100kgf/cm2)

315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm2) X = With vent port
●RBE52X

For RBE52, 82
Series number
Vent circuit
A = Normal close

B = Normal open AL = Center terminal with lamp
Input voltage
3 = Handle with key adjustment 200 = 200V
Input power supply
100 = 9.8MPa (100kgf/cm2)
315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm2)
D = Direct current
Vent port R = AC/DC conversion
Solenoid type
X = With vent port
Drain system * (For the explosion proof type, please contact us.)
Y = External drain
*For details, refer to the section of the solenoid operated
directional valve “DE10”.
2-25
●RBE**F (Note) This diagram shows the type RBE*. In the case of the type RB*, there are no shock damping valve and solenoid operated directional valve.
S
R
e 140 5
T 70 34
U
AC Solenoid
V
DC Solenoid
105.3
Shock damping Width across flat 19
valve
Width across Installed only in the case with a shock damping valve
Solenoid a
電磁切換弁
flat 30
Width across Width across flat 30
34
flat 19
Pilot relief valve
φ60
φ60
65
φ35
23
22
X Y
Screw adjusting
°
type
45
Counterboring diameter φ38, counterboring depth

W W 30
φP
G 1/2 Q screw depth 13

Handle (for port X, Y)
A
Handle with key
C
T
φQ
φH1
°
adjusting type adjusting type

45
E
B
2×4-X screw depth Y P
N
f 2-φ18 through hole φH2
M G
L F
K
(Note) The P port position is H1 in the case of RBE52F and H2 in the case of 82F.
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H1 H2 K L M N P Q R S T U V W e f
52 185 35 100 77 25 148 115 45 − 199 156 148 74 45 98 224 225 111 54 16 247 202 84
82 205 45 115 76 − 158 132 − 73 209 165 158 84 26 145 233 234 120 63 25 268 211 −
Nominal dimension X Y
52 M16 24
82 M24 36
●RBE**P (Note) This diagram shows the type RBE*. In the case of the type RB*, there are no shock damping valve and solenoid operated directional valve.
22
5
34
X
P
140
B1
B2
B3
B4
70
Y T
This diagram shows a case with L2

a shock damping valve. In the L3
case without a shock damping L4
valve, this dimension is 0. L5
L6
23 L7 L1
105.3 34 65 L8 ●Hydraulic symbols
RBE*P-20-**/*X RBE*P-20-**/*XY
RBE*P-20-*1 RBE*P-20-*3
φ60 φ60 X P
Opposite side X P
dimension 19
(Maximum)
(Maximum) 30
Opposite side
H12
dimension 30
H12
Opposite side dimension 30
RBE*P-20-*2
φ35 Opposite side dimension 19
For DC RBE*B RBE*A RBE*B RBE*A
For AC
Y
H2-2
H1
H2-1
H10
Y T
X T
H8
H7
H3
H6
T2
H5
H4
T3
H11
O-ring dimension “02” φD5 φD3

6-D1 φD4 O-ring dimension “01”
Nominal dimension B1 B2 B3 B4 D1 D3 D4 D5 H1 H2-1 H2-2 H3 H4 H5 H6 H7 H8 H10 H11 H12 L1 L2 L3

RBE52 40 44 115 150 M16 50 60 20 224 202 225 111 54 16 84 148 156 199 18 250 35 25 50
RBE82 50 60 170 210 M20 80 90 30 254 232 255 141 84 46 105 210 186 261 25 280 50 30 70
Nominal dimension L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 T2 T3 O-ring dimension “01” O-ring dimension “02”
RBE52 77 100 101 135 185 2.4 1.8 2-JIS B 2401 G55 Hs90 2-JIS B 2401 P16 Hs90
RBE82 115 140 151 185 255 2.4 2.4 2-JIS B 2401 G85 Hs90 2-JIS B 2401 G25 Hs90
2-26
Three stage pressure relief valve 3RBE
(Y)
X P T
Three stage pressure relief valve

This three stage pressure relief valve is a 1. The circuit pressure can be controlled at 3. Adoption of the unequal type for the main
balanced piston type pilot operated relief two or three stages without vent plunger has realized stable operation.
valve integrating three pilot relief valves and connection.
one solenoid operated directional valve into 2. Concurrent use of the shock damping
one body, and can control the circuit pressure valve (refer to the section of the type
at two or three stages with electrical signals number index “ZNS5”) can perform
to the solenoid operated directional valve. shockless, smooth pressure change.
■Type indication
Three stage Type of hydraulic oil

pressure relief valve No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
Connection method
P = Gasket connection type Design No.
C = Cartridge type
Series number: 10
Shape of pressure adjusting part Electric connection symbol
Input power supply
Symbol Explanation
Highest adjustment pressure A D R
100 = 9.8MPa (100kgf/cm )2 B With DIN connector ○ ○ ー

315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm2) C With DIN large connector ○ ○ ○
Vent port
No symbol= Without vent port (in the case of flange connection type Input voltage
and cartridge type)
12 = 12V
X = With vent port (in the case of gasket connection type)
24 = 24V
Drain system 100 = 100V
No symbol = Internal drain 200 = 200V
Y = External drain * For details of voltage specifications, refer to “Solenoid
specifications” of the solenoid operated directional valve “DE5”.
Spool type of solenoid operated directional valve
AB
Input power supply
05= a b
P T
D = Direct current
AB R = AC/DC conversion
08= a b Solenoid type

P T
AB W = Wet type
(with standard emergency manual operation)
14= a
P T
2-27
●3RBE*05 ●3RBE*14
(without shock damping valve) (with shock damping valve) (with shock damping valve) (with shock damping valve)
T P T P T P T P
(Y) X (Y) X (Y) X (Y) X
(a) (a)
(b) (a) (b) (a)
(3) (2) (1) (3) (2) (1) (3) (2) (1) (3) (2) (1)
●3RBE*08
(without shock damping valve) (with shock damping valve)
T P T P
(Y) X (Y) X
(b) (a) (b) (a)
(3) (2) (1) (3) (2) (1)
■Specifications
Nominal dimension 10 20 30 ●Pressure increase value per turn
(clockwise) of adjust thread MPa (kgf/cm2)
Maximum working Port P, T, X 30.9 (315) (Note1)
pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) Nominal
Port Y 5.9 (60) dimension 10, 20, 30
Highest
Maximum flow rate L/min 200 400 600 adjustment pressure
100 1.75 (17.8)
05 315 14.1 (143.9)
Type of solenoid operated directional valve (Note 2) DE5P-10-2 08
14
(Note) As the above value is a calculated value, there
Type of shock damping valve (Note 3) ZNS5-2
are slight variations in the product.
Mass kg 7.7 8.3 9.6
(Note 1) The maximum working pressure of port T is 15.7 MPa (160 kgf/cm2) in the case of internal drain type.
(Note 2) Refer to the section of the solenoid operated directional valve “DE5”.
(Note 3) Refer to the section of the type number index “ZNS5” for the specifications. ■Pressure override characteristics/
Minimum adjustment pressure
■Sub-plate characteristics
●This is similar to that of the relief valve – direct
P-RB10R14-0 Rc 1 4 operated type.
P-RB10G14-0 G14 Refer to the section of the type number index
P-RB10R38-0 Rc 3 8 “RB10, 20, 30”.
3RBE10 2.1kg
P-RB10G38-0 G38
P-RB10R12-0 Rc 1 2 ■Accessories
P-RB10G12-0 G12
P-RB20R34-0 Rc 43 ●Mounting bolt
P-RB20G34-0 G34 Type Hexagon socket Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
3RBE20 4.4kg head cap thread
P-RB20R1-0 Rc 1 3RBE10 M12×45L 4 pcs. 98.0 ± 14.7 (1000 ± 150)
P-RB20G1-0 G1
P-RB30R54-0 Rc11 4 3RBE20 M16×50L 4 pcs. 235.2 ± 35.2 (2400 ± 360)
P-RB30G54-0 G11 4 3RBE30 M18×50L 4 pcs. 333.2 ± 50.0 (3400 ± 510)
3RBE30 Rc11 2 6.9kg
P-RB30R32-0
P-RB30G32-0 G11 2
For the dimension drawing, refer to page 5, 6 of the appendix.
2-28
●3RBE L10
L1 L4
L3
L8 L2 Pilot relief valve (1)
Pilot relief valve (2)
45
X
P T
B1
B2
Pilot relief valve (3)
45
φ35
L9
13
9
L5 (Y)
L6
Counterboring diameter φ25,
Counterboring depth 1
In the case of 3RBE*- 05
08 (3 position valve) In the case of 3RBE*-14 (2 position valve) Screw diameter, G1/4 screw depth 12
(for port Y)
Solenoid (b) Solenoid (a) (with plug in the case of internal drain type)
96.2 (C,CL)

90.9 (B)
Solenoid b pilot valve Solenoid a pilot valve Solenoid a
Shock damping
valve
40
(Y)
256.5
77
221
113
58
M5 φD2
1.4
H1
φ6 (Locating pin)
H2
4
O-ring…JIS B2401 P10 Hs90 φ13 O-ring … “J” (for port P,T)
(for port X) φD3 4-D1
Nominal B1 B2 D1 D2 D3 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L8 L9 L10 H1 H2 O-ring dimension “J”

dimension
10 126 54 4-M12 12 20 23.5 22.1 47.6 54 70.5 155.5 0 22.1 97.9 1.8 19 2-JIS B2401 P16 HS90
20 126 69.8 4-M16 25 35 34 11.1 55.6 66.7 83.7 168.7 23.8 33.3 95.2 2.4 24 2-JIS B2401 G30 HS90
30 126 82.5 4-M18 31 40 41.5 12.7 76.2 88.9 93.9 178.9 31.7 44.4 92.5 2.4 24 2-JIS B2401 G35 HS90
2-29
Relief valve – Balanced piston cartridge type pilot operated
Y T
P
This balanced piston type pilot operated, 1. As this is a cartridge type, it can be
cartridge type relief valve regulates the incorporated in a manifold in a compact way.
highest pressure of the hydraulic circuit with 2. Operation is correct and both responsiveness
a spool type relief valve to prevent overload and stability are good.
of hydraulic equipment and drive machines. 3. Pressure override is small.
Besides, it is used to set the pressure for
control of the hydraulic equipment.
■Type indication
Relief valve- Balanced piston type pilot operated Type of hydraulic oil
Connection method
C = Cartridge type Highest adjustment pressure
100 = 9.8MPa (100kgf/cm2)
Series number: 10
315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm2)

4 = Thread adjustment (without cap)

P Nominal dimension 6 10
T Mass kg 0.2 0.26
● Pressure increase value per turn (clockwise) of adjust

thread MPa (kgf/cm2)
Nominal
Highest dimension 6 10
adjustment pressure
100 2.57 (26.2) 2.57 (26.2)

315 12.9 (131.7) 12.9 (131.7)
(Note) As the above value is a calculated value, there are slight variations in the
product.
2-30
■Pressure override characteristics (viscosity 36mm2/s (cSt))
●RB1M6C ●RB1M10C
30 30
Pressure (MPa)
Pressure (MPa)
20 20

10 10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 20 40 60 80 100
●RB1M*C ●Machining dimension of manifold
0.02 A B
1.6
Width across flat 6

0.1 C
D1
Width across flat 19 D
D2
Width across flat 22 A
D3
B
D4
C
L8
D8
D5
3.2
0.9x30ﾟ
In the case of external

L9
L6
drain
L5
L5
Y
L4
L7
L3
L2
φD7
L1
4
T R0.4 or less 1.6

φD6
φD5
P P
In the case of internal
0.5x45ﾟ
drain
D
0.02
Nominal H7 H8 ±0.1 D5 D6 +0.3 +0.1 +0.2 L4 +0.2 L8 L9

dimension D1 D2 D3 D4 D7 D8 L1 0 L2 0 L3 0 L5 L6 0 L7±0.1
(maximum) (maximum) (finish range) (maximum) (maximum)
6 20.5 M20x1 19 16.5 11 6 3 25 36 32 30 24 14 4.8 26 47 79
10 24.5 M24x1 23 16.5 11 10.5 3 25 40 36 34 24 15 5.2 29.7 43 79
2-31
Pilot operated unloading relief valve (1)
PU PUE - with shock damping valve
A P T
A P T
The pilot operated unloading relief valve is high-low circuit that uses two pumps, when 1. The main valve part is of special shape and
used with either an accumulator or a two pressure reaches the set pressure (cut-out a shock when unloaded is very small.
pump high-low circuit. One state being high pressure), the valve opens, pressure oil from 2. An pilot operated unloading relief valve with a
flow low pressure and the other low flow high the pumps is automatically returned to the
solenoid operated directional valve that can be
pressure. tank and the pump is unloaded. When the
In the case of the accumulator circuit, when pressure falls below the set pressure, the unloaded and loaded with electrical signals
the pump discharge pressure reaches the valve is closed and the pumps become is also available.
cut-out pressure, the valve opens and the automatically loaded.
pump is unloaded. When the pressure on
the accumulator side reaches the cut-in
pressure, the valve is closed and the pump
is loaded, pumping out the discharged oil to
the accumulator side. In the case of the
■Type indication
●PU
Pilot operated unloading relief valve Type of hydraulic oil

= Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
Connection method
P = Gasket connection type Check valve provided or not
C = With check valve
Series number: 10
Pressure adjustment range
Shape of pressure adjusting part 80 = 2.0 to 7.9MPa (20 to 80kgf/cm2)
1 = Handle adjustment 160 = 7.9 to 15.7MPa (80 to 160kgf/cm2)
2 = Thread adjustment (with cap) 315 = 15.7 to 30.9MPa (160 to 315kgf/cm2)
●Hydraulic symbols ●Pressure increase value per turn

●PU ●PUE ●PUE (with shock damping valve)
Nominal
P P P Highest dimension 10, 20, 30
adjustment pressure
A A A
80 1.96 (20.0)
100 3.53 (36.0)
T 315 7.35 (75.0)

(Note) As the above value is a calculated value, there
T are slight variations in the product.
2-32
●PUE

Pilot operated unloading relief valve No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
(with solenoid valve)
10, 20, 30 W1 = Water-glycol based hydraulic oil

Series number: 10
Spool type of solenoid operated directional valve Input power supply
Symbol Explanation
A D R
A = Normal close B With DIN connector ○ ○ ー
○ ○ ー

B = Normal open
Input voltage
Pressure adjustment range Input power supply
80 = 2.0 to 7.9MPa (20 to 80kgf/cm2) A = Alternating current
160 = 7.9 to 15.7MPa (80 to 160kgf/cm2) D = Direct current
315 = 15.7 to 30.9MPa (160 to 315kgf/cm2) R = AC/DC conversion
Solenoid type
Check valve provided or not W = Wet type
C = With check valve (with standard emergency
manual operation)

Nominal dimension 10 20 30 ● If piping from A port to the accumulator
Port A, P 30.9 (315) (Note 3) (ACC) is thin and long, the difference
Maximum working
PU 30.9 (315) between the cut-out pressure and
pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) Port T
PUE 15.7 (160) cut-in pressure becomes small,
Maximum flow rate L/min 50 100 250 causing the operation to be unstable.
Install piping so that the pressure drop
Type of solenoid operated directional valve (Note 1) Equivalent to DE5P-10-2 01
02 amount (ΔP) from A port to ACC is
Type of shock damping valve (Note 2) ZNS5-1 [(cut-out pressure – cut-in pressure) x
PU 3.8 7.7 13.4 1/3].
Mass kg
PUE 4.9 8.8 14.5
(Note 1) Refer to the section of the solenoid operated directional valve “DE5”.
(Note 2) Refer to “ZNS5” for the specifications.
(Note 3) Pressure adjustment range: When 80 is adjusted to 6.4 to 7.9 MPa (65 to 80 kgf/cm2), the maximum
working pressure of A port is up to 9.8 MPa (100 kgf/cm2)
Pressure adjustment range: When 160 is adjusted to 12.8 to 15.7 MPa (130 to 160 kgf/cm2), the maximum
working pressure of A port is 15.7 MPa (160 kgf/cm2).
P-PU10R38-0 Rc 3 8 Type Hexagon socket Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
head cap thread
P-PU10G38-0 G 38
PU(E)10 2.1kg PU(E)10 M10×40L 4 pcs. 56.8 ± 8.5 ( 580 ± 87)
P-PU10R12-0 Rc 1 2
P-PU10G12-0 G12 M16×50L 2 pcs.
PU(E)20 235.2 ± 35.2 (2400 ± 360)
P-PU20R34-0 Rc 3 4 M16×95L 4 pcs.
P-PU20G34-0 G 34
PU(E)20 4.4kg M18×70L 2 pcs.
P-PU20R1-0 Rc1 PU(E)30 333.2 ± 50.0 (3400 ± 510)
M18×120L 4 pcs.
P-PU20G1-0 G1
P-PU30R54-0 Rc11 2
P-PU30G54-0 G11 2
PU(E)30 6.9kg
P-PU30R32-0 Rc11 2
P-PU30G32-0 G1 1
2
2-33
■Difference between cut-in pressure and cut-out pressure (viscosity 36 mm /s(cSt)) 2
●Pressure adjustment range : 80 ●Pressure adjustment range : 160 ●Pressure adjustment range : 315
Permissible range
21
Difference between cut-in pressure and

20 22
Permissible range
Permissible range
19 18 20
cut-out pressure (%)

16 18
17
14 16
15
12 14
13 10 12
2 4 6 8 10 8 10 12 14 16 16 20 24 28 32
cut-out pressure (MPa) cut-out pressure (MPa) cut-out pressure (MPa)
■Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm2/s(cSt))
●PU/PUE10 ●PU/PUE20 ●PU/PUE30
0.7
Pressure drop amount (MPa)
0.6 0.5 0.6

0.5 0.5
0.4
0.4 0.4
0.3
0.3 0.3
0.2
0.2 0.2
0.1 0.1 0.1
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 0
20 40 60 80 100 50 100 150 200 250
2-34
●PU10
47.1
85
66.7
7.2
φ10 35.8 2-φ15
19.8 42.9
●Handle adjusting type ●Screw adjusting type ●Handle with key adjusting type

172 Maximum 198 30
Maximum 198
φ60
φ35
φ60
112

92

1.8
28
21
A P T
12
O-ring …3-JIS B2401 P18 Hs90

4
φ6 (Locating pin) (for port P, T, A)
31.8
4-M10
3-φ22
104
●PU 20
30
5 L4
L1 L3
L2
B1
B2
12.7
L5
L6
Maximum L7 L8 Maximum L7 30
φ60
φ60
φ35

H1

H2
H4
2.4
H3
A P T
H5
H6
3-φD2
O-ring … “J” (for port P, T, A)
2-D1 3-φD3 4-D1
Nominal
dimension B1 B2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 D1 D2 D3 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 O-ring dimension “J”
20 101 69.9 30 46 112.7 159 57.1 101.6 247 215 M16 25 35 144 124 28 72 22 23 JIS B2401G30 Hs90
30 116 82.5 51.5 50.8 139.7 208.5 63.5 127 270.5 243 M18 31 40 165 145 45 93 25 27 JIS B2401G35 Hs90
2-35
●PUE10 View A-A
47
96.2 (in the case of electric connection symbol C, CL)
66.7
85
90.9 (in the case of electric connection symbol B)
7.2
35.8
19.8 42.9
Maximum 195.5
171.7
PG11
Pilot valve Solenoid a
Shock damping valve 172.5 Maximum 195.5 30

40
A A
φ60
φ35
φ60
112
Width across flat 19 Width across flat 30

92
φ10 2-φ15
28
21
A P O-ring …3-JIS B2401 P18 Hs90

12
φ6
4
1.8
3-φ22 31.8 (Locating pin)

11.5 104
4-M10
●PUE 20
30 View A-A
L4
L1 L3
L2
B1
B2
96.2 (in the case of electric connection symbol C, CL)
12.7
90.9 (in the case of electric connection symbol B)
L5
L6
Maximum L7
L9 PG11
This diagram shows a

case with a shock
damping valve. In the case
without a shock damping Pilot valve Solenoid a
valve, this dimension is 0.
Shock damping valve

L8 Maximum L7 30
40
A A
φ60
φ35
φ60

H1
●Screw adjusting type ●Handle with key adjusting type

H2
H4
2.4
H3
A P T
H5
H6
O-ring …“J” (for port A, P, T)

3-φD2
2-D1 4-D1
3-φD3
●Handle adjusting type

Nominal
dimension B1 B2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 D1 D2 D3 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 O-ring dimension “J”
20 101 69.9 39 46 112.7 168 57.1 101.6 243.2 220.7 219.9 M16 22 35 144 124 28 72 22 23 3-JIS B2401G30 Hs90
30 116 82.5 60.3 50.8 139.7 217.5 63.5 127 272 249.5 248.7 M18 28 40 165 145 45 93 25 27 3-JIS B2401G35 Hs90
2-36
P T

■Overview
The pilot operated unloading relief valve is accumulator side.
used with either an accumulator or a two pump In the case of the high-low circuit that uses
high-low circuit. One state being high flow low two pumps, when pressure reaches the set
pressure and the other low flow high pressure. pressure (cut-out pressure), the valve opens,
In the case of the accumulator circuit, when pressure oil from the pumps is automatically
the pump discharge pressure reaches the returned to the tank and the pump is
cut-out pressure, the valve opens and the unloaded. When the pressure falls below the
pump is unloaded. When the pressure on the set pressure, the valve is closed and the
accumulator side reaches the cut-in pressure, pumps become automatically loaded.
the valve is closed and the pump is loaded,
pumping out the discharged oil to the
■Type indication
Pilot operated unloading relief valve Type of hydraulic oil

35
Connection method
Check valve provided or not
F = Flange connection type No symbol = Without check valve
Pressure adjustment range

Series number: 10 80 = 2.0 to 7.9MPa (20 to 80kgf/cm2 )
160 = 7.9 to 15.7MPa (80 to 160kgf/cm2)
Shape of pressure adjusting part 315 = 15.7 to 30.9MPa (160 to 315kgf/cm2)
2-37
P Nominal dimension 35
X 82 (Note)
Pressure ratio between cut-in and cut-out (%)
Gasket connection type
Mass kg 17
T
(Note) Although the design value is 82%, the pressure ratio may change to approximately 78 – 86%
depending on the set pressure or flow rate.
●Pressure increase value per turn

Nominal ●If piping from the check valve to the
Highest dimension 35 accumulator (ACC) is thin and long, the
adjustment pressure
difference between the cut-out pressure and

80 1.96 (20.0)
cut-in pressure becomes small, causing the
160 3.53 (36.0) operation to be unstable. Install piping so
315 7.35 (75.0) that the pressure drop amount (ΔP) from
(Note) As the above value is a calculated value, there the check valve to ACC is [(cut-out pressure
are slight variations in the product. – cut-in pressure) x 1/3].
■Flange
diameter
PU35F
■Accessories
●Mounting bolt
head cap thread
PU35P M16×70L 6 pcs. 235.2±35.2 (2400±360)

0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

Flow rate (L/min)
2-38
●PU35P (Gasket connection type)
X
165
130
35
70
20 115

37.5 140
3.5 195
Maximum 213 190 Maximum 213 30
φ60
φ35
φ60
21

149

100
21.5
φ40
O-ring …JIS B2401 P14 Hs90 O-ring …2-JIS B2401 G50 Hs90
φ5.2 φ40 φ55
(for port X) (for port P, T)
φ18 φ55 6-M16
●PU35F (Flange connection type)

110
58 71.5
18 129.5
G 1 4 Screw depth 12 ●Handle adjusting type ●Screw adjusting type ●Handle with key adjusting type
X
φ60
φ35
φ60
21
Width across Width across flat 30

flat 19 45
ﾟﾟ
Width across 45
178
flat 30 PCD
φ 98
40
130
4-M16 Screw depth 22

70
ﾟ 45
45 ﾟ
PCD
φ 98
40
2-39
Sequence valve ー Direct operated type SD
X B AY
Sequence valve – Direct operated type
This direct operated type sequence valve is 1. As this is a direct operated type sequence 3. It performs various functions by the
used when sequence action or unloading valve, the structure is simple and compact. connection method with the pilot and drain.
action of the hydraulic circuit is performed. 2. The interface dimension of the valve is
identical with that of the solenoid operated
directional valve. (6 size)
■Type indication
Sequence valve – Direct Operated type Type of hydraulic oil

Connection method
No symbol = Without check valve
Series number: 10 C = With check valve
Shape of pressure adjusting part Pilot, Drain system

1 = Handle adjustment Internal pilot External pilot
2 = Thread adjustment (with cap) Internal drain No symbol X
3 = Handle with key adjustment External drain Y XY
Pressure adjustment range MPa (kgf/cm2)

Nominal dimension
Symbol
6 10
25 0 to 2.5 (0 to 25) 0.2 to 2.5 (2 to 25)
75 0 to 7.4 (0 to 75) 0.4 to 7.4 (4 to 75)
150 2.9 to 14.7 (30 to 150) 1.0 to 14.7 (10 to 150)
210 3.4 to 20.6 (35 to 210) 1.0 to 20.6 (10 to 210)
6 6 6 6
●SD10P-10-*/* ●SD10P-10-*/*X ●SD10P-10-*/*C ●SD10P-10-*/*XC
A A A A
X X
B B B B
6 6
●SD10P-10-*/*Y ●SD10P-10-*/*XY ●SD10P-10-*/*YC ●SD10P-10-*/*XYC
6 6
A A A A
X X
B Y B Y B Y B Y
2-40
■Specifications ●Pressure increase value per turn
Nominal
Port A, X 20.6 (210) (Note) dimension
Highest 6 10
Maximum working Port B 20.6 (210) adjustment pressure
pressure MPa (kgf/cm2)
Port Y 5.9 (60) 1.5 (15) 25 0.30 ( 3.1) 0.29 ( 3.0)
Maximum flow rate L/min 30 50 75 0.87 ( 8.9) 0.86 ( 8.8)
Mass kg 1.2 3.2 150 1.51 (15.4) 1.73 (17.6)

210 2.05 (20.9) 2.40 (24.5)
(Note) When the maximum adjustment pressure of 150 is adjusted to 12.3 to 14.7 MPa
(125 to 150 kgf/cm2), the maximum working pressure becomes 16.7 MPa (170 kgf/cm2) (Note) As the above value is a calculated value, there are slight
variations in the product.
P-DE6R14-0 Rc 1 4 Type Hexagon socket Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
1.0kg head cap thread
P-DE6G14-0 G14
SD6P SD6P 4 pcs.
P-DE6R38-0 Rc 3 8 M5×50L 6.9±1.0 (70±10)
1.3kg
P-DE6G38-0 G38

SD10P M10×70L 4 pcs. 56.8±8.5 (580±87)
P-CHY10R14-0 Rc 1 4
P-CHY10G14-0 G14
P-CHY10R38-0 Rc 3 8
SD10P 2.1kg
P-CHY10G38-0 G38
P-CHY10R12-0 Rc 1 2
P-CHY10G12-0 G12

●SD6 ●SD10
25
20
Pressure (MPa)
24
15
Pressure (MPa)
18
10
12
6 5
0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 40 50
■Minimum adjustment pressure characteristics (viscosity 36 mm2/s (cSt))

●In the case of adjustment part fully open (Pressure adjustment range: 25)
●SD6 ●SD10
1.8 1.0
1.5
Pressure (MPa)
Pressure (MPa)
1.2
0.9 0. 5
0.6
0.3
0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 40 50
Flow rate (L/min) Flow rate L/min)

●In the case of check valve free flow
●SD6 ●SD10
1.0
0.9
0.8
2.5 0.7
0.6
2.0
0.5
1.5 0.4
1.0 0.3
0.2
0.5 0.1
0 10 20 30 0 10 20 30 40 50
2-41
●SD6 Width across flat 30
φ60
●Handle with key adjusting type
198 30
27.8
19
10.3 Width across flat 30
0.75
2.7
5.8
A
6
16.3
26.6

32.5
31
X B
44
Y
12.5 40.5
14.5
175
5
φ60
40
1.38
4-φ12.2
10
4-M5 O-ring …4-AS568NO.012 (for port A, B, X, Y)
198
●SD10
φ60
192.5 30
35.8
21.5
10.1
7.2
Y
Width across flat 8
33.4
7.9
A B
58.8

66.7
87
31.8
32 42.9
182.5
192.5
74

φ60
30.5
O-ring …2-JIS B2401 P10 Hs90 (for port X, Y)

13
φ6 (Locating pin)
4
4-M10
O-ring …2-JIS B2401 P18 Hs90
(for port A, B)
2-42
Sequence valve — Balanced piston type pilot operated SB/SBE
Internal pilot external drain type
Y
A B
Sequence valve – Balanced piston type pilot operated

This balanced piston type pilot operated 1. Compared to the hydrocushion type, the
sequence valve, which is of seat type and balanced piston type pilot operated is
controls pressure, is used when sequence quite superior in override characteristics.
action or unloading action of the hydraulic 2. As this is of balanced piston type pilot
circuit is performed. operated, the pressure range can be
adjusted in a wide range.
3. It performs various functions by the
connection method with the pilot and
drain.
■Type indication
●SB
Sequence valve - Balanced piston type pilot operated Type of hydraulic oil
Connection method

1 = Handle adjustment Pilot, Drain system
2 = Thread adjustment (with cap) Internal pilot External pilot
Internal drain No symbol X
External drain Y XY
210 = 20.6MPa (210kgf/cm2)
●SB*/210Y ●SBE*/210Y ●SBE*/210XY-*-S
A
A A
Y Y
B
B B Y
2-43
●SBE
Sequence valve Type of hydraulic oil

― Balanced piston type pilot operated No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
(solenoid directional valve)
10, 20, 30 W1 = Water-glycol based hydraulic oil

Series number
Vent circuit
Input power supply
Symbol Explanation
A = Normal close A D R
B = Normal open
Shape of pressure adjusting part Input voltage

12 = 12V
24 = 24V
100 = 100V
Highest adjustment pressure 200 = 200V
210 = 20.6MPa (210 kgf/cm2) * For details of voltage specifications, refer to
“Solenoid specifications” of the solenoid
Pilot, Drain system operated directional valve “DE5”.
Y = Internal pilot, external drain * For other power supply, please contact us.
XY = External pilot, external drain
Input power supply
Check valve provided or not D = Direct current
No symbol = Without check valve R = AC/DC conversion
Solenoid type
W = Wet type
(with standard emergency manual operation)
■Specification
Nominal dimension 10 20 30 (Note 1) If you wish the maximum adjustment pressure of
Port A, B, X 30.9 (315) (Note 4) 30.9 MPa (315 kgf/cm2), please contact us.
Maximum working (Note 2) Refer to the section of the type number index “DE5”.
pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) SB 30.9 (315)
Port Y (Note 3) Refer to the section of the type number index “ZNS5” for
SBE 15.7 (160)
the specifications.
Maximum flow rate L/min 150 300 450 (Note 4) When the adjustment pressure is set to 17.2 Mpa
Highest adjustment pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) 20.6 (210) (Note 1) (175 kgf/cm2) or less, the maximum working pressure is
Type of solenoid operated directional valve (Note 2) Equivalent to DE5P-10-2 01
02 19.6 + 0.66 x (set pressure) Mpa (200 + 0.66 x (set
Type of shock damping valve (Note 3) ZNS5-1 pressure) kgf/cm2).
SB 3.6 5.5 8.2
Mass kg
SBE 4.7 6.6 9.3

●SB(E)10 ●SB(E)20 ●SB(E)30
25 25 25
20 20 20
Pressure (MPa)
Pressure (MPa)
Pressure (MPa)
15 15 15
10 10 10
5 5 5
0 25 50 75 100 125 150 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 0 75 150 225 300 375 450
2-44
■Minimum adjustment pressure ■Pressure drop characteristics
characteristics (viscosity 36 mm2/s (cSt)) (viscosity 36 mm2/s (cSt))
●In the case of adjustment part fully open ●In the case of check valve free flow
2.5
3.0
SB (E) 10
SB (E) 30

2.0 2.4
SB(E) 20
SB (E) 20
Pressure (MPa)
1.5 1.8
SB (E) 10
SB (E) 30
1.0 1.2
0.5 0.6
0 75 150 225 300 375 450 0 75 150 225 300 375 450

■Pilot valve
●The pilot valve used for the sequence valve – balance piston type is as follows.
Nominal dmension Main valve type Pilot valve type
Internal pilot, internal drain type

10
Internal pilot, external drain type SB10X-10-*/210-*
External pilot, internal drain type

SB 20
External pilot, external drain type SB10X-10-*/210XY-*

30
10
Internal pilot, external drain type SBE10X-10-**/210-*
SBE 20
External pilot, external drain type SBE10X-10-**/210XY-*

30
■Type indication
●SB10X

For SB10, 20, 30 No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
Pilot, Drain system
2 = Thread adjustment (with cap) No symbol = Internal drain
3 = Handle with key adjustment Main valve type : Internal pilot and internal drain
Internal pilot and External drain
Highest adjustment pressure External pilot and internal drain
210 = 20.6MPa (210kgf/cm2) XY = External drain
Main valve type : External pilot and external drain
2-45
●SBE10X

For SBE10, 20, 30 V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
Series number: 10
Vent circuit
A = Normal close
Input power supply
Symbol Explanation
A D R
B = Normal open B With DIN connector ○ ○ ー


1 = Handle adjustment Input voltage
100 = 100V
200 = 200V
210 = 20.6MPa (210kgf/cm2) Input power supply
Pilot, Drain system A = Alternating current
No symbol = Internal drain D = Direct current
Main valve type = Internal pilot and external drain R = AC/DC conversion
External pilot and external drain
Solenoid type
W = Wet type
●Pressure increase value per turn (with standard emergency manual
(clockwise) of adjust thread MPa (kgf/cm2) operation)
Nominal
Highest dimension 10, 20, 30
adjustment pressure
210 9.77 (99.6)
(Note) As the above value is a calculated value, there are slight
variations in the product.
■Sub-plate
P-CHY10R14-0 Rc 14
P-CHY10G14-0 G 14
P-CHY10R38-0 Rc 38
SB (E) 10 2.1kg
P-CHY10G38-0 G 38
P-CHY10R12-0 Rc 1 2
P-CHY10G12-0 G 12
P-CHY20R34-0 Rc 34
P-CHY20G34-0 G 34
SB (E) 20 4.4kg
P-CHY20R1-0 Rc1
P-CHY20G1-0 G1
P-CHY30R54-0 Rc 114
P-CHY30G54-0 G 114
SB (E) 30 6.9kg
P-CHY30R32-0 Rc 11 2
P-CHY30G32-0 G 11 2
■Accessories
●Mounting bolt
SB (E) 10 M10×40L 4 pcs.
SB (E) 20 M10×50L 4 pcs. 56.8±8.5 (580±87)
SB (E) 30 M10×60L 6 pcs.
2-46
φ6
●SB L5 L2
φ13 Depth of counter bore 1.4
L3
2-φD1
φD2 Depth of counter bore H6
K1
Y
A A B
B1
B2
BY
K2
X
Stick with adhesive
Pay attention to the sticking direction
J1
J4
J2
L6
L4 J3
L1

φ60
φ35
φ60
H1

H2
4
H4
H3
16

H5
N φ6 (Locating pin)
O-ring …“Y” (for port A, B)
Nominal
dimension B1 B2 N D1 D2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 O-ring dimension “Y” J1 J2 J3 J4 K1 K2
10 85 66.7 15 22 112 92 28 72 1.8 104 42.9 35.5 38.5 31.8 2-JIS B2401 P18 Hs90 7.2 21.5 35.8 21.5 7.9 7.9
4-M10 12 −
20 102 79.4 25 35 122 102 38 82 121 60.3 33.5 41 44.5 2-JIS B2401 G30 Hs90 11.1 39.7 49.2 20.6 6.4 6.4
2.4
30 120 96.8 6-M10 31 40 130 110 46 90 14 152 84.2 42.1 34 35.3 62.7 2-JIS B2401 G35 Hs90 16.7 59.5 67.5 24.6 3.8 4
●SBE 2-M8
φ13 Depth of counter bore 1.4
L5 L2
L3
2-φD1
φD2 Depth of counter bore H6
K1
A B
B1
B2
X
K2
J1
J4
J2
L6
L4 J3
L1

Maximum 187
164
98.5 (C,CL)
93.7 (B)

164 Maximum 187 30
40
φ60
φ60
φ35
Width across flat 19 Width

H1
Width across across flat 30

H2
H4
flat 30
H3
H5

O-ring …“Z” (for port A, B) N φ6 (Locating pin)
Nominal
dimension B1 B2 N D1 D2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 O-ring dimension “Z” J1 J2 J3 J4 K1 K2
10 85 66.7 15 22 112 92 28 72 1.8 104 42.9 35.5 38.5 31.8 2-JIS B2401 P18 Hs90 7.2 21.5 35.8 21.5 7.9 7.9
4-M10 12 −
20 102 79.4 25 35 122 102 38 82 121 60.3 33.5 41 44.5 2-JIS B2401 G30 Hs90 11.1 39.7 49.2 20.6 6.4 6.4
2.4
30 120 96.6 6-M10 31 40 130 110 46 90 14 152 84.2 42.1 34 35.3 62.7 2-JIS B2401 G35 Hs90 16.7 59.5 67.5 24.6 3.8 4
2-47
Pressure reducing valve – Direct operated type
B AY
This direct operated type pressure 1. As this is a direct operated type pressure pilot operated, the drain amount is very
reducing valve is used for reducing the reducing valve, the structure is simple small.
pressure of the hydraulic circuit. Even if the and compact. 4. When the secondary side pressure is
primary side pressure fluctuates, the 2. The interface dimension of the valve is going to increase above the specified
secondary side pressure can be kept at identical with that of the solenoid pressure, oil escapes to the tank side,
the specified pressure. operated directional valve (6 size). keeping the secondary side pressure at
3. Compared to the balanced piston type the specified pressure.
■Type indication
Pressure reducing valve – Direct operated type Type of hydraulic oil

Connection method
Series number: 10
Shape of pressure adjusting part Drain system

1 = Handle adjustment Y = External drain
Pressure adjustment range MPa (kgf/cm2)
Nominal dimension
●Hydraulic symbols Symbol
6 10
25 0.5 to 2.5 ( 5 to 25) 0.5 to 2.5 ( 5 to 25)
6
●PRD10ーWithout check valve 75 2.0 to 7.4 (20 to 75) 1.0 to 7.4 (10 to 75)
A 150 6.4 to 14.7 (65 to 150) 2.0 to 14.7 (20 to 150)
210 7.9 to 20.6 (80 to 210) 2.0 to 20.6 (20 to 210)
■Specifications
B Y
6
●PRD10ーWith check valve Port A 30.9 (315)
Maximum working
A Port B 20.6 (210)
pressure MPa (kgf/cm2)
Port Y 5.9 (60) 1.5 (15)
Mass kg 1.2 3.2
B Y
2-48
●PRD6 ●PRD10
Secondary side pressure (MPa) 24
Secondary side pressure (MPa)

24 20
18
20 16
14
16
12
12 10
8
8 6
4
4
2
0
-20 -10 0 10 20 30 -10 -5 0 10 20 30 40
B → Y Flow rate (L/min) A → B B → Y Flow rate (L/min) A → B

In the case of check valve free flow
●PRD6 ●PRD10
1.0
2.5 0.9

0.8
2.0
0.7
0.6
1.5
0.5
0.4
1.0
0.3
0.2
0.5
0.1
0 10 20 30 40 50
0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
●Pressure increase value per turn (clockwise) of adjust thread MPa (kgf/cm2)
Nominal
Highest dimension 6 10
adjustment pressure
25 0.30 (3.1) 0.29 (3.0)
75 0.87 (8.9) 0.86 (8.8)
150 1.51 (15.4) 1.73 (17.6)
210 2.05 (20.9) 2.40 (24.5)
■Sub-plate
P-DE6R14-0 Rc 1 4
1.0kg
P-DE6G14-0 G 14
PRD6P
P-DE6R38-0 Rc 3 8
1.3kg
P-DE6G38-0 G 38
P-CHY10R14-0 Rc 1 4
P-CHY10G14-0 G 14
PRD10P P-CHY10R38-0 Rc 3 8 2.1kg
P-CHY10G38-0 G 38
P-CHY10R12-0 Rc 1 2
P-CHY10G12-0 G 12
■Accessories
●Mounting bolt
head cap thread
PRD6 M5×50L 4 pcs. 6.9±1.0 (70±10)
PRD10 M10×70L 4 pcs. 56.8±8.5 (580±87)
2-49
●PRD6
φ60
198 30
27.8
19 Width across flat 19
0.75
3
10.3
5.8
A
6
16.3
26.6
32.5
44
31
X B
Y
12.5 40.5
14.5
175
5
φ60
40
1.38
2-φ7 (for port A, Y)

10
φ6 (for port B)
O-ring …4-AS568 NO.012 Hs90
(for port A, B, X, Y)
4-M5 4-φ12.2 (Note) Port X is not connected to the inside of the valve.
198
●PRD10
8 9
35.8 ●Handle with key adjusting type

7
21.5
5 6
11.1
7.2 192.5 30
10.1
X
7.9
33.4
Width across flat 8

A B
58.8
66.7
87
Y
Port position φD φd t O-ring dimension
32 42.9 φd X
13 7 1.4 JIS B2401 P10 Hs90
182.5 Y
t
A
φD 22 13 1.8 JIS B2401 P18 Hs90
B
A
192.5 (Note) Port X can be used without a seal since it is not connected
to the inside of the valve.
8 9

74
φ60
5 6
30.5
4
13
φ6 (Locating pin) 4-M10 (Note) Port X is not connected to the inside of the valve.
2-50
Pressure reducing valve – Balanced piston type pilot operated PRB
Primary pressure pilot type
Y
B A
Pressure reducing valve – Balanced piston type pilot operated

This balanced piston type pilot operated pressure 1. As nominal dimension #10 leads the pilot 3. When the remote control valve is
reducing valve is used for reducing the pressure pressure from the secondary side, the structure connected to the drain port, the secondary
of the hydraulic circuit partly. Even if the pressure is compact. pressure can be controlled by remote
of the main circuit on the primary side fluctuates, 2. As nominal dimension #20 and 30 lead the control.
it is possible to keep the circuit pressure on the pilot pressure from the primary side, the
secondary side (low pressure side) at the maximum flow rate is large and besides they
specified pressure. can control the secondary pressure stably.
■Type indication
●PRB
Pressure reducing valve Type of hydraulic oil

– Balanced piston type pilot operated No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
Connection method
Drain system
Shape of pressure adjusting part Y = External drain
2 = Thread adjustment (with cap) Highest adjustment pressure
（100kgf/cm2）
100 = 9.8MPa
315 = 30.9MPa（315kgf/cm2）

Without check valve With check valve
A A Maximum working pressure (port A, B, Y) MPa (kgf/cm2) 30.9
（315）
Maximum flow rate L/min 80 200 300
Highest adjustment pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) 9.8

（100）
, or 30.9
（315）
Mass kg 3.6 5.5 8.2
(Note) As the minimum adjustment pressure varies depending on the flow rate, refer to “Minimum adjustment
Y Y pressure characteristics on the secondary side”.
B B
2-51
■Pressure override characteristics (viscosity 36 mm /s (cSt)) 2
●PRB10 ●PRB 20
30
30 30

25 25
20 20
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 20 40 60 80 0 50 100 150 200 250 300

Pressure reducing valve – balanced piston type pilot operated
■Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm /s (cSt)) in the case of check valve free flow 2
1.0
PRB20
0.8
PRB30
0.6
PRB10
0.4
0.2
0 50 100 150 200 250 300

Flow rate (L/min)
■Pilot valve
●The pilot valve used for the pressure Nominal dimension Pilot valve type
reducing valve – balanced piston type
100
pilot operated is as follows. 10 RB10X-10-*/ 315 Same as the pilot relief valve for RB10, 20 and 30
(Note)
If you need the pilot valve only, please
specify “pilot valve type” and contact us. PRB20X-10-*/ 315
100
20, 30
(Note) The pressure adjusting system is shown.

1 = Handle adjusting type
2 = Thread adjusting type (with cap)
3 = Handle with key adjusting type
●PRB20X
Pilot valve Type of hydraulic oil

For PRB20, 30 No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
1 = Handle adjustment Highest adjustment pressure
2 = Thread adjustment (with cap) （100kgf/cm2）
100 = 9.8MPa
3 = Handle with key adjustment 315 = 30.9MPa（315kgf/cm2）
2-52
■Secondary side minimum adjustment pressure characteristics (viscosity 36 mm /s (cSt)) 2 ●Pressure increase value per turn
1.0 Nominal
Highest dimension 10, 20, 30
adjustment pressure
0.8
100 1.75
（ 17.8）
Pressure (MPa) 315 14.1
（143.9）
0.6
(Note) As the above value is a calculated value, there are
slight variations in the product.
0.4
PRB30
0.2
PRB20
PRB10
0 50 100 150 200 250 300
Frow rate (L / min)
Pressure reducing valve – Balanced piston type pilot operated

P-CHY10R14-0 Rc 14 Type
Hexagon socket
Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
head cap thread
P-CHY10G14-0 G 14
PRB10
P-CHY10R38-0 Rc 3 8 M10×40L 4 pcs.
PRB10 2.1kg
P-CHY10G38-0 G 38 PRB20 M10×50L 4 pcs. 56.8±8.5
（580±87）
P-CHY10R12-0 Rc 1 2
PRB30 M10×60L 6 pcs.
P-CHY10G12-0 G 12
P-CHY20R34-0 Rc 34
P-CHY20G34-0 G 34
PRB20 4.4kg
P-CHY20R1-0 Rc 1
P-CHY20G1-0 G1
P-CHY30R54-0 Rc114
P-CHY30G54-0 G114 When you use a sub-plate,
PRB30 6.9kg
P-CHY30R32-0 Rc11 2 please place an order for the above sub-plate type.
P-CHY30G32-0 G11 2 For the dimension drawing, refer to page 6, 7 of the appendix.
φ6
●PRB L5 L2
φ13 Counterboring depth 1.4
L3
2-φD1
φD2 Counterboring depth H6
Y
K
B A
B1
B2
J1
J2
L6
L4 J3
L1

φ60
φ35
φ60

Width across flat30
H1

H2
4
H4
●Thread adjusting type ●Handle with key adjusting type

H3
16
H5
O-ring･･･2-JIS B2401 P10 Hs90 (for port X, Y)

N
φ6 (Locating pin)
O-ring･･･“W” (for port A, B)
●Handle adjusting type Note: Port X is not used.
Nominal B1 B2 N D1 D2 H1 H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 O-ring dimension “W” J1 J2 J3 K

dimension
10 85 66.7 15 22 112 92 28 72 1.8 104 42.9 35.5 38.5 31.8 2-JIS B2401 P18 HS90 7.2 21.5 35.8 7.9
4-M10 12 −
20 102 79.4 25 35 122 102 38 82 121 60.3 33.5 41 44.5 2-JIS B2401 G30 HS90 11.1 39.7 49.2 6.4
2.4
30 120 96.8 6-M10 34 40 130 110 46 90 14 153 84.2 42.1 34 35.3 62.7 2-JIS B2401 G35 HS90 16.7 59.5 67.5 3.8
2-53
Brake valve
G
B*
GT 2.1
A B
Brake valve
This brake valve is an arbitrary 1. As the direct operated type relief valve is used,
combination of the direct operated type the responsiveness is good and the internal
relief valve, check valve, bypass valve and leakage amount is small.
so on, and is used to eliminate shocks that 2. There are a variety of circuit types. (with bypass
occur when an actuator such as a valve, with check valve for anti-cavitation)
hydraulic motor starts and stops.
■Type indication
Brake valve Type of hydraulic oil

10, 15, 20, 25, 30 W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
Connection method
P = Gasket connection type (in the case of nominal dimension of 10, 20, 30) Highest adjustment pressure
G = G thread connection type 25 = （ 25kgf/cm2）
2.5MPa
GT= R thread connection type 50 = （ 50kgf/cm2）
4.9MPa
100 = （ 100kgf/cm2）
9.8MPa
200 = （ 200kgf/cm2）
19.6MPa
315 = （ 315kgf/cm2）
30.9MPa
2 = Thread adjustment (with cap) Series number: 10
3 = Handle with key adjustment*
*Nominal dimension 25 and 30 have no handle.
Circuit configuration symbol
1 = Types with short circuit valve (Hydraulic symbols) (1)
2 = Types without short circuit valve (Hydraulic symbols) (2)
3 = Types with short circuit valve (Hydraulic symbols) (3)
4 = Types without short circuit valve (Hydraulic symbols) (4)
(1) (2)
A B A B
C C
(3) (4)
A B A B
2-54
●The direct operated type relief valve used for this brake valve is as follows.
Nominal dimension Type of direct operated type relief valve
10 RD10C-*
15, 20 RD20C-*
25, 30 RD30C-*
■Specifications
Nominal dimension 10 15 20 25 30
（kgf/cm2）
Maximum working pressure MPa
30.9 (315)
(port A, B)
Maximum flow rate (L/min) (Note) 110 230 330
（kgf/cm2）
Cracking pressure MPa 0.05 (0.5)
Brake valve
1 7.0 18 20 43 52
2 7.0 15 19 42 50
Thread
connection type 3 7.5 16.5 16.5 31.5 31.5
Circuit 4 5.5 11 11 21 21
Mass
configuration
symbol 1 7.0 ー 15 ー 42
kg
Gasket 2 5.0 ー 15 ー 42
connection type
3 7.5 ー 15.5 ー 31
4 5.5 ー 11 ー 21
(Note) As the maximum flow rate differs depending on the set pressure, refer to “Pressure override characteristics”.
■Accessories
●Mounting bolt
Type Hexagon socket Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
head cap thread Quantity
B10P*-1 M10×80L 4 pcs. 56.8±8.5

（580±87）
B20P*-1 M16×115L 4 pcs. 235.2±35.2

（2400±360）
B30P*-1 M20×155L 4 pcs. 431.2±64.6
（4400±660）
B10P*-2 M10×65L 4 pcs. 56.8±8.5
（580±87）
B20P*-2 M16×115L 4 pcs. 235.2±35.2
（2400±360）
B30P*-2 M20×155L 4 pcs. 431.2±64.6

（4400±660）
B10P*-3 M8×85L 4 pcs. 29.4±4.4

（300±45）
B20P*-3 M12×105L 4 pcs. 98.0±14.7

（1000±150）
B30P*-3 M16×135L 4 pcs. 235.2±35.2

（2400±360）
B10P*-4 M8×65L 4 pcs. 29.4±4.4
（300±45）
B20P*-4 M12×80L 4 pcs. 98.0±14.7

（1000±150）
B30P*-4 M16×100L 4 pcs. 235.2±35.2

（2400±360）
■Pressure override characteristics

●This is similar to that of the relief valve – direct operated type.
Refer to the section of the type number index “RD10, 20, 30”.
2-55
●B*G/GT*・1
●Handle adjusting type ●Screw adjusting type ●Handle with key adjusting type ●Handle adjusting type
　(in the case of nominal dimension other than 25, 30) 　(in the case of nominal dimension of 10, 15, 20) 　(in the case of nominal dimension of 25, 30)
φ60
30
φ60 φ80
φZ
Diameter of E
counter boreφT,
Depth of counter bore U 5 6 7 9 8
Screw diameter V,
screw depth W Width across flat d Width across flat d Width across flat d Width across flat d
b
Y
89
(for port C)
a
K
L
Counterboring diameterφP, Counterboring depth Q

A B
Brake valve
Screw diameter R, screw depth S

M
A
C
(for port A, B)
4-φX through hole

N
H D
G J F
B C 2
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z a b d
G 38 1 G 12 12.5 25 1 G 1 4 16
10 105 137 65 25 25 50 14.5 54 108 15 26 70 33 11 91 35 68 91 36
GT －－ Rc 1 2 12.5 －－ 1
Rc 4 12.5
G 45 1 G 34 21 32 1 G 3 8 14
15 130 185 100 42 62 20 14 78.5 157 14 40 102 33
GT －－ Rc 3 4 19 －－ Rc 3 8 14
11 88 40 65 88 46
G 52 1 G1 19 38 1 G 1 2 19
20 133 188 110 45 70 20 24 70 140 14 40 105 37
GT －－ Rc1 19 －－ Rc 1 2 17
G 63 1 G1 1 4 28 52 1 G1 24
25 185 250 125 40 73 35 20 105 210 20 42 145 33
GT －－ Rc11 4 24.5 －－ Rc1 22
14 － 50 83 － 60
G 65 1 G1 1 2 26 52 1 G1 20
30 180 285 135 42 86 42 20 122.5 245 20 43 140 33
GT －－ Rc11 2 25.5 －－ Rc1 22
●B*G/GT*・2
φ60
φ80
30
φ60 φY
Counterboring E
diameter φS,
Counterboring depth T 5 6 7 9 8
Screw diameter U,
screw depth V Width across flat b Width across flat b Width across flat b Width across flat b
a
X
89
(for port C)
Z
J
K
Counterboring diameter φN, Counterboring depth P

A B
Screw diameter Q, screw depth R
A
C
L
(for port A, B)
4-φW
through hole
M
G
F H D
B C
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z a b
G 38 1 G 1 2 15 25 1 G 1 4 15
10 105 150 60 25 28 15 60 120 15 26 75 0 1 1 9 91 35 68 91 36
GT －－ Rc 2 15 －－ Rc 4 12.5
G 45 1 G 3 4 21 32 1 G 3 8 14
15 130 185 85 27 47 14 78.5 157 14 40 102 2
GT －－ Rc 3 4 19 －－ Rc 3 8 14
11 88 40 65 88 46
G 52 1 G1 19 38 1 G 1 2 19
20 133 188 100 35 60 24 70 140 14 40 105 8
GT －－ Rc1 19 －－ Rc 1 2 17
1
G 63 1 G1 4 28 52 1 G1 24
25 185 250 125 40 73 20 105 210 20 42 145 1.5
GT －－ Rc11 4 24.5 －－ Rc1 22
14 － 50 83 － 60
G 65 1 G1 1 2 26 52 1 G1 20
30 180 285 135 42 86 20 122.5 245 20 43 140 4
GT －－ Rc11 2 25.5 －－ Rc1 22
2-56
●B*G/GT*・3
φ60
φ60 φ80
30
φV
6 5 7 9 8
Counterboring Width across flat Y Width across flat Y Width across flat Y Width across flat Y
89
U
diameter φP,
W
Counterboring depth Q
Screw diameter R,
J
screw depth S
(for port A, B, A1, B1)
K
A A1
* L
A
M
B B2
*
Brake valve
4-φT through hole
U
9 8 7 6 5
F D
G 2 C
H E
B N
Note) The use of port A and B can be changed to the use of port A1 and B2 by rearranging plugs marked with *.
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y
G 5 38 1 G 12 15
10 125 110 70 26 12.5 27.5 57.5 85 12.5 28.5 71.5 100 9 91 35 68 91 36
GT －－ー Rc 1 2 15
G 5 45 1 G 34 21
15
GT ーーー Rc 3 4 19
170 145 85 30 12 42 79 121 20 34 96 130 14 88 40 65 88 46
G 8 52 1 G1 21
20
GT ーーー Rc1 21
G 6 ーー G1 1 4 25
25
GT ーーー Rc1 1 4 24.5
196 185 110 37.5 17.5 48.5 101.5 150 20 40 116 156 14 ー 50 83 ー 60
G 6 ーー G1 1 2 25
30
GT ーーー Rc1 1 2 25
2-57
●B*G/GT*・4
　(in the case of nominal dimension other than 25, 30) 　(in the case of nominal dimension of 25, 30)
φ60
φ60 φ80
30
φV
6 5 98 7
Width across flat Y Width across flat Y Width across flat Y Width across flat Y
X
U
89
Counterboring diameter φP,
W
Counterboring depth Q
Screw diameter R,
J
screw depth S
(for port A, B, A1, B1)
K
A A4
L
※
A
M
B ※
B2
Brake valve
4-φT through hole

U
98 7 6 5
F
G D
H E 2 C
B N
Note) The use of port A and B can be changed to the use of port A1 and B2 by rearranging plugs marked with *.
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y
G 5 38 1 G 12 17
10 125 116 50 25 12.5 30.5 60.5 91 12.5 28.5 71.5 100 9 91 35 68 91 36
G 5 45 1 G 34 21
15
170 145 60 30 12 42 79 121 20 34 96 130 14 88 40 65 88 46
G 8 52 1 G1 21
20
GT ーーー Rc1 21
G 6 ーー G1 1 4 25
25
GT ーーー Rc1 1 4 24.5
196 185 75 37.5 17.5 48.5 101.5 150 20 40 116 156 14 ー 50 83 ー 60
G 6 ーー G1 1 2 25
30
GT ーーー Rc1 1 2 25
2-58
●B*P*・1
(in the case of nominal dimension other than 30) 　(in the case of nominal dimension of 10, 20) 　(in the case of nominal dimension of 30)
φ60
30
φ60 φ80
φb
5 6 7 9 8
Width across flat f Width across flat f Width across flat f Width across flat f
89
a
d
O-ring･･･“T”
(for port A, B)
K
φR
φS
Brake valve
L
M
A B
A
φV
φU
Z O-ring･･･“W”
(for port C)
N
F
P
G
H D
E J X C Y
Q B Q
Nominal
dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S O-ring dimension “T” U V O-ring dimension “W” X Y Z a b d e f
10 105 137 65 40 14.5 26 54 82 108 15 26 70 33 15 0 10 16 2-JIS B2401 P12 Hs90 10 16 2-JIS B2401 P12 Hs90 10 15 4-M10 91 35 68 91 36
20 133 168 90 60 14 35 70 105 140 14 40 105 37 20 3.5 20 26 2-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 20 26 2-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 16 25 4-M16 88 40 65 88 46
30 185 250 125 75 20 55 105 155 210 20 50 145 33 35 5 30 40 2-JIS B2401 G35 Hs90 18 26 2-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 20 30 4-M20 － 50 83 － 60
●B*P*・2
●Handle adjusting type ●Handle adjusting type

(in the case of nominal dimension other than 30) 　(in the case of nominal dimension of 30)
　(in the case of nominal dimension other than 10, 20)
φ60
30
φ60 φ80
φa
6 5 7 9 8
Width across
Width across flat e Width across flat e Width across flat e
d
flat e
Z
89
b
O-ring･･･“S”
(for port A, B)
K
φQ
φR
L
M
A B
A
C
φU
φT
O-ring･･･ “V”
Y
(for port C)
F
N
G
H D
E J W C X
P B P
Nominal A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R O-ring dimension “S” T U O-ring dimension “V” W X Y Z a b d e

dimension
10 105 137 50 25 14.5 26 54 82 108 15 26 70 0 0 10 16 2-JIS B2401 P12 Hs90 10 16 2-JIS B2401 P12 Hs90 10 15 4-M10 91 35 68 91 36
20 133 168 90 60 14 35 70 105 140 14 40 105 8 3.5 20 26 2-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 20 26 2-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 16 25 4-M16 88 40 65 88 46
30 185 250 125 75 20 55 105 155 210 20 50 145 0 5 30 40 2-JIS B2401 G35 Hs90 18 26 2-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 20 30 4-M20 － 50 83 － 60
2-59
●B*P*・3
(in the case of nominal dimension other than 30) (in the case of nominal dimension of 10, 20) (in the case of nominal dimension of 30)
φ60
φ60 φ80
30
φV
98 7 6 5
X
U
89
W
J
φP
φN
A
K
L
M
A
Brake valve
O-ring･･･“Q”
B (for port A, B)
T
U
98 7 6 5
F D
G R C S
H E
B
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P O-ring dimension “Q” R S T U V W X Y

10 125 110 70 25 12.5 27.5 57.5 85 12.5 28.5 71.5 100 10 16 2-JIS B2401 P12 Hs90 8 15 4-M8 91 35 68 91 36
20 170 145 85 30 12 42 79 121 20 34 96 130 20 26 2-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 12 20 4-M12 88 40 65 88 46
30 195 185 110 37.5 17.5 47.5 102.5 150 20 40 115 155 30 40 2-JIS B2401 G35 Hs90 16 25 4-M16 − 50 83 − 60
●B*P*・4
φ60
φ60 φ80
30
φV
6 5 7 9 8
X
U
89
W
J
φP
φN
A
K
L
M
A
O-ring･･･"Q"
B (for port A, B)
T
U
9 8 7 6 5
F D
G R C S
H E
B
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P O-ring dimension “Q” R S T U V W X Y

10 125 110 50 25 12.5 27.5 57.5 85 12.5 28.5 71.5 100 10 16 2-JIS B2401 P12 Hs90 8 15 4-M8 91 35 68 91 36
20 170 145 60 30 12 42 79 121 20 34 96 130 20 26 2-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 12 20 4-M12 88 40 65 88 46
30 195 185 75 37.5 17.5 47.5 102.5 150 20 40 115 155 30 40 2-JIS B2401 G35 Hs90 16 25 4-M16 − 50 83 − 60
2-60
Counterbalance valve CBD
Counterbalance valve
This counterbalance valve is a combination of 1. As this is a combination of the seat type relief
the direct operated type relief valve and check valve and check valve, leakage is small.
valve and is used to hold the load by providing a 2. As the direct operated type relief valve is
counterbalance pressure. used, there is no overlap allowance unlike
When the counterbalance valve raises the other valves. Therefore, no confinement
hydraulic cylinder, it allows oil to pass freely and pressure occurs and smooth operation can
when it lowers the cylinder, it generates pressure be provided.
in the return pipe to prevent the cylinder weight fall.
■Type indication
Counterbalance valve Type of hydraulic oil

– direct operated type No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
6, 10, 15, 20, 25, 30 W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
Connection method
P = G asket connection type
G = G thread connection type 25 = （ 25kgf/cm2）
2.5MPa
R = R thread connection type 50 = （ 50kgf/cm2）
4.9MPa
100 = （100kgf/cm2）
9.8MPa
Nominal dimension P G R
200 = 19.6MPa（200kgf/cm2）
6 ー ○ ○ 315 = 30.9MPa（315kgf/cm2）
10 ○ ○ ○
15 ー ○ ○ Shape of pressure adjusting part
20 ○ ○ ○
25 ー ○ ○
30 ○ ○ ○
(nominal dimension 6, 10, 15, 20 only)
Series number: 10
●The direct operated type relief valve used for this counterbalance valve is as follows.
Nominal dimension Type of direct operated type relief valve

6, 10 RD10C-*
15, 20 RD20C-*
25, 30 RD30C-*
2-61
A Maximum working pressure MPa（kgf/cm2） 30.9（315）

(Port A, B)
Maximum flow rate L/min 45 110 230 330
B
Cracking pressure　MPa（kgf/cm2） 0.05（0.5）
Mass kg 4 9 20
(Note) As the maximum flow rate differs depending on the set pressure, refer to “Pressure override
characteristics”.
■ Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm /s (cSt)) 2
in the case of check valve free flow
0.5
0.4
CBD15,20
0.3
CBD6,10
0.2
CBD25,30
0.1
0 50 100 150 200 250 300

Flow rate (L/min)
■Accessories
●Mounting bolt
CBD10P M8×65L 4 pcs. 29.4 ± 4.4 （300 ± 45）

CBD20P M12×80L 4 pcs. 98.0 ± 14.7（1000 ± 150）
CBD30P M16×105L 4 pcs. 235.2 ± 35.2（2400 ± 360）
■Pressure override characteristics

●This is similar to that of the relief valve – direct operated type.
　Refer to the section of the type number index “RD10, 20, 30”.
2-62
●CBD*G/R
(in the case of nominal dimension other than 25, 30) (in the case of nominal dimension of 25, 30)
φ60
E
φ60 φ80
30
φU
6 5 7 9 8
Width across Width across
W
Width across flat X Width across flat X flat X flat X
89
T
V
H
B
L
Counterboring diameter φM, Counterboring depth N

K
A
Screw diameter P, screw depth Q

J
A
(for port A, B)
2-φS through hole

F G D
R
B 2 C
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X
G 25 1 G 14 16
6
R ーー Rc 1 4 12.5
95 105 50 25 40 10 85 12.5 70 51.5 28.5 4 9 91 35 68 91 36
G 38 1 G 12 15
10
R ーー Rc 1 2 15
G 45 1 G 34 18
15
R ーー Rc 3 4 19
135 140 60 30 50 15 110 20 95 70 34 7 14 88 40 65 88 46
G 52 1 G1 20
20
R ーー Rc1 20
G 63 1 G11 4 23
25
R ーー Rc11 4 23
175 180 80 40 60 15 150 20 135 90 40 3 18 − 50 83 − 60
G 65 1 G11 2 23
30
R ーー Rc11 2 23
●CBD*P
φ60
E
φ80
φ60
30
φX
6 5 7 9 8
Width across
Z
W
Width across flat a Width across flat a flat a Width across flat a
89
Y
K
O-ring･･･“V”
N
B
(for port A, B)
M
A
A
φT
S
φU
P
J D
H Q C R
F G
B
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U O-ring dimension “V” W X Y Z a

10 95 105 50 25 40 10 85 50 30 12.5 70 50.5 28.5 4 8 15 4-M8 10 16 2-JIS B2401 P12 Hs90 91 35 68 91 36
20 135 145 60 30 50 15 115 65 35 25 85 63 29 8 12 20 4-M12 20 30 2-JIS B2401 G25 Hs90 88 40 65 88 46
30 175 180 80 40 60 15 150 70 45 25 125 82 35 5 16 25 4-M16 30 40 2-JIS B2401 G35 Hs90 ー 50 83 ー 60
2-63
Counterbalance valve – with unloading function
Y B A X
This counterbalance valve is used to 1. As the spool of the counterbalance valve is pressurization (slow feed state), ram speed
prevent load drop within a cylinder under provided with the flow control part and seat part change can be adjusted and smooth
overrunning load conditions and to control together, stable brake pressure can be obtained operation can be performed by controlling
its lowering speed. and at the same the leakage amount is small and spool valve closing speed with variable
the slipping-down amount of ram can be made throttle.
very small. 3. The passage in the casing is composed of
2. When weight drop (fast feed state) is changed to through holes and the flow resistance is small.
■Type indication
Counterbalance valve Type of hydraulic oil

（with unloading function） No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
Connection method Brake pressure
100 = 0 to 9.8 MPa
150 = 7.8 to 14.7 MPa
Series number: 3, 2 210 = 14.7 to 20.6 MPa
(varies depending on self-weight of ram)
Spool notch area symbol
Symbol Brake flow during pressurization

25 120L/min or less
100 120/Lmin or more

A
Maximum working pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) 24.5
（250）
1 Maximum flow rate L/min 120 240 500

X 8
Cracking pressure MPa (kgf/cm ) 2 0.34
（3.5）
B Y Stroke volume of spool cm3

1.9 3.7 10.0
(during activation of external pilot pressure)
Mass kg 8 13.5 59
2-64
●In the case of check valve free flow ●In case of internal pilot operation

（Pilot pressure 2.5MPa
（25kgf/cm2）
）
2.0 2.0
1.5 1.5

KDZ15
1.0 1.0
KDZ40
KDZ25 KDZ40
KDZ25 KDZ15
0.5

0.５
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 100011001200
０ 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 900 1000 1100 1200

Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Nominal
Maximum dimension 15 25 40
working pressure
100 2.63
（26.8） 2.80
（28.5） 2.62
（26.7）
150 2.63
（26.8） 2.80
（28.5） 2.00
（20.4）
210 2.63
（26.8） 2.80
（28.5） 2.39
（24.4）
■Minimum external pilot pressure

● The minimum external pilot pressure refers to the external pilot pressure necessary for moving the main spool
to the stroke end and fully opening the passage from A to B. The calculation is performed with the following formula.
Type Minimum external pilot pressure
1
KDZ15P - * / * - * (Set pressure for braking period) × ＋1.1MPa
8.2
KDZ25P - * / * - * (Set pressure for braking period)× 1 ＋1.2MPa

9.8
-100 ＋1.3MPa
KDZ40P - * / * -150 1
(Set pressure for braking period)× 10.2 ＋1.0MPa
-210 ＋1.2MPa
■Accessories
●Mounting bolt
KDZ15P M10×80L 4 pcs.

56.8 ± 8.5
（580 ± 87）
KDZ25P M10×85L 6 pcs.
KDZ40P M22×140L 6 pcs. 617.4 ± 92.6
（6300 ± 945）
2-65
●KDZ P
M
N
2
In the case of #15, 25
X
B A
B
F
In the case of #15, 25

H
L Variable throttle adjust screw for pilot
(installed here in the case of #15, 25)
J K
Q R T In the case of #40
2
Variable throttle adjust screw for pilot
E
(installed here in the case of #40)
C
φX
S
a
φU φY
O-ring･･･“W” O-ring･･･ “Z”
(for port A, B) φV b (for port X, Y)
A T
D
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V O-ring dimension “W” X Y

15 221 102 104 260 114 80 66 − 60 14 39 21 11 49 88 28 38 0 15 30 2-JIS B2401 G25 Hs90 6 12
25 273 120 128 312 141 97 90 42 84 13 60 24 17 67 110 40 43 4 22 35 2-JIS B2401 G30 Hs90 6 12
40 387 204 210 450 − 160 120 78 156 24 120 36 36 120 204 60 70 12 46 70 2-JIS B2401 G65 Hs90 8 16
Nominal dimension O-ring dimension “Z” a b
15 2-JIS B2401 P9 Hs90 16 4-M10
25 2-JIS B2401 P9 Hs90 12 6-M10
40 2-JIS B2401 P12 Hs90 26 6-M22
2-66
Flow control valve
Page
Variable throttle valve・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ T1M・・・・・・3-2

Throttle valve (1)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ T・・・・・・3-4
Throttle valve (2)・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・T1M・・・・・・3-6
Throttle valve – Cartridge type・・・・・・・・・・・・・ F1M・・・・・・3-8
Slow return check valve (1)・・・・・・・・・・・・TC・・・・・ 3-10
Slow return check valve (2)・・・・・・・・・・TC1M・・・・・ 3-12
Slow return check valve – Cartridge type・・・・・・FC1M・・・・・ 3-14
Slow return check valve – Gasket type・・・・・・・・KMK・・・・・ 3-16
Precision throttle valve・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・F・・・・・ 3-18
Temperature and pressure compensated
flow regulating valve (1)・・FJC5 to 16・・・・・ 3-22
Temperature and pressure compensated
flow regulating valve (2)・・・・・ FJC30・・・・・ 3-25
Three-way flow regulating valve・・・・・・・・ FK・・・・・ 3-27

3-1
Variable throttle valve T1M
B A
This variable throttle valve is of needle valve 1. As this is a needle valve, fine adjustments 4. As a lock nut is installed, there is no
type and can regulate the flow rate can be made. change in the throttle opening by vibration
steplessly by changing the throttle opening. 2. As there is no leakage at all when it is fully of the pipe during operation.
closed, it can be used as a stop valve.
3. The throttle opening can be adjusted even
during operation by turning the adjust
thread.
■Type indication ●Hydraulic symbols
Variable throttle valve Type of hydraulic oil

Variable throttle valve
A B
6, 10, 15, 20, W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
Connection method Shape of adjustment part

P = Gasket connection type 4= Thread adjustment (without cap)
Series number: 10
■Specifications
Maximum working pressure MPa (kgf/cm ) 2 30.9 (315)

Gasket connection type ー 1.5 ー 3 ー 7
Mass kg
Thread connection type 1 1 3 3 6.5 6.5
■Accessories ■Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 37 mm2/s (cSt))

●Mounting bolt
Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm) T1M6/10 T1M15/20 T1M25/30
1.0
T1M10P M8 ×50L 4 pcs. 29.4±4.4 (300±45)
0.8
T1M20P M10×70L 4 pcs. 56.8±8.5 (580±87)

T1M30P M16×90L 4 pcs. 235.2±35.2 (2400±360) 0.6
0.4
0.2
0 50 100 150 200 250 300

Flow rate (L/min)
3-2
●T1M*P
C (when fully open)

Width across flat R
O-ring...“Q”
E
(for port A, B)
H
φL
φM
F
A
N O D P φK
2 B
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J φK φL φM N O P O-ring dimension “Q” R
10 75 65 26 40 30 30 45 7 27 9 8 16 4-M8 10 8 2-JISB2401 P12 Hs90 4

20 90 75 30 56 25 50 54 18 47 11 15 26 4-M10 14 10 2-JISB2401 P22 Hs90 8
30 125 110 32 70 35 75 80 20 65 18 25 40 4-M16 20 16 2-JISB2401 P35 Hs90 10
Variable throttle valve

●T1M*G/R
Width across flat J
A
E
B
＊
G
B A
C
1
D 2
H
A
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G* H J
G G 14 30 15
6 80 70 25 40 85 to 95 4
R Rc 14 ー 15
G G 12 42 16
10 80 70 25 40 85 to 95 4
R Rc 12 ー 16
G G 34 50 18
15 100 85 30 56 100 to 115 8
R Rc 34 ー 18
G G1 60 20
20 100 85 30 56 100 to 115 8
R Rc1 ー 20
G G114 76 24
25 140 115 44 70 132 to 147 10
R Rc 114 ー 24
G G11 2 76 24
30 140 115 44 70 132 to 147 10
R Rc 11 2 ー 24
* If F is a Rc screw, there is no counter bore G.
3-3
Throttle valve (1) T
A B
This variable throttle valve can regulate the 1. Thanks to the adoption of special notches, 3. As this is of in-line type by the thread
flow rate steplessly by changing the throttle it is superior in controllability when the connection method, it can be installed
opening. opening is small. easily.
2. As this has opening indication scales, it is
superior in reproducibility.
■Type indication
Throttle valve Type of hydraulic oil

Throttle valve (1)
6, 8, 10, 15, Water-glycol based hydraulic oil

20, 25, 30 V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil

G = G thread connection type 5= Adjustment of main body
Series number: 10
■Specifications ●Hydraulic symbols

Maximum flow rate L/min 15 30 50 120 200 300 400 A B

Mass kg 0.3 0.4 0.5 0.7 1.2 2.2 3

●When the throttle valve is fully open
1.0 1.0
0.8 T10 0.8 T30
T6 T8 T25
0.6 0.6 T20

T15
0.4 0.4
0.3 0.3
0.2 0.2
0.1 0.1
0.05 0.05
0.01 0.01
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 100 200 300 400
3-4
■Pressure - Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 36 mm2/s (cSt))
●T6 ●T8 ●T10
(Throttle opening (number of revolutions from full opening)) (Throttle opening (number of revolutions from full opening)) (Throttle opening (number of revolutions from full opening))
1
30 3 2 5／6 2 ／ 2
3 2／
1
2 2／
1
3 2／6
1
30 3 2 ／2 2 30
1
5／2 5 1
4 ／2
2
Pressure difference (MPa)

5
1／6
20 20 20
12／3 4
1 1
10 10 1 ／2 10 3 ／2
1１／2
3
1 1 2
Fully opened Fully opened 1
Fully opened
0 5 10 15 0 0 10 20 30 40 50
10 20 30
●T15 ●T20 ●T25 ●T30
(Throttle opening (number of revolutions from full opening)) (Throttle opening (number of revolutions from full opening)) (Throttle opening (number of revolutions from full opening)) (Throttle opening (number of revolutions from full opening))
2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2 1 2
30 5 4 1／2 4 30 7 3 7 3 7 6 3 6 3 6
／／／／ 5 ／3 5 ／3 30 6 ／3 6／3 6 5 ／3 5 ／3 5 30 ７ 6 3 6 3 6
／／ 5 ／3 ５／3 5 4 ／3

5
20 3 1／2 20 20 20 1
2 4 ／3
4 2／3 4 ／3
4 1／3
1 4
10 3 10 10 4 ／3 10
4
1
4
2 ／2 3 3 3
2 2 2
Fully opened Fully opened Fully opened Fully opened
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 50 100 150 200 0 100 200 300 0 100 200 300 400
Flow rate (L/min) Flow rate (L/min) Flow rate (L/min) Flow rate (L/min)
(Note) Throttle opening has an error of approx. one turn by accumulation of dimensional tolerance.
Throttle valve (1)

●T
S2 L1
T1 T1
1
φD2
φD3
D1
D1
0
(Note) Do not make adjustments

with pressure applied.
S3
Nominal dimension D1 D2 D3 S2 S3 L1 T1
G G 14 12
6 44 29.5 41 27 65
R R 14 9
G G 38 12
8 49.5 33 46 30 65
R R 38 10
G G 12 14
10 58 42.5 55 41 80
R R 12 12
G G 34 16
15 66 49.5 60 46 100
R R 34 14
G G1 18
20 78 52.5 70 50 110
R R1 16
G G1 14 23
25 90 62.5 85 60 130
R R1 14 18
G G1 1 2 23
30 90 69 85 65 150
R R1 1 2 18
3-5
Throttle valve (2) T1M
B A

This variable throttle valve is of needle valve
type and can regulate the flow rate steplessly
by changing the throttle opening. Throttle valve Type of hydraulic oil
= Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
■Features
Nominal dimension V
1. As this is a needle valve, fine adjustments Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
can be made.
2. As there is no leakage at all when it is fully Connection method Shape of adjustment part
closed, it can be used as a stop valve. P = Gasket connection type 4= Thread adjustment (without cap)
3. The throttle opening can be adjusted even F = Flange connection type
during operation by turning the adjust Nominal dimension P F Series number: 10
thread.
52 ⃝ ⃝
4. As a lock nut is installed, there is no
Throttle valve (2)
62 ⃝ ⃝
change in the throttle opening by vibration
of the pipe during operation. 82 ⃝ ⃝
102 ー ⃝
■Specifications
B A Nominal dimension 52 62 82 102

（315）

Gasket connection type 15 27 53 ー
Mass kg
Flange connection type 14 23 45 86
■Flange
Valve type Flange type Connection diameter Mass When you use a flange,
T1M52F
TFAA-40
TFXA-40
2B
2B
2.6kg
2.7kg
please place an order
for the left flange type.
■Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm2/s (cSt)）
1 3.9kg
T1M62F
TFAA-50 2 B
2 For the dimension
TFXA-50 1
2 B
2 4.5kg drawing, refer to page ●When the throttle valve is fully open
TFAA-63 3B 7.9kg 16 of the appendix.
T1M82F 10
82
TFXA-63
2
3B 8.5kg
2
M5
M6
M
T1
TFAA-80 13kg 5
4B
T1
T1
T1M102F 4
TFXA-80 4B 14kg 3
2
02
M1
1
■Accessories 0.5
T1
0.4
●Mounting bolt 0.3
Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm) 0.2
T1M52P 0.1
M16×95L 6 pcs. 235.2±35.2 (2400±360) 0 1000 2000 3000
T1M62P M20×115L 6 pcs. Flow rate (L/min)
431.2±64.6 (4400±660)
T1M82P M20×145L 6 pcs.
3-6
●T1M*P
L1 L5
L2
φD3 L3
L4
SW2
SW1 A
B3
B2
B1
B
Stroke
L6 L7 L8
34
H2
H1
B A
H3
O-ring
T1M 52... 2-JISB2401 G55 Hs90 φD2
T1M 62... 2-JISB2401 G65 Hs90
D4 φD1
T1M 82... 2-JISB2401 G85 Hs90
Nominal dimension B1 B2 B3 D1 D2 D3 D4 H1 H2 H3 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 SW1 SW2

52 145 115 40 60 50 18 6-M16 37.5 75 20 100 77 50 25 12 33 26 174 14 22
62 180 140 40 70 60 22 6-M20 45 90 25 128 100 65 34 17.5 45 28 220 17 27
82 210 170 50 90 80 22 6-M20 60 120 25 140 115 70 30 35 57 27 274 17 30
Throttle valve (2)

●T1M*F C
L1
L2 φD2
B2
B1
B3
Stroke
L3 L4 L5
L6
D1, depth T1
L7
H2
SW2
45ﾟ
SW1
45ﾟ
H1
45ﾟ
45ﾟ
φD3 φD4
Nominal dimension B1 B2 B3 D1 D2 D3 D4 H1 H2 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 T1 SW1 SW2

52 95 65 32.5 4-M16 14 45 98 100 34 170 40 26 21 190 140 87 26 14 22
62 110 75 37.5 4-M20 14 53 118 120 34 205 45 29 27 230 170 106 32 17 27
82 140 95 47.5 4-M24 14 72 145 150 34 230 50 36 26 285 210 127 36 17 30
102 175 130 65 4-M30 22 90 175 180 42 310 70 44 33 360 270 162 40 27 41
3-7
Throttle valve – Cartridge type F1M
This variable throttle valve can regulate the 1. As this is a cartridge type, it can be
flow rate steplessly by changing the throttle incorporated in a manifold in a compact
opening. way.
2. As this has opening indication scales, it is
superior in reproducibility.
3. This is superior in controllability when the
opening is small.
■Type indication
Throttle valve – Cartridge type
Throttle valve – Cartridge type Type of hydraulic oil

Connection method
C = Cartridge connection type Shape of adjustment part
1= Handle adjustment
2= Knob adjustment
3= Handle with key adjustment
Series number: 10
A B
■Accessories
■Specifications ●Mounting bolt
F1M10C M8 ×16L 4 pcs. 29.4±4.4 (300±45)
（315）
F1M20C M12×25L 4 pcs. 98.0±14.7 (1000±150)
F1M30C M16×30L 4 pcs. 235.2±35.2 (2400±360)
Mass kg 0.9 1.8 3.8
3-8
●Nominal dimension 10 ●Nominal dimension 20 ●Nominal dimension 30
Throttle opening Throttle opening Throttle opening
1.5 2 2.5 3 5 5.5 6 6.5 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5

25 25 25
6
20 20 20
7
3.5
15 15 15 6.5

7.5
10 10 10 7
4
8 7.5
4.5 8.5 8
5 5 9 5 8.5
5
9
5.5 10
9.5
6 11 10
2 7 2 2 11
12
8 12
13
1 1 1
0.5 0.5 0.5
0 25 50 75 100 0 50 100 150 200 0 100 200 300 400

●Throttle valve - Cartridge type
●Handle adjusting type ●Knob adjusting type ●Handle with key adjusting type
Throttle valve – Cartridge type

(The dimension which is not entered is the same as that of the handle adjusting type.) (The dimension which is not entered is the same as that of the handle adjusting type.)
φ60
H
φ38
Width across flat “W”

9 8 0 2 1 9 8 0 2 1
2 1 0 8 9
D1
L1
L6
L13
L5
L2
L4
L3
□B2
□B1
(finish range)
φD4 30ﾟ
φ0.01 A
D7
3.2
L10
L9
1.6
L11
L8
+0.1
0
L7
A
L12
12.5
3.2
B
30ﾟ
φD3
φD6
1.6
φD5
Machining dimension of manifold A
Nominal dimension B1 B2 H D1 D3 D4 H7 D5 H7 D6 D7 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 L11 L12 L13 W

10 65 48 30 4-M8 15 38 36 15 4-M8 136 10.8 2 46.5 12 6.8 44 34 20.5 15 1.5 47 119 30
20 80 55 30 4-M12 20 52 50 25 4-M12 160 17 2 60 20 12 55 40.5 24 19 1.5 60.5 142 36
30 105 70 30 4-M16 30 72 70 35 4-M16 187 20 5 80 26 16 75 58 35 22 2 80.5 169 55
3-9
Slow return check valve (1) TC
A B
This slow return check valve, in which a 1. Thanks to the adoption of special notches,
check valve is assembled into the variable it is superior in controllability when the
throttle valve, can restrict the flow in one opening is small.
direction and allow the flow in the opposite 2. As this has opening indication scales, it is
direction to pass freely. superior in reproducibility.
3. As this is of in-line type by the thread
connection method, it can be assembled
easily.
■Type indication
Slow return check valve (1)
Slow return check valve Type of hydraulic oil

6, 8, 10, 15, Water-glycol based hydraulic oil

G = G thread connection type 5= Adjustment of main body
Series number: 10


A B
Maximum flow rate L/min 15 30 50 120 200 300 400
Cracking pressure MPa (kgf/cm ) 2
0.05 (0.5)
Mass kg 0.3 0.4 0.7 1.1 1.9 3.2 4.1
■Pressure - Flow rate characteristics

●Similar to those of throttle valve (1). Refer to the section of the type
number index “T6 to 30”.
3-10
●When the throttle valve is fully open and the check valve is free flow (B→A)
TC6 TC8 TC15

0.3

0.3 0.3
TC20 TC25
0.2 TC10 0.2 0.2 TC30
0.1 0.1 0.1
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 50 100 150 200 0 100 200 300 400

●When the throttle valve is fully open (A→B)
1.0 1.0
0.8 TC10 0.8 TC20
TC6 TC8 TC25 TC30

0.6 0.6
TC15
0.4 0.4
0.3 0.3
0.2 0.2
0.1 0.1
0.05 0.05
0.01 0.01
0 20 40 60 80 100 120 0 100 200 300 400

●TC
L1
S2 T1 1 T1
φD2
φD3
D1
D1
A B
0
S3
(Note) Do not make adjustments with
pressure applied.
Nominal dimension D1 D2 D3 S2 S3 L1 T1
G G 14 12
6 44 29.5 41 27 65
R R 14 9
G G 38 12
8 49.5 33 46 30 65
R R 38 10
G G 12 14
10 58 42.5 55 41 80
R R 12 12
G G 34 16
15 66 49.5 60 46 100
R R 34 14
G G1 18
20 78 52.5 70 50 110
R R1 16
G G1 14 23
25 90 62.5 85 60 130
R R1 14 18
G G1 1 2 23
30 90 69 85 65 150
R R1 1 2 18
3-11
A B
A B

This slow return check valve, in which a
check valve is assembled into the variable
throttle valve, can restrict the flow in one Slow return check valve Type of hydraulic oil
direction and allow the flow in the opposite No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
direction to pass freely. Nominal dimension V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
■Features Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
1. As this is a needle valve, fine adjustments

can be made. P = Gasket connection type 4= Thread adjustment (without cap)
2. The throttle opening can be adjusted even F = Flange connection type
during operation by turning the adjust
Nominal dimension P F Series number: 10
thread.
52 ⃝ ⃝
3. As a lock nut is installed, there is no
62 ⃝ ⃝
change in the throttle opening by vibration
of the pipe during operation. 82 ⃝
ー
⃝
⃝
■Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm2/s(cSt))
102
■Specifications ●When the throttle valve is fully open and

the check valve is free flow (B→A)
Nominal dimension 52 62 82 102 1.5
TC1M52
TC1M102
TC1M82
TC1M62
1.4
1.3
Maximum flow rate L/min 700 1100 1800 3000 1.2
1.1
Cracking pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) 0.05
（0.5）
1.0
Gasket connection type 32 60 105 ー 0.9

Mass kg
35 140 0.8
Flange connection type 20 65
0.7
0.6
0.5
■Flange 0.4
0.3
Valve type Flange type Connection diameter Mass When you use a flange,
0.2
TFAA-40 2B 2.6kg please place an order 0.1
TC1M52F
TFXA-40 2B 2.7kg for the left flange type.
1 0 300 500 1000 2000 4000 8000
TFAA-50 2 B
2 3.9kg For the dimension
TC1M62F Flow rate (L/min)
TFXA-50 1
2 B 4.5kg
2 drawing, refer to page
TFAA-63 3B 7.9kg 16 of the appendix. ●When the throttle valve is fully open (A→B)
TC1M82F 10
TFXA-63 3B 8.5kg
82
62
2
TFAA-80 4B 13kg
5
TC1M102F 5 M
1M
1M
TFXA-80 4B 14kg 4
TC1
TC
TC
3
■Accessories 1 02
1 M1
●Mounting bolt TC
0.5
Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm) 0.4
0.3
TC1M52P M16×180L 6 pcs. 235.2±35.2 (2400±360)
0.2
TC1M62P M20×215L 6 pcs.
431.2±64.6 (4400±660) 0.1
TC1M82P M20×255L 6 pcs. 0 1000 2000 3000
Flow rate (L/min)
3-12
●TC1M*P
L5
L4
L3
SW2 B
SW1
B1
B2
B3
A
2 pcs. of eyebolt only for TC1M82

L2
L1
H3
L9 L8
H2
L7
H1
L6
2-φD2
2-φD1, T1
O-ring 6-φD3
H4
Nominal dimension B1 B2 B3 D1 D2 D3 H1 H2 H3 H4 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 T1 SW1 SW2 O-ring dimension

52 40 115 145 60 50 M16 120.5 160 34 20 207 172 12 50 100 25 77 198 33 2.4 14 22 2-JISB2401 G55 Hs90
62 40 140 180 70 60 M20 142 190 42 25 262.5 220 17.5 65 128 34 100 248 45 2.4 17 27 2-JISB2401 G65 Hs90
82 50 170 210 90 80 M20 172 230 42 25 325 275 35 70 14０ 30 115 302 57 2.4 17 30 2-JISB2401 G85 Hs90

●TC1M*F
φD2, T2
B1
B2
B3
A B
L2
L1
φD1, T1
H4
φD1, T1
4
φD φD
φD3
4
SW2 A B
H3
SW1
H2
H1
45ﾟ L5
45ﾟ
L3 L4
Nominal dimension B1 B2 B3 D1 D2 D3 D4 H1 H2 H3 H4 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 T1 T2 SW1 SW2

52 35 70 100 4-M16 2-M12 45 98 37 101 150 34 160 145 33 201 175 26 20 14 22
62 45 90 120 4-M20 2-M12 53 118 44 121 180 34 195 180 45 238 210 32 20 17 27
82 55 110 150 4-M24 2-M12 72 145 52 146 220 42 240 220 57 287 260 36 20 17 30
102 70 140 180 4-M30 2-M16 90 175 70 186 275 51 320 270 70 408 370 40 30 27 41
3-13
Slow return check valve – Cartridge type FC1M
This slow return check valve, in which a 1. As this is a cartridge type, it can be
check valve is assembled into the variable incorporated in a manifold in a compact
throttle valve, can restrict the flow in one way.
direction and allow the flow in the opposite 2. As this has opening indication scales, it is
direction to pass freely. superior in reproducibility.
3. This is superior in controllability when the
opening is small.
■Type indication
Slow return check valve – Cartridge type
Slow return check valve - Cartridge type Type of hydraulic oil

Shape of adjustment part

2 = Knob adjustment
Series number: 10
Connection method
●Hydraulic symbols C = Cartridge connection type
A B
■Specifications

Cracking pressure MPa (kgf/cm ) 2 0.1 (1.0)
Mass kg 0.9 1.8 3.8
3-14
●Nominal dimension 10 ●Nominal dimension 20 ●Nominal dimension 30
Throttle opening Throttle opening Throttle opening
1.5 2 2.5 3 5 5.5 6 6.5 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5 5.5

25 25 25
6
20 20 20
3.5
7
15 15 15
6.5

4
10 10 7.5 10 7
4.5 8 7.5
8
5 5 5 5
9 8.5
5.5 9
6 10 9.5
6.5 11 10
2 7 2 12 2 11
8 13
10 12
1 1 14 1 13
0.5 0.5
0.5
0 25 50 75 100 0 50 100 150 200 0 100 200 300 400

●When the throttle valve is fully open and ●When the throttle valve is fully open (B→A)
0.8 0.8
0.6 0.6 Nominal dimension 10
Slow return check valve – Cartridge type

0.4 0.4
0.2 0.2 Nominal dimension 30
0 100 200 300 400 0 100 200 300 400

●The outside dimension is same as that of the throttle valve - cartridge type.
Refer to the section of the type number index “F1M10, 20, 30”.
3-15
Slow return check valve – Gasket type KMK
B A
This slow return check valve, in which a 1. This is of gasket connection type. 4. As there is no seat part, it is superior in
check valve is assembled into the variable 2. As a lock nut is installed, there is no durability.
throttle valve, can restrict the flow in one change in the throttle opening by vibration
direction and allow the flow in the opposite of the pipe during operation.
direction to pass freely. 3. The number of parts is small and the
structure is simple.
A B
Slow return check valve Type of hydraulic oil
Slow return check valve – Gasket type

Connection method
P = Gasket connection type Series number: 4, 1
■Precautions in use ■Specifications

●Make adjustments with no pressure applied. Nominal dimension 10 20 30
Be careful that if the adjust thread is loosened excessively 30.9 (315)
Maximum working pressure MPa (kgf/cm2)
by a spanner, etc., the valve may be broken.
Cracking pressure MPa (ikgf/cm2) 0.05 (0.5)
Mass kg 4.3 9.0 22
●KMK10 ●KMK20 ●KMK30
Throttle opening Throttle opening

Throttle opening
30 Opening by 30 Opening by
1
1 1/4 turn from 1 3 1 3/4 turn from 30 Opening by
full closing full closing 114
1 turn from
1 78 2 full closing
11 2 12 3
20 20
20
21 2 11 2
3
10 10 10
2
2 4
4
Fully opened 5
0 20 40 60 0 100 200 300 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
3-16
■Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm2/s (cSt)) ■Accessories
●Mounting bolt
●When the throttle valve is fully open and
KMK10P M10×65L 4 pcs. 56.8±8.5 (580±87)
0.4 KMK20P M14×90L 4 pcs. 156.8±23.5 (1600±240)
KMK30P M16×120L 6 pcs. 235.2±35.2 (2400±360)
KMK10
KMK20
0.3
0.2
KMK30
0.1
0 100 200 300

Flow rate (L/min)
●KMK
Width across flat U
A G
φ
B
Slow return check valve – Gasket type

B A
B
L
G
Increase in controlled flow
D A D
K I
J
N
C
φ
H φ H
Q
O-ring...“T”
O
(for port A, B)
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H I J K L M N O P Q S O-ring dimension “T” U

10 110 84 50 22 39 69 22 11 29 － 40 64 184 60 15 4-M10 25 1.8 2-JIS B2401 P18 Hs90 17
20 140 103 70 28 46 94 30 18 34 － 72 76 226 84 20 4-M14 35 2.5 2-JIS B2401 G25 Hs90 19
30 185 148 95 30 58 124 40 30 35 56 112 116 295 111 25 6-M16 50 2.5 2-JIS B2401 G35 Hs90 30
3-17
Precision throttle valve
A B
1. As the restriction part is of sharp-edged 2. Valves of the cartridge type, gasket
This precision throttle valve can regulate the
orifice structure, the valve is less likely connection type and thread connection
flow rate steplessly by changing the throttle type are available.
to be sensitive to the effect of viscosity
opening. change of oil and high-precision
temperature compensation can be
obtained.
Precision Type of hydraulic oil

throttle valve No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil A B
= Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
5, 10 W
Connection method
P = Gasket connection type Throttle pin symbol
02Q ーー
C = Cartridge type
06Q ーー
Series number: 10 ーー
1Q
Shape of adjustment part ーー 2L
3= Handle with key adjustment Throttle 3Q ーー ■Specifications
pin symbol ー 5Q 5L Nominal dimension 5 10
6Q ーー
10Q 10Q 10L
ー 16Q 16L
ー 25Q 25L Gasket connection type 1.4
■Option ーー 50L Mass kg Thread connection type 1.6

(Note) The flow rate with respect to
A precision throttle valve with a the opening scale differs Cartridge type 1.0
check valve is also available. between symbols “Q” and “L”.
Please contact us for the details.

(nominal dimension 5 only)
■Sub-plate
Valve type Sub-plate type Connection diameter Mass When you use a sub-plate,
FJC5R14-0 Rc14 1kg please place an order for the
F5P
FJC5G14-0 G14 following sub-plate type.
P-F10R12-0 Rc12 For the dimension drawing,
A B F10P 1.2kg
P-F10G12-0 G12
refer to page 8 of the appendix.
■Accessories
●Type indication
FC5P-10 ●Mounting bolt
F5P
M5×50L 4 pcs. 6.9±1.0 (70±10)
F10P
3-18
●F5
Opening scale Opening scale Opening scale
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5
5 5 5 6
4 4 4

7
3 3 7 3
7
8
2 2 8 2
9 8
10 9 9
1 1 1
10 10
0.5 0.5 0.5
Throttle pin symbol 02Q 06Q 1Q
0 0.1 0.2 0.3 0.4 0.5 0 0.2 0.4 0.6 0.8 1 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5

1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5
5 5 5
7
6
4 6 4 4

3 3 3
8
7 7
2 2 9 2
10 8
8
1 1 1
9 9
10 10
0.5 0.5 0.5
3Q 6Q 10Q
0 1 2 3 4 5 0 3 6 9 12 15 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

●F10 Opening scale Opening scale Opening scale
12 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
5 5 5
6 6
6 4
4 4
3 3 3
7 7
7
2 2 2
8 8
8
9
9 9 1
1 1 10
10
10
0.5 0.5 0.5
Throttle pin symbol 2Q 10Q 16Q
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20 0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30
Opening scale
1 2 3 4 5
5
6
4
3
7
2
8
9
1 10
0.5
25Q
0 10 20 30 40 50
Flow rate (L/min)
3-19
●F10
1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 4
5 5 5
4 5 4 4 4

5
3 6 3 3
5 6
2 7 2 2
6 7
8
7 8
9
1 1 8 1 9
10 10
9
10
0.5 0.5 0.5
Throttle pin symbol 2L 5L 10L
0 0.8 1.6 2.4 3.2 4 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 16 18 20

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4
5 5 5
5 5
4 4 5 4

3 6 3 3 6
6
7
2 7 2 7 2 8
8 9
8 10
9
1 9 1 1
10
10
0.5 0.5 0.5
16L 25L 50L
0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 16 32 48 64 80
●F*P
4 6
7
3
A
φ56
60
48
8
2
36
B
13
0 10
8 6
6
2
41
48
60
φ43
φ38
2
A
C
B
44
Nominal dimension
1.8
A B C
5 122 92.5 14 4-M5
2-φ8
8
10 124 94.5 16 2-φ16 O-ring...2-JISB2401 P12 Hs90

(for port A, B)
3-20
●F*G/R 4-φ5.5 through hole
Counter boreφ10, depth 2
4 6
7
3
φ56
60
48
8
2
35
B
13
0 10
6
2
48
60
φ43
φ38
2
A
C
B
B
A
44
Nominal dimension A B C E F G H J K
F
E
G 25 1 G 14 13
5 122 92.5 14 26 30
R ーー Rc 14 12.5
Diameter of counter boreφG, depth of counter bore H
10
G 25 1 G 14 13 Screw diameter J, screw depth K

10 124 94.5 16 22 27
R ーー Rc 14 12.5 (for port A, B)

●F*C
+0.016
30ﾟ φ32H6 0
φ0.01 A
3.2
4 6
4-M5 depth 9
1.6
7
3
1
φ56
36 (finish range)
60
48
8
2
17
27
φ10
φ10
+0.1
0
A B
40
0
10
3.2
3.2
6
1.6
48 6 30ﾟ
60 +0.013
φ30H6 0
A
φ43
φ38
2
A
4-M5
B
D
40
A B O-ring...JIS B2401 P26 Hs90 Nominal dimension A B C D

5 122 92.5 16 8
O-ring...JIS B2401 G25 Hs90
10 124 94.5 18 6
3-21
Temperature and pressure compensated flow regulating valve (1) FJC5 to 16
A B
This temperature and pressure 1. As the restriction part is of sharp-edged 3. A wide variety of types of maximum
compensated flow regulating valve controls orifice structure, high-precision regulated flow rate are available, optimum
temperature compensation can be control can be performed.
the flow rate of the hydraulic circuit to be
obtained. 4. As the handle key is adopted for the
constant regardless of change in pressure 2. To prevent a jumping phenomenon that adjusting part, the flow rate does not
and temperature and allows for precise occurs at the time of startup of the change even if you touch the handle by
speed control of the actuator. actuator, a jumping prevention device can mistake other than during adjustment.
be installed.
■Type indication
Temperature and pressure compensated flow regulating valve (1)
Temperature and pressure compensated Type of hydraulic oil

flow regulating valve No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
Connection method
P = Gasket connection type Presence/absence of jumping prevention device
No symbol = Without jumping prevention device
Series number: Nominal dimension 5 = 10 J = With jumping prevention device
Nominal dimension 10, 16 = 11
Maximum regulated flow rate symbol
Nominal dimension
Shape of adjustment part Maximum 5 10 16
regulated flow rate
3 = Handle with key adjustment (L / min)
0.2 02Q ーー
0.6 06Q ーー
1.2 1Q ーー
3 3Q ーー
●Hydraulic symbols 6 6Q ーー
10 10Q 10L ー
15 15Q ーー
16 ー 16L ー
A B 25 ー 25L ー
50 ー 50L ー
60 ーー 60L
100 ーー 100L
160 ーー 160L
■Option
A temperature and pressure compensated flow regulating valve
with a lever in which only the operating part shape is different can be manufactured.
●Type indication･･････Add -C01 to the end. (10 and 16 size only)
3-22
■Specifications
Maximum working pressure (port A) MPa (kgf/cm2) 20.6 (210) 30.9 (315)
Maximum flow rate L/min 0.2 0.6 1.2 3 6 10 15 10 16 25 50 60 100 160
Minimum controlled flow rate cm3/min (Note 1) 25 30 50 80 100 150 200 150 200 200 300 400 1,500 2,000
Temperature compensation (-20 to +70℃) ±5 ±3 ±2 ±2
Pressure compensation
Accuracy of flow regulation
・Nominal dimension 5 has pressure
（％）
difference of 20.6 MPa（210 kgf/cm2） ±2 ±4 ±2 ±4 ±2 ±4
(with respect to
・Nominal dimension 10 and 16 have pressure
maximum flow rate)
difference of 30.9 MPa（315 kgf/cm2）
Maximum operating pressure difference MPa (kgf/cm2) (Note 2) 0.4 (4) 0.8 (8) 0.4 (4) 0.6 (6) 0.5 (5)
Mass kg 1.6 5.6 11.3
(Note 1) The minimum controlled flow rate shows the maximum leak amount from port A to port B when the adjusted opening is 0.
(port A: Maximum working pressure, port B: 0 Mpa)
(Note 2) This shows the minimum pressure difference between the inlet and outlet necessary for regulating the flow rate. However,
if the valve is used with the maximum controlled flow rate, the pressure drop amount inside the valve is added and the
pressure difference between the inlet and outlet is approximately 1.0 MPa.
Valve type Sub-plate type Connection diameter Mass When you use a ●Mounting bolt
P-FJC5R14-0 Rc14 sub-plate, please Type Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
FJC5P 1kg Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity
P-FJC5G14-0 G 14 place an order for
P-FJC10R12-0 Rc1 2 the left sub-plate FJC5P M5×50L 4 pcs. 6.9±1.0 (70±10)
P-FJC10G12-0 G1 2 2kg type.
FJC10P FJC10P M8×50L 4 pcs. 29.4±4.4 (300±45)
For the
P-FJC10R34-0 Rc3 4 3kg dimension FJC16P M10×75L 4 pcs. 56.8±8.5 (589±87)
P-FJC10G34-0 G34 drawing, refer to
P-FJC16R1-0 Rc 1 pages 4 and 8 of
P-FJC16G1-0 G1 the appendix.
FJC16P 6kg
P-FJC16R54-0 Rc114
P-FJC16G54-0 G114
■Opening - Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 36 mm2/s (cSt))

●FJC5 ●FJC10 ●FJC16
16
15Q 50 50L
15
14
Maximum controlled flow rate symbol

13 150 160L
12 40
11
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
10Q
10
9 30 100L
100
8 25L
7
6Q 20
6
16L 60L
5
4 50
3 3Q 10 10L
2
1.2Q
1 0.6Q
0.2Q
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
■Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm2/s (cSt)) In the case of check valve free flow
●FJC5 ●FJC10 ●FJC16

0.8
1.0 1.0
0.7 0.9 0.9
0.6 0.8 0.8

0.7 0.7
0.5
0.6 0.6
0.4 0.5 0.5
0.3 0.4 0.4

0.3 0.3
0.2
0.2 0.2
0.1
0.1 0.1
0 4 8 12 16 0 20 40 60 80 0 40 80 120 160 180

3-23
●FJC5
4 6
7
3
A Jumping prevention device
φ56
In the case of FJC5P-10-3/*J
60
48
8
2
36
B
44
Machining prohibited in the range
of mounting surfaceφ20
13
0
10
6
8 6
2
41
48
60 25
φ43
4
122
14
92.5
44
24
1.8
2-φ9
O-ring...2-JIS B2401 P12 Hs90
2-φ16 8
(for port A, B) 4-M5
●FJC10
16 L6 L1 11
4-φD1
　　φD2　Depth of counter bore T L2 L3
L4 L7
L5
A
B1
B5
φ54
B6
B
B4
B2
B7
B3
FJC10P：φ20
FJC16P：φ30
(Key stud length) Machining prohibited on the mounting
　　20
surface in the above range
Jumping prevention device

10
FJC 16 P-11-3/*J
H1
H2
H5
H4
Nominal dimension B1 B2 B3 B4 B5 B6 B7 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7
H3
10 101.5 35.5 9.5 68 82.5 71.5 30 96 10 76 55 9.5 6 3.5
16 123.5 41.5 11 81.5 101.5 90.5 15 125.5 12 101.5 75 20.5 7.5 4

O-ring...2-JIS B2401
H6
Nominal dimension H1 2-φD3 FJC10P：P22 Hs90

H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 D1 D2 D3 D4 T M
M FJC16P：P26 Hs90
10 125 95 26 51 60 12 9 15 14 26 13 4-Ｍ8 2-φD4
(for port A, B)
16 147 117 34 72 82 15 11 18 20 32 12 4-Ｍ10
3-24
A B
This temperature and pressure 1. As the restriction part is of sharp-edged 2. To prevent a jumping phenomenon that
compensated flow regulating valve controls orifice structure, high-precision occurs at the time of startup of the
the flow rate of the hydraulic circuit to be temperature compensation can be actuator, a jumping prevention device can
constant regardless of change in pressure obtained. be installed.
and temperature and allows for precise
speed control of the actuator.
■Type indication
Temperature and pressure compensated Type of hydraulic oil

flow regulating valve No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil

Connection method
P = Gasket connection type Presence/absence of jumping prevention device
No symbol = Without jumping prevention device
Series number: 10 J = With jumping prevention device
Shape of adjustment part Maximum regulated flow rate symbol

5 = Lever adjustment 250 = 250 L / min
350 = 350 L / min
■Specifications
Maximum working pressure (port A) MPa (kgf/cm ) 2

30.9 (315)
A B
Minimum controlled flow rate cm3/min (Note 1) 4
Accuracy of flow regulation Temperature compensation

（％） (-20 to +70℃) ±3
(with respect to
maximum flow rate) Pressure compensation ±5 (when pressure difference is 30.9 MPa (315 kgf/cm2)
■Sub-plate
Maximum operating pressure difference MPa (kgf/cm2) (Note 2) 1.0 (10) 1.8 (18)
P-FJC30R54-0 Rc 1 4 Mass kg 32
P-FJC30G54-0 G 14 (Note 1) The minimum controlled flow rate shows the maximum leak amount from port A to port B when
FJC30P 28kg
P-FJC30R32-0 Rc 1 2 the adjusted opening is 0. (port A: 30.9 MPa, port B: 0 Mpa)
(Note 2) This shows the minimum pressure difference between the inlet and outlet necessary for regulating
P-FJC30G32-0 G 12
the flow rate. However, if the valve is used with the maximum controlled flow rate, the pressure
When you use a sub-plate, please place an order drop amount inside the valve is added and the pressure difference between the inlet and outlet
for the above sub-plate type. is approximately 2.5 MPa.
For the dimension drawing, refer to page 4 of the
appendix. ■Accessories
●Mounting bolt
FJC30P M20×110L 4 pcs. 431.2±64.6 （4400±660）
3-25
■Opening - Flow rate characteristics ■Pressure - Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 60 to 80 mm2/s (cSt))
(viscosity 60 to 80 mm2/s (cSt))
(Pressure difference 10 MPa constant)
350 350
120

300 Maximum controlled flow rate symbol
Flow rate (L/min)

110 250
250 250
Flow rate (L/min)
200
150
100
50 0 5 10 15 20 25 30
Pressure diffrence (MPa)

0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Opening scale
●FJC30
Jumping prevention device
In the case of FJC30P-10-5/*J
O-ring...2-JIS B2401 G35 Hs90
(for port A, B)
2 235
2.4 19 197 7
19
36
Flow regulating valve (2)
φ40
φ30
A
119
163
5
4 6
3
216
178
2 8
1 9
115
0 10
4-M20
B
φ32
50 54
78 118
122 163
30 187
3-26
Three-way flow regulating valve
T A X B
This three-way flow regulating valve is a 1. As the restriction part is of sharp-edged
energy-saving type flow regulating valve that orifice structure, high-precision temperature
has both the meter-in flow regulating compensation can be obtained.
function and pressure regulating function. 2. As the handle key is adopted for the adjusting
By using this valve, only the flow rate part, the flow rate does not change even if you
corresponding to the opening setting is touch the handle by mistake other than during
supplied to the load side and excess oil is adjustment.
bled off. At that time, as the inlet side 3. The three-way flow regulating valve with a
pressure is kept slightly higher than the load relief valve for restricting the maximum
pressure, energy consumption is pressure or the valve with a port for vent
substantially reduced. unloading is available.
■Type indication

Three-way flow regulating valve Type of hydraulic oil
Connection method
P = Gasket connection type Presence/absence of unloading port
No symbol = Without port X
Series number: 11 X = With port X
(however, nominal dimension 10 is all “X”.)
3 = Handle with key adjustment Presence/absence of relief valve
Maximum regulated flow rate symbol No symbol = Without relief valve
R = With relief valve
Nominal dimension
Maximum 10 16
regulated flow rate
(L / min)
10 10L ー
16 16L ー
25 25L ー
50 50L ー
60 ー 60L
100 ー 100L
160 ー 160L
●FK*/*L ●FK*/*LX ●FK*/*LR ●FK*/*LRX
A B A B A B A B
X X
T T T T
3-27
■Specifications
(Note 1) The minimum controlled flow rate shows the maximum
leak amount from port A to port B when the adjusted
Maximum working pressure (port A) MPa (kgf/cm2) 30.9 (315) opening is 0. (port A: Maximum working pressure,
Maximum controlled flow rate L/min (port A→B) 10 16 25 50 60 100 160 port B: 0 Mpa)
(Note 2) This shows the minimum pressure difference between
Minimum controlled flow rate cm3/min (Note 1) 150 200 200 300 400 1,500 2,000 the inlet and outlet necessary for regulating the flow rate.
Maximum pump flow rate L/min 50 100 320 However, if the valve is used with the maximum regulated
flow rate, the pressure drop amount inside the valve
Accuracy of flow regulation Temperature compensation ±2 is added and the pressure difference between the inlet
(-20 to +70℃) and outlet is approximately 1 MPa.
（％）
(with respect to
maximum flow rate) Pressure compensation Refer to “Pressure - Flow rate characteristics” below.
Maximum operating pressure difference MPa (kgf/cm2) (Note 2) 0.4 (4) 0.6 (6) 0.5 (5)
Mass kg 5.6 11.3
Valve type Sub-plate type Connection diameter Mass When you use a sub-plate, ●Mounting bolt
P-FK10R12-0 Rc1 2 please place an order for Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
FK10P 2.8 kg
P-FK10G12-0 G1 2 the left sub-plate type.
FK10P M8×50L 4 pcs. 29.4±4.4 (300±45)
P-FK16R1-0 Rc1 For the dimension drawing,
FK16P 7.3 kg FK16P
P-FK16G1-0 G1 refer to page 12 of the M10×75L 4 pcs. 56.8±8.5 (580±87)
appendix.

●FK16
200
●FK10
60
150
40
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)
100
20
50
0 10 20 30
Pressure (MPa) 0 10 20 30
Pressure (MPa)
■Pressure override characteristics (viscosity 36 mm2/s (cSt)) In the case with relief valve
●FK10
●FK16
30
30
Pressure (MPa)
20
20
Pressure (MPa)
10
10
0 40 80 120 160 200 240 280 320

0 20 40 60 80 100
3-28
●FK10
* (in the case without relief valve)

96 24*(3)
12
φ7 4-M8　Screw depth 13
6 10
A Machining prohibited on
the mounting surface
X A X
20
φ
82.5
73
70.5
101.5
35.5
B T
35.5
8
27
B T
19
3-φ14
9.5
φ54 38
57.2
20
76
125
95
60
51
φ7 3-φ14
39.5
4-M8
12
φ13 3-φ26
O-ring...･3-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90
(for ports A, B, T)
O-ring...JIS B2401 P10 Hs90
(for port X)

●FK16 * (in the case without relief valve)
125.5 21*(0.5)
7.5 12
4-M10　Screw depth 21
Machining prohibited on
A
the mounting surface
A
30
φ
101.5
123.5
89
76
B T B T
41.5
41.5
12.7
X X
11
6.4
23.8
φ54 3-φ20
50.8
77.8 φ7
101.5 Port X is required only in the case of LX and LRX type.

20
147
117
82
72
60
φ7 3-φ20
4-M10
15
φ13 3-φ32
(for ports A, B, T)
O-ring...JIS B2401 P10 Hs90
(for port X)
3-29
Sandwich valve
As the mounting dimension of the sandwich valve matches that of the solenoid
operated directional valve, the hydraulic circuit can be configured only by inserting it
between the solenoid operated directional valve and the manifold or the sub-plate.
Page
Check valve・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ S-(2)C ・・・・・・4-2

Pilot operated check valve ・・・・・・・ S-(2)CH ・・・・・・4-5
Relief valve・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ S-(2)RB ・・・・・・4-9
Sequence valve – Direct operated・・・・・・・・・ S-SD ・・・・・ 4-12
Pressure reducing valve – Direct operated・・ S-PRD ・・・・・ 4-16
Throttle valve・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・S-(2)T ・・・・・ 4-20
Slow return check valve・・・・・・・・・・ S-(2)TC ・・・・・ 4-26
Check valve block・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ S-4C ・・・・・ 4-33
Check valve block・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ZA・・・・・ 4-36
Shock damping valve・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ZNS ・・・・・ 4-39
(Note) The mounting bolt dimension of the solenoid operated directional valve manufactured
by us is as shown in the table below.
Valve type Mounting bolt dimension Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
DE6 （20, 30 series） M5-45* 6.4 ± 0.5（65 ± 5）

DE10（20 series） M6-35* 13 ± 1 （133 ± 10）
*The mounting bolt dimension in the case of 10 Series is as shown in the table below.
Valve type Mounting bolt dimension Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
DE6 （10 series） M5-50 7.4 ± 0.5 （75 ± 5）

DE10（10 series） M6-50 11.8 ± 1.7 （120 ± 18）

4-1
Check valve S-(2)C
A B
A1 B1
■Type indication
Sandwich type Type of hydraulic oil

Check valve V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
C = Single type W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
2C = Double type Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
Cracking pressure
Nominal dimension
05 = 0.05MPa (0.5kgf/cm2)
6, 10
Check valve incorporated port symbol
Series number: 11 Symbol Check valve incorporated port Direction of free flow
T Port T T → T1
P Port P P1 → P
A Port A A1 → A
C
B Port B B1 → B
C Port A A → A1
D Port B B → B1
Port A A → A1
2C E
Port B B → B1

Nominal dimension 6 10 Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm2)
Maximum working pressure MPa (kgf/cm ) 2 30.9 (315) C6 M5×85L 4 pcs. 6.4±0.5 ( 65±5)
Maximum flow rate L/min 40 100 C10 M6×85L 4 pcs. 13 ±1 (133±10)
Cracking pressure MPa (kgf/cm ) 2
0.05 (0.5) When the solenoid valve is 10 Series, mounting bolts are as shown in the table below.
Mass kg 0.9 2.4 Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm2)
C6 M5×90L 4 pcs. 7.4±0.5 ( 75± 5)

Check valve
C10 M6×100L 4 pcs. 11.8 ±1.7 (120±18)
■Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm2/s (cSt)) When the throttle valve is fully open and the check valve is free flow
●S-(2)C6 ●S-(2)C10
1.0 0.8
0.8
0.6
0.6
0.4
0.4
0.2
0.2
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 0 20 40 60 80 100
4-2
P A B T T P A B T
●S-C6-11-A ●S-C10-11-A
P1 A1 B1 T 1 T 1 P1 A1 B1 T 1
P A B T T P A B T
●S-C6-11-B ●S-C10-11-B
P1 A1 B1 T 1 T 1 P1 A1 B1 T 1
P A B T T P A B T
●S-C6-11-P ●S-C10-11-P
P1 A1 B1 T 1 T 1 P1 A1 B1 T 1
P A B T T P A B T
●S-C6-11-C ●S-C10-11-C
P1 A1 B1 T 1 T 1 P1 A1 B1 T 1
P A B T T P A B T
●S-C6-11-D ●S-C10-11-D
P1 A1 B1 T 1 T 1 P1 A1 B1 T 1
P A B T T P A B
●S-C6-11-T ●S-C10-11-T
P1 A1 B1 T 1 T 1 P1 A1 B1
P A B T T P A B T
●S-2C6-11-E ●S-2C10-11-E
P1 A1 B1 T 1 T 1 P1 A1 B1 T 1
(Note) P1, A1, B1 and T1 show ports on the sub-plate side while P, A, B and T show ports on the selector valve side.
Check valve
4-3
●S-(2)C6
2
T
A B
32.5
31
44
26.55
5.95
16.25
P
0.75
10.3
5.75
19
4-φ5.5 through hole 27.8
40.5 12.5
64
A B
40
A1 B1
4-φ7.5
4-φ12.3 O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90 (for port A1, B1, P1, T1)
●S-(2)C10
2
P
12
21.4
A B
6.3
32.5
46
70
T *Ｔ
3.2
4-φ6.6 through hole
16.7
Check valve
27
37.3
50.8
18.5 54
91
A B
50
(Note) In the case of the type S-C10-11-T there is no T passage,

a port on the port B side.
A1 B1
5-φ9.5
5-φ15.5 O-ring...4-AS568 No.014 Hs90 (for port A1, B1, P1, T1)
4-4
Pilot operated check valve S-(2)CH
S-(2)CH6 S-(2)CH10
Area A1 Area A2
A B Area A1 Area A3 Area A2
A B
A1 B1 A1 B1
■Type indication

Pilot operated check valve V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
CH = Single type W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
2CH = Double type Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
Nominal dimension Check valve incorporated port symbol

6, 10, 16, 22 Symbol Check valve incorporated port Direction of free flow
Port A A → A1
2CH No symbol
●Mounting bolt Port B B → B1
Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm2) A Port A A → A1
CH
B Port B B → B1
S-(2)CH6 M5 ×85L＊ 4 pcs. 6.4 ± 0.5 ( 65 ± 5)
S-(2)CH10 M6 ×85L＊ 4 pcs. 13 ±1 ( 133 ± 10) Series number:
M6 ×135L 2 pcs. 11.8 ± 1.7 ( 120 ± 18) Nominal dimension 6, 10 = 11
S-(2)CH16
M10×140L 4 pcs. 56.8 ± 8.5 ( 580 ± 87) Nominal dimension 16, 22 = 10
S-(2)CH22 M12×160L 6 pcs. 98.0 ±14.7 (1000 ±150)

＊When the solenoid valve is 10 Series, mounting bolts are as shown in the table below.
Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm2)
S-(2)CH6 M5×90L 4 pcs. 7.4 ± 0.5 ( 75 ± 5)

S-(2)CH10 M6×100L 4 pcs. 11.8 ± 1.7 ( 120 ±18)
P A B T P A B T T X P A B T Y L
●S-2CH6 ●S-2CH10 ●S-2CH 16
22
Pilot operated check valve
P1 A1 B1 T1 P1 A1 B1 T1 T1 X1 P1 A1 B1 T1 Y1 L 1
●S-CH6-11-A ●S-CH10-11-A ●S-CH -10-A
16
22
●S-CH6-11-B ●S-CH10-11-B ●S-CH -10-B
16
22
4-5
Nominal dimension 6 10 16 22 ●To securely close (example of use)
the check valve,
Maximum working pressure MPa (kgf/cm ) 2 30.9
（315） connect both A
Maximum flow rate L/min 50 80 200 300 and B ports to
Cylinder
the tank line
Cracking pressure MPa (kgf/cm ) 2 0.1
（1） 0.05
（0.5） 0.1
（1） when the
directional
A1 1 1 1 1 Check valve
A2 2.97 10.89 11.88 12.3
control valve is
Area ratio
( )
A B
Refer to the inside at neutral
structural drawing. A3 1 1 1
position.
Selector
A2 2.78 2.77 2.78 valve
P T
Mass kg 0.9 2.2 7.0 11.2
●S-(2)CH6 ●S-(2)CH10
＝A→A1；B→B1
＝A1→A；B1→B ＝A→A1；B→B1
1.5 ＝A1→A；B1→B
1.8
1.2 1.6
1.4
0.9 1.2
1.0
0.6 0.8
0.6
0.3 0.4
0.2
0 10 20 30 40 50 0 20 40 60 80
●S-(2)CH16 ●S-(2)CH22
＝A→A1；B→B1 ＝A→A1；B→B1
＝A1→A；B1→B ＝A1→A；B1→B
0.7 1.0
0.6
0.8
0.5
0.6
0.4
0.3
0.4
0.2
0.2
0.1
0 50 100 150 200 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
4-6
●S-(2)CH6
83
8 67
5.75
P
16.25
5.95
26.55
B A
32.5
31
44
T
10.3 4-φ5.5 through hole
19
27.8
14 40.5
(44)
B A
40
25
P1 T1 B1 A1
1.38
φ6 φ6 φ8 φ8
φ12.2 φ12.2 φ12.2 φ12.2 O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90

(for port A1, B1, P1, T1)
●S-(2)CH10 50.8
37.3
27
16.7
3.2
12
P
21.4
A B
6.3
32.5
46
70
T T
54 20.8 4-φ6.6 through hole
123
Opposite side dimension 30 95.5 14 Pilot operated check valve
A B
Opposite side dimension 17
S-2CH10-11
50
A1 B1
1.38
5-φ11
O-ring...5-AS568 No.014 Hs90 5-φ15.4
114 114
95.5 5 5 95.5
A B A B
S-CH10-11-A S-CH10-11-B
A1 B1 A1 B1
4-7
●S-(2)CH16
88.1
2-φ4.5 depth 8
76.6 (Locating pin hole)
4-φ11 through hole
65.9
1.5
X
T P
91
70
55.6
54
Y
A B
35
30.5
14.3
18.3
12.7
1.5
2
10.5
34.1
50
33 101.6
4 166 4
80
47.5
1.8
1.8
L1 A1 B1
3
2-φ3 (Locating pin)

3-φ7 4-φ19
3-φ14 O-ring...4-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 4-φ26

O-ring...3-JIS B2401 P10A Hs90

(for port X1, Y1, L1)
●S-(2)CH22
112.5
94.3
76.8
2-φ6.5 depth 8
53
(Locating pin hole)
29.2
6-φ14 through hole
5.6
T P
Y
L
96.8
92
74.5
73
X
46
A B
19
17.5
2
17.3
12.5
29.2
53
77
100.6
22.9 130
117 4 199 4
A B
100
59
2.4
1.8
3
1.8
L1 X1 T1 P1 Y1
2-φ14 3-φ23.5 φ21 φ12
2-φ25 3-φ35 φ35 φ25
4-8
Relief valve S-(2)RB
S-RB
B T A
B1 T1 A1
■Type indication

Relief valve V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
RB = Single type W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
2RB = Double type Water-glycol based hydraulic oil

Nominal dimension
6, 10 （100kgf/cm2）
100 = 9.8MPa
315 = 30.9MPa（315kgf/cm2）
Series number: 10
Relief valve incorporated port symbol 4 = Thread adjustment (without cap)
Symbol Incorporated port Flow direction of relief

A Port A A → T
RB B Port B B → T
P Port P P → T
Port A A → T
E
Port B B → T
2RB ●The relief valve - balance piston and cartridge type
Port A A → B
F (refer to the section of the type number index of
Port B B → A “RB1M6, 10”) is used for the relief valve.
P A B T P A B T P A B T
●S-RB6-10-A ●S-RB6-10-P ●S-RB6-10-B
Relief valve
P1 A1 B1 T 1 P1 A1 B1 T 1 P1 A1 B1 T 1
P A B T P A B T
●S-2RB6-10-E ●S-2RB6-10-F
P1 A1 B1 T 1 P1 A1 B1 T 1
T P A B T T P A B T T P A B T
●S-RB10-10-A ●S-RB10-10-P ●S-RB10-10-B
T 1 P1 A1 B1 T 1 T 1 P1 A1 B1 T 1 T 1 P1 A1 B1 T 1
T P A B T T P A B T
●S-2RB10-10-E ●S-2RB10-10-F
T 1 P1 A1 B1 T 1 T 1 P1 A1 B1 T 1
4-9
■Specifications

Highest adjustment pressure MPa (kgf/cm ) 2
9.8 (100) or 30.9 (315)
S-RB 0.95 2.0

Mass kg
S-2RB 1.2 2.5
●Mounting bolt
S-(2)RB6 M5×85L 4 pcs. 6.4±0.5 (65±5)
S-(2)RB10 M6×85L 4 pcs. 13±1 (133±10)
When the solenoid valve is 10 Series, mounting bolts are as shown in the table below.
S-(2)RB6 M5×90L 4 pcs. 7.4±0.5 (75±5)
S-(2)RB10 M6×100L 4 pcs. 11.8±1.7 (120±18)
●S-RB6 ●S-RB10
30 30
Pressure (Mpa)
Pressure (Mpa)
20 20
10 10
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 0 20 40 60 80 100

Relief valve
4-10
●S-(2)RB6 Opposite side dimension
16.3
φ25
26.6
of hexagon socket 6
0.75
φ25
2
P
B A
32.5
31
44
T
4-AS568 No.012 Hs90 10.3 4-φ5.5

(for port A1, B1, P1, T1) through hole Opposite side dimension of hexagon 19
19
27.8
Opposite side dimension of hexagon 22
40.5
12.5
4-φ6
● In the case of S-RB6-10-A*
40
26
4-φ12.2
78
125
27
● In the case of S-RB6-10-B*
40
26
● In the case of S-RB6-10-P*

78
125
27
● In the case of S-2RB6-10-E*

40
26
92
186
17.5
(Note) In the case of F, when the adjust screw of the

relief valve on the A port side is adjusted, B port
● In the case of S-2RB6-10-F*
40
26
pressure can be adjusted. When the adjust screw

14
73 of the relief valve on the B port side is adjusted,

A port pressure can be adjusted.
167
Opposite side dimension

●S-(2)RB10 of hexagon socket 6
54
12
21.4
6.3
P
B
32.5
A
φ25
70
46
T T
27（18.5）
3.2 Opposite side dimension of hexagon 19

2
18.5 only in the case 16.7

of S-2RB10-10-F* 5-AS568 No.014 Hs90 27 Opposite side dimension of hexagon 22
50.8
26.5 5-φ10 in the case of type A

In the case of type P
Port A, B, 2-φ9
Port P, T, 3-φ10
● In the case of S-RB10-10-A*
50
25
● In the case of S-RB10-10-P*

5-φ15.4 Relief valve
99
142
18.5
50
● In the case of S-RB10-10-B*

25
5-φ10
99
142
26.5
● In the case of S-2RB10-10-E*

50
25
5-φ10
107 43
193
20.5
(Note) In the case of F, when the adjust screw of the

● In the case of S-2RB10-10-F* relief valve on the A port side is adjusted, B port
50
31.8
pressure can be adjusted. When the adjust screw

18.2
of the relief valve on the B port side is adjusted,

5-φ8
95 36.5 A port pressure can be adjusted.
168
4-11
B PA T
B1P1 A1 T1
■Type indication

SD =Sequence valve V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
CBD =Counterbalance valve W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
Nominal dimension
Types with/without check valve
SD = 6, 10
CBD = 6
C = Types with a check valve
Series number: 10 Pilot, Drain system
Y = Internal pilot and external drain
Sequence valve incorporated port
A = Port A (CBDs have A only) Pressure adjustment range MPa (kgf/cm2)
P = Port P
Nominal dimension
Symbol
Shape of pressure adjusting part 6 10
1 = Handle adjustment 25 0 to 2.5 (0 to 25) 0.2 to 2.5 (2 to 25)
75 0 to 7.4 (0 to 75) 0.4 to 7.4 (4 to 75)
150 2.9 to 14.7 (30 to 150) 1.0 to 14.7 (10 to 150)
210 3.4 to 20.6 (35 to 210) 1.0 to 20.6 (10 to 210)
●S-SD6-10-A*/*Y ●S-SD6-10-A*/*YC ●S-SD6-10-P*/*Y ●S-CBD6-10-A*/*Y
T P A B T P A B
T P A B T P A B
T1 P1 A1 B1 T1 P1 A1 B1
T1 P1 A1 B1 T1 P1 A1 B1
●S-SD10-10-A*/*YC ●S-SD10-10-P*/*Y
●S-SD10-10-A*/*Y
T T P A B
T T P A B T T P A B
T 1 T 1 P1 A1 B1 T 1 T 1 P1 A1 B1
T 1 T 1 P1 A1 B1
4-12
■Specifications
Primary side 20.6 (210) (Note)

Maximum working
pressure MPa Secondary side 20.6 (210)
(kgf/cm2)
Back pressure (Port T) 5.9 (60) 1.5 (15)
Mass kg 1.2 3.1
(Note) Pressure adjustment range: When 150 is adjusted to 12.3 to 14.7 MPa (125 to 150 kgf/cm2),
the maximum working pressure becomes 16.7 MPa (170 kgf/cm2).
Nominal dimension
6 10
25 0.3 (3.1) 0.29 (3.0)
75 0.87 (8.9) 0.86 (8.8)
150 1.51 (15.4) 1.72 (17.6)
210 2.05 (20.9) 2.4 (24.5)
●Mounting bolt
S-SD6 M5×85L 4 pcs.
6.4±0.5 (65± 5)
S-CBD6 M5×85L 4 pcs.
S-SD10 M6×85L 4 pcs. 13 ±1 (133±10)
S-SD6 M5×90L 4 pcs.

7.4±0.5 ( 75± 5)
S-CBD6 M5×90L 4 pcs.
S-SD10 M6×100L 4 pcs. 11.8±1.7 (120±18)
■Pressure override characteristics/Lowest adjustment

pressure/Pressure drop characteristics
● Similar to those of the sequence valve - direct operated type.
Refer to the section of the type number index “SD6, 10”.
4-13
●S-SD6-10-P S-SD6-10-P3/*Y
● Handle with key adjusting type
φ60
198 30
27.8
19
10.3 S-SD6-10-P2/*Y
5.8
0.75
2
16.3
6
P
26.6
32.5
● Screw adjusting type
31
44
B A
12.5 40.5
14.5
175
2-φ6 (for port A, B) S-SD6-10-P1/*Y

φ6.5 (for port P)
Width across flat 24 φ7 (for port T) Width across flat 19
φ60
● Handle adjusting type
40
A1
1.38
4-φ12.2
198
O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90

●S-CBD6-10-A S-SD6-10-A3/*Y
●S-SD6-10-A
● Handle with key adjusting type φ60
210 30
27.8
19
10.3 S-SD6-10-A2/*Y
5.8
0.75
16.3
3
P
26.6
32.5

44
31
B A
T
12.5 40.5
14.5
187
2-φ6 (for port A, B) S-SD6-10-A1/*Y

2-φ7 (for port P, T)
A
φ60
40
A1
1.38
4-φ12.2
210
O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90

●S-SD10-10-P S-SD10-10-P3/*Y
192.5 30
3.2
2.2 φ8
S-SD10-10-P2/*Y
2
T T Width across flat 8

70
46
32.5
B A
21.4
6.3
P
12
3

27
37.3
50.8
21 54
182.5
S-SD10-10-P1/*Y
192.5
B
25
φ60
50
(Note) Connect the T port at both of

two locations to the tank line
for use.
B1 O-ring...5-AS568 No.014 Hs90
4-φ10
1.38
4-φ15.4 (for port A1, B1, P1, T1)
●S-SD10-10-A
YC
S-SD10-10-A3/* Y
192.5 30
3.2
2.2 φ8
YC
S-SD10-10-A2/* Y
2

70
46
32.5

B A
21.4
6.3
P
12
27
37.3
50.8
21 54
182.5
YC
S-SD10-10-A1/* Y
192.5
B
25

φ60
50

B1 O-ring...5-AS568 No.014 Hs90 for use.
4-φ10
1.38

5-φ15.4
4-15
Pressure reducing valve – Direct operated type S-PRD
B P A T
B1 P1 A1 T1
■Type indication

Pressure reducing valve V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
Nominal dimension Water-glycol based hydraulic oil

Series number: 10 C = Types with a check valve
(This applies in case where the reducing valve is installed in the port A only.)
Pressure reducing valve incorporated port
A = Port A Pilot, Drain system
Y = Internal pilot and external drain
P = Port P
Shape of pressure adjusting part Pressure adjustment range MPa (kgf/cm2)

1 = Handle adjustment Nominal dimension
2 = Thread adjustment (with cap) Symbol
6 10
25 0.5 to 2.5 (5 to 25) 0.5 to 2.5 (5 to 25)
75 2.0 to 7.4 (20 to 75) 1.0 to 7.4 (10 to 75)
150 6.4 to 14.7 (65 to 150) 2.0 to 14.7 (20 to 150)
210 7.9 to 20.6 (80 to 210) 2.0 to 20.6 (20 to 210)
●S-PRD6-10-A*/*YC ●S-PRD6-10-A*/*Y ●S-PRD6-10-P*/*Y
T P A B T P A B
T P A B
T1 P1 A1 B1 T1 P1 A1 B1
T1 P1 A1 B1
●S-PRD10-10-A*/*YC ●S-PRD10-10-A*/*Y ●S-PRD10-10-P*/*Y
T T P A B T T P A B
T T P A B
T1 T1 P1 A1 B1 T1 T1 P1 A1 B1
T1T1 P1 A1 B1
4-16
■Specifications
Primary side 30.9 (315)

Maximum working
pressure MPa Secondary side 20.6 (210)
(kgf/cm2)
Back pressure Port T (Y) 5.9 (60) 1.5 (15)

Mass kg 1.2 3.1
Nominal dimension
6 10
25 0.3 (3.1) 0.29 (3.0)
75 0.87 (8.9) 0.86 (8.8)
150 1.51 (15.4) 1.72 (17.6)
210 2.05 (20.9) 2.4 (24.5)
●Mounting bolt
S-PRD6 M5×85L 4 pcs. 6.4±0.5 ( 65± 5)
S-PRD10 M6×85L 4 pcs. 13 ±1 (133±10)
S-PRD6 M5×90L 4 pcs. 7.4±0.5 ( 75± 5)
S-PRD10 M6×100L 4 pcs. 11.8 ±1.7 (120±18)
■ Pressure override characteristics/

Pressure drop characteristics
● Similar to those of pressure reducing valve - direct operated type.
Refer to the section of the type number index “PRD6, 10”.
4-17
●S-PRD6-10-P S-PRD6-10-P3-*Y
φ60
198 30
27.8
19
10.3 S-PRD6-10-P2/*Y
5.8
0.75
16.3
2
6
P
26.6
32.5

44
31
B A
T
12.5 40.5
14.5
175
S-PRD6-10-P1/*Y
2-φ6 (for port A, B)
φ6.5 (for port P)
Width across flat 24 φ7 (for port T)
φ60
40
A1
1.38
4-φ12.2
198
Pressure detection port
The P port pressure can be O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90
measured by removing the R1/4 plug.
●S-PRD6-10-A S-PRD6-10-A3/*
φ60
210 30
27.8
19
10.3 S-PRD6-10-A2/*
5.8
0.75
3
16.3
P
26.6
32.5

44
31
B A
T
12.5 40.5
14.5
187
2-φ6 (for port A, B) S-PRD6-10-A1/*

2-φ7 (for port P, T)
A
φ60

40
A1
1.38
4-φ12.2
210
O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90

4-18
●S-PRD10-10-P
S-PRD10-10-P3/*Y
192.5 30
3.2
φ8
2.2
2 S-PRD10-10-P2/*Y

70
46
32.5
21.4 B A
6.3 P
12
3

27
37.3
50.8
21 54
182.5
S-PRD10-10-P1/*Y
192.5
B
25
φ60
50

Pressure detection port for use.
B1
The P port pressure can be
1.38
4-φ10 O-ring...5-AS568 No.014 Hs90

measured by removing the
5-φ15.4 (for port A1, B1, P1, T1)
G1/4 plug.
●S-PRD10-10-A
ＹＣ
S-PRD10-10-A3/* Ｙ
192.5 30
3.2
φ8
2.2
ＹＣ
S-PRD10-10-A2/* Ｙ
2

70
46
32.5
B A
21.4
6.3

P
12

27
37.3
50.8
21 54
182.5
ＹＣ
S-PRD10-10-A1/* Ｙ
192.5
B
25

φ60
50

B1 for use.
4-φ10 O-ring...5-AS568 No.014 Hs90
1.38
5-φ15.4 (for port A1, B1, P1, T1)
4-19
Throttle valve S-(2)T
S-T
T A P B
T1 A1 P1 B1
■Type indication

Throttle valve V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
T = Single type W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
2T = Double type Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
Nominal dimension
6, 10
Throttle valve incorporated port symbol
Series number: 10 Symbol Incorporated port
A Port A
T B Port B
P Port P
2T E Port A, B
●S-T6-10-P ●S-T6-10-A ●S-T6-10-B

T A P B T A P B T A P B
T1 A1 P1 B1 T1 A1 P1 B1 T1 A1 P1 B1
Throttle valve
●S-T10-10-P ●S-T10-10-A ●S-2T6-10-E

T A P B T T A P B T T A P B
T1 A1 P1 B1 T1 T1 A1 P1 B1 T1 T1 A1 P1 B1
●S-T10-10-B T A P B T ●S-2T10-10-E T A P B T
T1 A1 P1 B1 T1 T1 A1 P1 B1 T1
4-20
■Specifications
Mass kg 1.0 1.7
●Mounting bolt
S-(2)T6 M5×70L 4 pcs. 6.4±0.5 (5± 5)

S-(2)T10 M6×70L 4 pcs. 13 ±1 (133±10)
S-(2)T6 M5×75L 4 pcs. 7.4±0.5 (75± 5)

S-(2)T10 M6×85L 4 pcs. 11.8±1.7 (120±18)
When the throttle

■Pressure drop characteristics (viscosity 36 mm2/s (cSt)) valve is fully open
1.0
0.8
S-(2)T10
0.6
0.4
S-(2)T6
0.2
0 10 20 30 40 50 60 70
Flow rate (L/min)
Throttle valve
4-21
●S-T6-10-P
A B
46
32.5
31
26.6
16.3
11.3
6
P
0.75
6.8
10.3
2
19
27.8
40.5 16
70 Maximum 23
25
12.5
O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90
4-φ5.5 2
4-φ12.2
●S-T6-10-A
A B
31
46
32.5
26.6
22.3
16.3
6
P
0.75
10.3
6.8
19
Throttle valve
27.8
40.5 16
70 Maximum 28.5
2
25
15
O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90 2

(for port A1, B1, P1, T1) 4-φ5.5
4-φ12.2
4-22
●S-T6-10-B
A B
31
46
32.5
26.6
16.3
10.3
6
P
0.75
2
10.3
6.8
19
27.8
40.5 16
Maximum 28.5 70
2
25
11.5
2 4-φ5.5
O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90 4-φ12.2

●S-2T6-10-E
A B
31
46
32.5
26.6
22.3
10.3
16.3
6
P
0.75
10.3
2
6.8
19 Throttle valve
27.8
40.5 16
70 Maximum 28.5
Maximum 127
2
2
25
11.5
15
2 4-φ5.5 2
O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90 4-φ12.2

4-23
●S-T10-10-P 46 16
39.7
24.6
13.5
13
3.2
T
16.7
B
27
37.3
2
50.8
80
54
A
T
2
4
74 Maximum 25.5
34
17
5-φ7
O-ring...5-AS568 No.014 Hs90
(for port A1, B1, P1, T1) 5-φ15.4
●S-T10-10-A 46 16
39.7
24.6
13.5
13
3.2
T1
15.5
16.7
A1
2
27
37.3
50.8
80
54
P1
2
Throttle valve
B1
T1
2
74 Maximum 25.5
5-φ15.4
O-ring...5-AS568 No.014 Hs90
(for port A1, B1, P1, T1) 5-φA
Dimension φA
Port A1 6
34
Port P1
6.5
B1, T1
17
4-24
●S-T10-10-B
46 16
39.7
24.6
13
3.2
15.5
16.7
T
B
2
27
37.3
50.8
80
54
P
2
A
T
4
74 Maximum 25.5
34
Dimension
17
φA
Port B 6
5-φA
Port P O-ring...5-AS568 NO.014 Hs90
6.5
A, T (for port A1, B1, P1, T1) 5-φ15.4
●S-2T10-10-E 46 16
39.7
24.6
13.5
2
13
3.2
15.5
16.7
T
B
2
27
37.3
38.5
2
50.8
80
54
P
2
Throttle valve
A
T
74 Maximum 25.5
34
17
Dimension φA
Port A, B 6 5-φA
O-ring...5-AS568 No.014 Hs90
Port P, T 6.5 5-φ15.4
4-25
Slow return check valve S-(2)TC
S-2TC
A B
■Type indication
●S-2TC6, 10

Double slow return check valve Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
Nominal dimension V = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
6, 10 Shape of adjustment part
Series number: 20
Throttle valve incorporated port symbol

Symbol Incorporated port Direction of controlled flow rate
Port A A → A1 control (meter-in)
E
Port B B → B1 control (meter-in)
Port A A1 → A control (meter-out)
F
Port B B1 → B control (meter-out)
●S-(2)TC16, 22

Slow return check valve V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
Slow return check valve
TC = Single type W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil

2TC = Double type Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
Nominal dimension
16, 22
Series number: 10 Throttle valve incorporated port symbol
Symbol Incorporated port Direction of controlled flow rate
A Port A A → A1 control (meter-in)
B Port B B → B1 control (meter-in)
TC
C Port A A1 → A control (meter-out)
D Port B B1 → B control (meter-out)
Port A A → A1 control (meter-in)
E
Port B B → B1 control (meter-in)
2TC
Port A A1 → A control (meter-out)
F
Port B B1 → B control (meter-out)
4-26
●S-2TC6-20-E ●S-2TC6-20-F ●S-2TC10-20-E ●S-2TC10-20-F
P A B T P A B T T P A B T T P A B T
P1 A1 B1 T1 P1 A1 B1 T1 T1 P1 A1 B1 T1 T1 P1 A1 B1 T1
●S-TC -10-A
16
22
●S-TC -10-B
16
22 ●S-TC -10-C
16
22
●S-TC -10-D
16
22
P X A B L Y T P X A B L Y T P X A B L Y T P X A B L Y T
P1 X1 A1 B1 L 1 Y1 T1 P1 X1 A1 B1 L 1 Y1 T1 P1 X1 A1 B1 L 1 Y1 T1 P1 X1 A1 B1 L 1 Y1 T1
●S-2TC -10-E
16
22 ●S-2TC -10-F
16
22
P X A B L Y T P X A B L Y T
P1 X1 A1 B1 L 1 Y1 T1 P1 X1 A1 B1 L 1 Y1 T1
(Note) P1, A1, B1,T1, X1, Y1, and L1 show ports on the sub-plate side while P, A, B, T, X, Y and L show ports on the selector valve side.
■Specifications
Nominal dimension 6 10 16 22
Maximum working pressure MPa (kgf/cm ) 2 30.9 (315) 34.3 (350)
Mass kg 1.5 3.7 4.5 7.5
●Mounting bolt
S-2TC6-20 M5 ×85L* 4 pcs. 6.4±0.5 ( 65± 5)

S-2TC10-20
M6 ×90L* 4 pcs. 13 ±1 (133± 10)
M6 ×105L 2 pcs. 11.8±1.7 (120± 18)

S-(2)TC16
M10×110L 4 pcs. 56.8±8.5 ( 580± 87)
S-(2)TC22 M12×115L 6 pcs. 98.0±14.7 (1000±150)
*When the solenoid valve is 10 Series, mounting bolts are as shown in the table below.
S-2TC6-20 M5 ×95L 4 pcs. 7.4±0.5 (75± 5)

S-2TC10-20 M6 ×105L 4 pcs. 11.8±1. (120± 18)
(Note) In the case of S-2TC6-10, S-2TC6-11 and S-2TC6-12, the mounting bolt becomes shorter by the
difference of overall height of the valve (10 mm).
In the case of S-2TC10-10, S-2TC10-11 and S-2TC10-12, the mounting bolt becomes shorter by
the difference of overall height of the valve (20 mm).
4-27
■Opening - Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 36 mm2/s (cSt))
●S-2TC6 ●S-2TC10
⊿P＝14
⊿P＝21 ⊿P＝25
⊿P＝25 ⊿P=Differential pressure MPa ⊿P＝30 ⊿P=Differential pressure MPa
60 120
⊿P＝10 ⊿P＝14
⊿P＝7 ⊿P＝7
⊿P＝4 ⊿P＝5
50 ⊿P＝2 100 ⊿P＝2
⊿P＝1 ⊿P＝1
40 80 ⊿P＝0.5
Flow rate (L/min)
Flow rate (L/min)

⊿P＝0.5
30 60
20 40
10 20
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Number of rotations of dial (fully open) Number of rotations of dial (fully open)
●S-(2)TC16 ●S-(2)TC22
4 5 6 6.5 7 7.5 8 ４５６７８
25 25
8.5
Throttle opening (number of revolutions)
Throttle opening (number of revolutions)
20 20
15 15
9

10 10
8 10
6
5
10 4 11
12
2
12 13
1.0 14 1.0 15
16 17
0.5 0.5
0.1
0 50 100 150 200 250 0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350
4-28
●When the throttle valve is closed and the check valve is free flow
●S-2TC6
2.0
⊿P (MPa)
1.5
Pressure drop value
1.0
0.5
0 10 20 30 40 50 60
Flow rate (L/min)
●S-2TC10
1.2
1.0
⊿P (MPa)
0.8
Pressure drop value
0.6
0.4
0.2
0 20 40 60 80 100 120
Flow rate (L/min)
●S-(2)TC16
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0 50 100 150 200 250 Slow return check valve

Flow rate (L/min)
●S-(2)TC22
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.1
0 60 120 180 240 300 360
Flow rate (L/min)
4-29
●S-2TC6
Maximum 210.5
10 Stroke 114.5 38 10 Stroke
40.5 38.2
2-φ6 27.8 Fully closed Fully open

(Port P, T)
19
8
A B
20.8
32.5
47
31
P
0.75
2-φ7
13.5
2
(Port A, B)
65
Flow rate adjusting dial (for B line)
Flow rate adjusting dial (for A line)
φ32
40
S-2TC6-20-F1:22 Mounting surface

Dial fixing screw
S-2TC6-20-E1:18 (with O-ring)
Width across flat of hexagon socket: 2
O-ring...4-JIS B 2401 P9 Hs90
Tightening torque: 0.3 to 0.4 N・m
(for port P, A, B, T)
Method of adjusting flow rate

When the dial fixing screw is loosened and the flow rate adjusting dial is turned clockwise, the flow rate is restricted.
After adjustment, be sure to tighten the dial fixing screw.
●S-2TC10
Maximum 237
10 Stroke 138 39.5 10 Stroke
19 54
4-φ7 through holes
50.8 Fully open Fully closed
37.3
27
5-φ11
6.4
16.7
12
(for Port P, A, B, T) P
3.2
21.4
32.5
A B
46
70
T T
Flow rate adjusting dial (for B line)

Flow rate adjusting dial (for A line)
2
55
φ32
24
Dial fixing screw

Mounting surface
(with O-ring) O-ring...4-JIS B 2401 P9 Hs90 Width across flat of hexagon socket: 2
(for port P, A, B, T) Tightening torque: 0.3 to 0.4 N・m
Method of adjusting flow rate
When the dial fixing screw is loosened and the flow rate adjusting dial is turned clockwise, the flow rate is restricted.
After adjustment, be sure to tighten the dial fixing screw.
4-30
●S-(2)TC16
●S-2TC16
76.6
50 2-φ4.5 depth 8

2-φ3
51 3
18.3 4-φ11 through hole (Locating pin hole)
T X
P
71.5
69.9
91
L A B
55.6
54
Y
35
14.3
1.5
12.7
18.3
10.5
34.1
50
65.9
88.1
35.5 101.6 34
Maximum 294
Minimum 246
A B Y
Opposite side
of hexagon
socket 6
A1 B1 Y1
4-φ18 3-φ7
(for port A1, B1, P1, T1) 4-φ26 3-φ14
O-ring...3-JIS B2401 P10A Hs90

●S-TC16-10-A
Maximum 235.5
Minimum 211.5
L A B
L1 A1 B1
●S-TC16-10-B
Maximum 235.5
Minimum 211.5
L A B
L1 A1 B1
4-31
●S-(2)TC22
100.6
94.3 2-φ6.5 depth 8
53
29.2 6-φ14 through holes 55
5.6
T P Y
96.8
117
92
L A B
73
74.5
X
46
28
19
2
17.5
17.3
12.5
4 2-φ6
53
77
112.5
17.2 130 40.8
●S-2TC22
Maximum 320
Minimum 268
X A B
Opposite side
of hexagon
socket 6
X1 A1 B1
3-φ9 4-φ22 O-ring...4-JIS B2401 G30 Hs90
3-φ25 4-φ35

●S-TC22-10-A
Maximum 257
Minimum 231
●S-TC22-10-B Maximum 257

Minimum 231
4-32
Check valve block
A1
B1
B A
A1
B1
■Type indication
A1
（B1）
Check valve block V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
(for flow regulating valve) W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
B A
Nominal dimension
Series number: 10
5, 10, 16
（A1）
B1

Nominal dimension 5 10 16 Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm2)
Maximum working pressure MPa (kgf/cm ) 2
30.9
（315） S-4C 5 M5×80L 4 pcs. 6.9±1.0 (70±10)
Maximum flow rate L/min 15 50 160 S-4C 10 M8×100L 4 pcs. 29.4±4.4 (300±45)
（1.0） S-4C 16 M10×165L 4 pcs. 56.8±8.5 (580±87)
Mass kg 0.6 3.2 9.3

●S-4C5 ●S-4C10 ●S-4C16
0.8 1.2 1.4
1.3
Check valve block
1.1
0.7 1.2
1.0
1.1
0.6 0.9
1.0
0.8
0.9
0.5
0.7 0.8
0.4 0.6 0.7
0.5 0.6
0.3
0.5
0.4
0.4
0.2 0.3
0.3
0.2
0.1 0.2
0.1 0.1
0 3 6 9 12 0 10 20 30 40 50 0 40 80 120 160
4-33
●S-4C5
60
48 6
41
10
FJC5P
Ａ
（122）
48
60
φ6 B
36
φ6
15
2
13
30
4-φ 5.5 through hole
30
1.8
B1 A1
2-φ6
O-ring...2-JIS B2401 P12.5 Hs90 2-φ16.5

(for port A1, B1)
●S-4C10
2 95
76 9.5
66.5
21
FJC10P
（125）
φ13
101.5
82.5
71.5
B
Check valve block
φ13
30
50
9.5
4-φ9 through hole

50
1.8
B1 A1
2-φ13
(for port A1, B1) 2-φ26
4-34
●S-4C16
125.5
101.5 12
81
34 This hole needs to be sealed by the O-ring.

Pay attention to machining of the mounting surface.
26.5
A
FJC16P
φ20
（147）
101.5
123.5
φ20
88
90.6
54
17
B 15
11
2
4-φ11 through hole
85
85
2.4
A1
3-φ20
O-ring...3-JIS B2401 G25 Hs90 3-φ30

(for port A1, B1 and drilled holes)
Check valve block
4-35
Check valve block ZA
P T
A1 P1 T1
P Ｔ
■Type indication
Sandwich type Type of hydraulic oil Ａ１Ｐ１Ｔ１

check valve block No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
(Note) A1, P1, and T1 show ports on the sub-plate side.
Nominal dimension
Series number: Nominal dimension 10 = 11
Nominal dimension 20, 30 = 10
■Specifications ■ Accessories
Nominal dimension 10 20 30 ●Mounting bolt
（315） Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm2)
Maximum flow rate L/min 120 400 600 ZA10 M12×85L 4 pcs. 98.0±14.7 (1000±150)
（0.5） M16×50L 2 pcs.
ZA20 235.2±35.2 (2400±360)
Mass kg 2.5 5.0 10.5 M16×95L 4 pcs.
M18×70L 2 pcs.
ZA30 333.2±50.0 (3400±510)
M18×120L 4 pcs.

Check valve block
ZA10
1.2
ZA20
1.0
ZA30
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0 100 200 300 400 500 600

Flow rate (L/min)
4-36
●ZA10 110.5
20.5 22.5
2
φ36
54
85
P T
3 φ7 depth 6 4-φ14 through hole

22 (Locating pin hole)
47.5
54
P T
40
A1 P1 T1
O-ring...3-JIS B2401 P18 Hs90 3-φ12
(for port A1, P1, T1) 3-φ22
●ZA20
5 159
30 112.7
46
2
4-φ18 through hole

69.9
101
P T
Check valve block
2-φ18 through hole 12.7

57.1 φ7 drilled depth 6 (Locating pin hole)
79.3
101.6
P T
46
28
A1 P1 T1
3-φ22
3-φ35 O-ring...3-JIS B2401 G30 Hs90
(for port A1, P1, T1)
4-37
●ZA30
5 208.5
51.3 139.7
50.8
4-φ20 through hole

82.5
116
P T
2-φ20 through hole 12.7

63.5
95.2 φ7 drilled depth 6 (Locating pin hole)
127
P T
67
45
A1 P1 T1
3-φ28
3-φ40
(for port A1, P1, T1)
Check valve block
4-38
Shock damping valve
ZNS10-1
P A T B
P1 A1 T1 B1
■Type indication
Sandwich type shock damping valve Type of hydraulic oil

Type of valve
1 = Shock damping valve for unloading Series number: 10
2 = Shock damping valve for 3 stage pressure
●ZNS5-1 ●ZNS 56 -2 ●ZNS6-1

B P T B A P T B A P T
B1 P1 T1 B1 A1 P1 T1 B1 A1 P1 T1
●ZNS10-1 ●ZNS10-2 B A P T T
B A P T T
B1 A1 P1 T1 T1
B1 A1 P1 T1 T1
■Specifications ■When using the valve

Nominal dimension 5 6 10 ●The use of a shock damping valve can eliminate a shock that occurs
Shock damping valve

when a load condition is switched to a no-load condition.
Maximum flow rate L/min 4 8 12 without shock damping valve

Pressure
For unloading 1.0 1.2 1.9 With shock damping valve

Mass kg (Unloading time can be changed
For 3 stage pressure 1.7 1.7 2.1 by turning the spring adjust thread.)
Time
●Mounting bolt SOL ON (Note) If unloading time is made too long,
SOL OFF unloading may not be performed.
ZNS 5 M5×90L 4 pcs. 6.9±1.0 (70±10) ●A shock damping valve can be Type of shock damping valve Type of applicable relief valve
ZNS 6 M5×85L* 4 pcs. 6.4±0.5 (65± 5) incorporated into the following
RBE10, 20, 30, 35
ZNS 10 M6×70L* 4 pcs. 13 ±1 (133±10) relief valves manufactured by ZNS5-1
PUE10, 20, 30
us for use.
*When the solenoid valve is 10 Series, mounting bolts are as shown in the table below.
For details, refer to the section ZNS5-2 3RBE10, 20, 30
Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm2) of each relief valve in the type ZNS10-1 RBE52, 82
ZNS 6 M5×90L 4 pcs. 7.4±0.5 (75± 5) number index.
ZNS 10 M6×85L 4 pcs. 11.8±1.7 (120±18)
4-39
●ZNS5-1

4-M5 screw depth 10
25.8
6.8
B P T B1 P1 T1
21.4
35
21.4
10.7
3-φ4
1.5
25.8 20.3 6.5
12 69 17.7
115 28.9 20.3
T Width across flat 13

40
When the adjust screw is turned counterclockwise, unloading time becomes long.
20
B1 T1
3-φ10 O-ring...3-JIS B2401 P7 Hs90

(for port B1, P1, T1)
●ZNS5-2
25.8
4-φ5.5 through hole 12
4-M5 screw depth 10

19.3
A A1
B P T B1 P1 T1
21.4
20.7
21.4
60
10.7
4-φ4
Shock damping valve
1.5
25.8 30.3 6.5
12 79 17.7
125 28.9 30.3
B Width across flat 13

40
When the adjust screw is turned counterclockwise, unloading time becomes short.
20
B1
4-φ10 O-ring...4-JIS B2401 P7 Hs90

4-40
●ZNS6-1
4-φ5.5 through hole 4-M5 screw depth 10 40.5
5.75
T T1
31
A B A1 B1
32.5
32.5
44
26.6
31
0.75
16.3
P P1
6
4-φ7.6
0.75
1.5
40.5 22.5 10.3
12 74 19
121 27.8 22.5

A
40
20
A1
4-φ12.2 O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90

●ZNS6-2

4-M5 screw depth 10
T T1
31
B1
31
A B A1
32.5
60
32.5
26.6
0.75
16.3
P P1
6
4-φ7.6
13.8
0.75
1.5
Shock damping valve

40.5 27.5 10.3
12 79 19
125 27.8 27.5

A
40
20
A1
4-φ12.2 O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90

4-41
●ZNS10-1
18.5
T1
B
B1
P P1
91
54
54
50.8
37.3
27
A1
16.7
A
T T1
3.2
5-φ11
1.5
46 12 13.5
12 70 24.6
116 39.7 12

(Note) There is T port at two locations and
A either of the two may be used.
34
17
A1
5-φ15.4 O-ring...5-AS568 No.014 Hs90

●ZNS10-2
4-φ6.6 through hole 46
4-M6 screw depth 12

18.5
T1
B B1
P P1
50.8
91
54
54
37.3
27
A A1
16.7
T T1
Shock damping valve
3.2
46 12 13.5 5-φ11
1.5
12 80 24.6
126 39.7 12

(Note) There is T port at two locations and
A either of the two may be used.
34
17
A1
5-φ15.4 O-ring...5-AS568 No.014 Hs90

4-42
Logic valve
Page
Logic valve・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ KLD/LU・・・・・・5-2

Selector valve・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・CS・・・・・5-25
Logic element for pressure control・・・ LR/LPR・・・・・5-28

5-1
Logic valve KLD/LU
Logic valve
A port pressure
B port pressure
External pilot Cover
pressure cover X
Spring
Sleeve
B Valve body
A
A1
A2
A3
Without cushion overlap With cushion overlap
■Structure and operation of logic elements

●Structure
Logic elements consists of, as shown in the As shown avobe, selecting each cartridge
KLD･･･ KLD･･･
figure, a sleeve with internal seat, valve body, Logic element type
-10-C40 -10-D40 assembly in combination with various
spring that always holds the valve body, and Area ratio A1：A2 2：1 14.3：1 cover for the usage allows a large variety
control ports, and the cover on which various Cracking pressure A port side 0.4
（4） 0.3
（2.8） of controls.
types of valves and stroke limitters are to be MPa（kgf/cm2） B port side 0.8
（8） 3.9
（40）
installed.
There are two types of valve body, with and
without cushion overlap, each of which can be ■Specifications
used for different usage. Though the valve body
Nominal dimension 16 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
with the cushion overlap has higher flow
Maximum working Port Solenoid operated directional valve ー 30.9
（315）
resistance, it is used as a flow rate control valve pressure A, B, X 30.9 MPa（For 315 kgf/cm2）with cover
in combination with a stroke limitter, or in order MPa (kgf/cm2) Z1, Z2 Other covers 41.2
41.2
（420）
（420）
to tame switching shock under high pressure. Area ratio 2：1 1.54 3.3 5.3 9.24 16.6 22.9 37.9 63.6
Sheet area A1 cm2
Area ratio 14.3：1 2.14 4.6 7.55 12.88 22.9 32.2 52.8 89.0
Area ratio 2：1 0.73 1.61 2.74 4.61 8.03 11.3 18.8 31.4
●Operation Ring shape area A2 cm2
Area ratio 14.3：1 0.13 0.31 0.49 0.97 1.73 2.0 3.9 6.0
The hydraulic oil can flow in both direction of
Poppet area A3 cm2 2.27 4.91 8.04 13.85 24.63 34.2 56.7 95
A → B and B → A, and open and close of the With cushion overlap 7 10 12 16 20 24 30 38
Poppet stroke mm
valve body are determined by the pressure in Without cushion overlap 7 8 9 12 16 19 24 30
the pilot room. Hence, the pilot pressure is led With cushion overlap 1.6 4.9 9.7 22.2 49.2 82 170 361
Stroke volume cm3
internally or externally and controlled. Without cushion overlap 1.6 3.9 7.2 16.6 39.4 65 136 285
Cartridge assembly 0.2 0.4 1.0 1.8 3.8 7.0 13 27
Supposing that there is no pressure applied in Mass kg
Standard cover 1.2 2.3 4.0 7.4 10.5 21 27 42
the pilot room, the valve openes when the
hydraulic force of A or B port becomes higher
than the spring force, and if pressure is applied,
the valve opens when the pressure of A or B
■Accessories
port increases by the corresponding area ratio. ●Mounting bolt
Type Hexagon socket
The three areas shown in the figure Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
Size Cover type head cap thread
significantly affect the functions. Assuming that
LU16 All types M 8×40L 4 pcs. 29.4± 4.4（300±45）
the area A1 is 100%, the ring shape area A2 is, LU25 All types M12×50L 4 pcs. 98.0± 14.7（1000±150）
depending on the type, 7% or 50%. Hence the LU32 All types M16×60L 4 pcs. 235.2± 35.2（2400±360）
area ratio A1:A2 is 14.3:1, or 2:1 respectively, S1, S2, S3 M20×80L 4 pcs.
LU40
and the area A3 which is computed by (A1 + All types other than above M20×70L 4 pcs.
431.2± 64.6（4400±660）
S2, S4 M20×100L 4 pcs.
A2) becomes 107% or 150% of A1 respectively. LU50
All types other than above M20×80L 4 pcs.
The area A3 is determined by each nominal
S2, S4 M30×120L 4 pcs.
dimension and common to the types, while A1 LU63 1568.0±196.0（16000±2000）
All types other than above M30×100L 4 pcs.
varies depending on the type. Cracking S2, S4 M24×120L 8 pcs.
LU80 784.3±118.0（8000±1200）
pressure for spring type 40 logic element KLD All types other than above M24×100L 8 pcs.
･･･-10- C
D 40, if there is no pilot pressure applied, S2, S4 M30×120L 8 pcs.
LU100 1568.0±196.0（16000±2000）
is shown in the table depending on the type. All types other than above M30×100L 8 pcs.
5-2
■Type indication
Logic valve
●Logic element
Logic element Type of hydraulic oil

16, 25, 32, 40, 50 Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
Connection method Cracking pressure

C = Cartridge type
Symbol Area ratio 2:1 Area ratio 14.3:1
Series number: 10 00 No spring No spring
Poppet pressurized area ratio and poppet type 05 0.05MPa
（0.5kgf/cm2） 0.03MPa
（0.35kgf/cm2）
Symbol Area ratio (A1:A2) Poppet type 10 0.1MPa

（0.7 kgf/cm2）
A 2：1 Without cushion overlap 20 0.2MPa
（1.4 kgf/cm2）
B 14.3：1 Without cushion overlap
30 0.29MPa
（2.1 kgf/cm2）
C 2：1 With cushion overlap
D 14.3：1 With cushion overlap 40 0.39MPa
（2.8 kgf/cm2）
(When pressure is applied to the port A)
●Logic valve cover
Logic valve cover Type of hydraulic oil

16, 25, 32, 40, 50 W = Fatty ester based hydraulic oil
Cover type Restriction contraction diameter

*Refer to “Cover type symbols”. *Refer to “Restriction contraction diameter symbols”.
Series number: 10
Symbol of passage to which restriction contracter is mounted
Types with/without eternal pilot ports (Please see the hydraulic symbol paragraph.）
(Only applicable for cover type A and S) Cover type Symbol of passage to which
No symbol = not provided restriction contracter is mounted
F = provided A X = The restriction contracter
is mounted on the X-passage
S
C F = The restriction contracter
●Selection of a pilot valve
is mounted on the F-passage
The pilot vales shown on the table below can be used for logic valve cover.
D P = The restriction contracter
If you need the pilot valve, designate the pilot valve type separately.
is mounted on the P-passage
We will deliver the logic valve cover and the pilot valve separately.
E A = The restriction contracter
Nominal is mounted on the A-passage
dimension 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
Cover type F B = The restriction contracter
is mounted on the B-passage
D
E DE6P-20-204･･･ DE10P-20-204･･･ T = The restriction contracter
F is mounted on the T-passage
(Note) For the detail of the pilot valve, see the paragraph “DE**”,
solenoide operated directional valve.
5-3
■Cover type symbols
Logic valve
Nominal dimension
Symbol 16 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
Type
Types with external pilot valve ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝

A Standard
Types without eternal pilot valve ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ーーーーー
Types with external pilot valve ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ーーーー
S1 With a handle type stroke limitter

S2 With a thread type stroke limitter
Types with external pilot valve ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ーーーー
S3 With a scale type stroke limitter with a key

S4 With a scale type stroke limitter
B With a shuttle valve (Selecter valve) ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝
C With a pilot operation sheet valve
A For mounting a solenoid Normal close

D
operated directional valve Normal open
B
ー ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝
A Normal close
E With a shuttle valve + for mounitng a
B solenoid operated directional valve Normal open
(Selector valve) Normal close
A
F
B Normal open
■Restriction contraction diameter symbols

●Applicable for cover type A and S ●Applicable for cover types C, D, E, F
Nominal Nominal
Nominal
dimension Restriction Dimension
dimension
Symbol Restriction 16 25 32 40 50 63 80 100 Symbol Restriction 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
contraction contraction
contraction
diameter (mm) diameter (mm)
diameter (mm)
06 0.6 ーー 06 0.6 ーー
ーーーー
08 0.8 08 0.8
10 1.0 10 1.0
12 1.2 ⃝ 12 1.2
⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝ ⃝
15 1.5 15 1.5
⃝ ⃝ ⃝
18 1.8 18 1.8
20 2.0 20 2.0 ⃝ ⃝
⃝
25 2.5 ⃝ 25 2.5
⃝
30 3.0 30 3.0
ーーー
35 3.5 35 3.5
40 4.0 ーーーー
50 5.0 ー
60 6.0
80 8.0 ーー
5-4
■Hydraulic symbols
Logic valve
16 16 16 1 16 1
●LU 25
32
A-10 ●LU to A-10/F* ●LU 25
32
S to -10 ●LU to S to -10/F*
100 4 100 4
Restriction contracter Restriction contracter
mounting position mounting position
X X
X X X X
B B B B
A A A A
32 25 50
16
●LU 25 B-10 ●LU to B-10 ●LU32
40
C-10/* ●LU63
80 C-10/*
100 F-passage, restriction 100 F-passage, restriction
contracter mounting position contracter mounting position
A
Z2 Z2
(1) (1) (2) (3)
Z1 Z1 Z1 Z1
(2)
X X
X Z1 Z2 X Z1 Z2 Y Y
Z1 X Y Z1 X Y
B B
B B
A A Except, the external port X is
Except, the external port A is not provided provided only on the ones with
on the one with nominal dimension of 32. A nominal value of 50, and 63. A
●LU*DA-10/* ●LU*DB-10/* ●LU*EA-10/* ●LU*EB-10/*

Restriction contracter Restriction contracter A B mounting position A B mounting position
A B mounting position A B mounting position
P T P T
P T P T
P Y P Y
X Y X Y
X X
X X
Y Y X Z1 X Z1
Y Y
B B
B B
A A
A Except, the external port P is provided only
on the ones with nominal value of 80, and 100. A
●LU*FA-10/* ●LU*FB-10/*
A B mounting position A B mounting position
P T P T
Z1 Y Z1 Y
(4) (4)
(5) A1 (5) A1
Z1 X Z1 X
Y Y
B B
A Except, the external port A1 is provided only

on the ones with nominal value of 80, and 100.
A
● As for the diameter of restriction contraction (1) to (5) among the above hydraulic symbols
The following restriction contracters are mounted on the cover types shown on the table below.
Nominal dimension
Cover type Restriction 16 25 32 40 50 63 80 100
contraction diameter
Restriction contraction
diameter (1) M4-φ1 φ1.5* M6-φ1 M6-φ1.2 M8-φ1.5 M8-φ1.8 M8-φ2 M8-φ2
B Restriction contraction
diameter (2) M4-φ1 M4-φ1 M6-φ1 M6-φ1.2 M8-φ1.5 M8-φ1.8 M8-φ2 M8-φ2
C diameter (3) M8-φ1.2 M8-φ1.2 M8-φ1.2 M8-φ1.2
diameter (4) M6-φ1 M6-φ1 M6-φ1.2 M8-φ1.5 M8-φ1.8 M8-φ2 M8-φ2
F Restriction contraction
diameter (5) φ1.5* M6-φ1 M6-φ1.2 M8-φ1.5 M8-φ1.8 M8-φ2 M8-φ2
(Note) The ones with * mark have restriction contraction directly processed on the cover.
5-5
■Pressure decreasing characteristics (Viscosity 36 mm /s (cSt)) 2
In case of no spring
Logic valve
( With cushion overlap

Without cushion overlap )
1.0 1.0
Decreasing amount of pressure

#16
0.8 0.8
#32
#25 #40
0.6 0.6
0.4 0.4
0.2 0.2
（MPa） 0 100 200 300 400 500 （MPa）0 200 400 600 800 1000 1200
1.0 1.0
#50
0.8 0.8
#80
#63 #100
0.6 0.6
0.4 0.4
0.2 0.2
（MPa）（MPa）
0 500 1000 1500 2000 2500 3000 0 2000 4000 6000 8000 10000
■Pressure – Flow rate characteristics (Viscosity 36 mm /s (cSt)) 2
Restriction contraction hole diameter (mm)
0.6 0.8 1.0 1.2 1.5 1.8 2 2.5 3

40
30 3.5
20
4
10
5
5
4
Pressure difference
6
3
1 8
（MPa）
0.5
0.4
0.3
0.2
0.14
0.1
0.07
0.05
0.035
0.025
1 2 3 4 5 10 12.515 20 30 40 50 100
Flow rate (L/min)
5-6
Logic valve
●KLD
Type
KLD*C-10-A* KLD*C-10-C* KLD*C-10-B* KLD*C-10-D*
（Without cushion overlap）（With cushion overlap）（Without cushion overlap）（With cushion overlap）
φA φA
X X
KLD16 to 32*
B
B
B
X
A A
φC B φC
φA φA
A
Hydraulic symbols
X X
KLD40 to 100*
B B
D D
Single shim thickness Single shim thickness
A A
φC φC
Nominal dimension 16 25 32 40 50 63 80 100

φA 32 45 60 75 90 120 145 180
B 56 72 85 104 121 153 203 243
φC 25 34 45 55 68 90 110 135
D − − − 1 1 2 2 2
●Selecting procedure of a shim

1. Three types of shims with different thickness are attached.
2. Select one shim out of the three and assemble it to the manifold or block.
Assemble them so as the gap between the bushing and manifold to be 0 to 50μ.
Manifold 0 to 50μ
Bushing
Shim
5-7
Logic valve
●KLD - manifold Machining Drawings [Conforming to the dimension in DIN24342, ISO(Under deliberation)]
●KLD16, 25, 32, 40, 50, 63 ●KLD80, 100

m1
m5 d6
For the locating pin
φd7 8-d6 Screw depth t6 35ﾟ
Z1 Prepared hole depth t11
C C Z1
45
d7 (Locating pin)
ﾟ
Drilled depth t10
t10
m2
m4
φd5
t6
t11
X Y
22.5ﾟ
m1
b2
X
φb Y
m2
Z2 φd5

Section C-C m
φd5 φ
Z2
m3 m3
b1 A
φd1 15 φd1 15ﾟ
w ﾟ 1.6 w
1.6
3.2
t7
3.2
1.6
t7
1.6
A : Service port
t5
t5
B : Service port
t4
t4
X : Pilot port
t1
15ﾟ
t1
15ﾟ Y : Drain port
φd4
t2
t2
Z1:
φd4
3.2
B
t8
3.2
Supplemental pilot port

B
t8
Z2:
1.6
t3
Note）
t9
1.6
t3
*1. B port can be machined arbitrarily in the

t9
A
depth range between (t1-t9) to t5. R 0.4 or less
A Also, it can be machined every 90 degrees
R
φd3 to the A port shaft. φd3
φd2 u *2. Finishing range φd2
u A
Size 16 25 32 40 50 63 Size 80 100

Symbol Symbol
b1 65 85 102 125 140 180 bmax 250 300
b2 65 85 102 125 140 180 d1H7 145 180
d1H7 32 45 60 75 90 120 d2H7 110 135
d2H7 25 34 45 55 68 90 d3 80 100
d3 16 25 32 40 50 63 d4 *1 80 100
d4 *1 16 25 32 40 50 63 d4max *1 100 125
d4max *1 25 32 40 50 63 80 d5max 16 20
d5max 4 6 8 10 10 12 d6 M24 M30
d6 M8 M12 M16 M20 M20 M30 d7 ＋0.1
0 10 10
d7 ＋0.1
0 4 6 6 6 8 8 m ±0.3 200 245
m1 ±0.2 46 58 70 85 100 125 t1 ±0.2 175 210
m2 ±0.2 25 33 41 50 58 75 t2 ＋0.1
0 205 245
m3 ±0.2 25 33 41 50 58 75 t3 *2 25 29
m4 ±0.2 23 29 35 42.5 50 62.5 t4 *1 130 155
m5 ±0.2 10.5 16 17 23 30 38 t4 (When d4max)*1 120 142
t1 ±0.1 43 58 70 87 100 130 t5 *2 40 50
t2 ＋0.1
0 56 72 85 105 122 155 t6 50 63
t3 *2 11 12 13 15 17 20 t7 5 5
t4 *1 34 44 52 64 72 95 t8 5 5
t4 (When d4max)*1 29.5 40.5 48 59 65.5 86.5 t9min 4.5 4.5
t5 *2 20 30 30 30 35 40 t10min 10 10
t6 20 25 35 45 45 65 t11max 57 73
t7 2 2.5 2.5 3 4 4 u 0.05 0.05
t8 2 2.5 2.5 3 4 4 w 0.2 0.2
t9min 0.5 1.0 1.5 2.5 2.5 3 Rmax 0.4 0.4
t10 10 10 10 10 10 10 d2 Prepared hole 109 134
t11max 25 31 42 53 53 75 dimension min.
u 0.03 0.03 0.03 0.05 0.05 0.05

w 0.05 0.05 0.1 0.1 0.1 0.2
Rmax 0.2 0.2 0.2 0.4 0.4 0.4
d2 Prepared hole 24.5 33.5 44.5 54.4 67.4 89.4
dimension min.
5-8
Logic valve
16
●LU 25
32
A G
A
F
C LU*A LU*A/F
□H
A
X Ｘ
ＸＸ
B B
D
A A
2
E
M6 screw for
restriction contraction
Counterboring diameterφN,
counterboring depth 1,
(For port X)
φN
B
(Note) This drawing show the types with external pilot ports.
L
For types without external pilot port, G-plug and M6 screw

for restriction contraction are not provided.
R
J
K
O-ring “X”
(For port X) M 1 φS (Locating pin) O-ring “U”
φ φW φT
V
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T O-ring dimension “U” V W O-ring dimension “X”

16 65 35 23 32.5 25 32.5 10.5 46 14 4-M8 12 2 16 G 18 9 3 3 16 JIS B2401 P12 Ｈs90 3.2 11 JIS B2401 P8 Ｈs90
25 85 40 29 42.5 33 42.5 16 58 23 4-M12 16 4 25 G 14 12 4 5 20 JIS B2401 P16 Ｈs90 4.7 13 JIS B2401 P10 Ｈs90
32 100 50 35 50 41 50 17 70 27.5 4-M16 16 4 25 G 14 12 4 5 26 JIS B2401 P22 Ｈs90 4.7 14 JIS B2401 P10A Ｈs90
16
●LU 25 S M A
32
G ●Hydraulic symbols
1 1
LU*S 2
3 LU*S 23 /F
4 4
X
C
X X
□H
φ60
A
X B B
Key desorption
dimension
D
A A
20
2
E F
φ60
φ60
Maximum a
M6 screw for
5 6 7 9 8 5 6 7 9 8
restriction contraction Width across flat 6

Maximum Y
Maximum b
Counterboring diameterφN, counterboring depth 1,

(For port X)
Z
φ16
φ35 Width across flat 30 Width across flat 30

B
L
X
Maximum d
R
●Screw type ● Scale type ●Scale type

J
φS K
O-ring “X” φW φT O-ring “U” with key
φ
V
Locating pin (Note) This drawing show the types with external pilot ports.
●With a handle type stroke limitter For types without external pilot port, G-plug and M6 screw
for restriction contraction are not provided.
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T O-ring dimension “U” V W O-ring dimension “X” Y Z a b d
16 65 35 23 32.5 25 32.5 10.5 46 14 4-M8 12 2 16 G 18 9 3 3 16 JIS B2401 P12 Ｈs90 3.2 11 JIS B2401 P8 Ｈs90 101 75 131 101 36
25 85 40 29 42.5 33 42.5 16 58 23 4-M12 16 4 25 G 14 12 4 5 20 JIS B2401 P16 Ｈs90 4.7 13 JIS B2401 P10 Ｈs90 106 80 136 106 53
32 100 50 35 50 41 50 17 70 27.5 4-M16 16 4 25 G 14 12 4 5 26 JIS B2401 P22 Ｈs90 4.7 14 JIS B2401 P10A Ｈs90 116 90 146 116 65
5-9
Logic valve
G
●LU 16
25 B D G1/4 M4-φ1 Restriction contraction
F
E
4
Z1
Z1
F
C
X
□J
A
Z2
D
12
Z2
V
φ
4
1
H
M A φ25
G1/4
16
2
Restriction contraction ●Hydraulic symbols
LU*B
B X Z2
X Z1
X
N
X Z1 Z2
φ
S
K
φQ
B
φT L
O-ring “R”
φP（Locating pin）
O-ring “U” A
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q O-ring dimension “R” S T O-ring dimension “U” V

16 65 35 23 32.5 10.5 25 38 31 46 14 4-M8 2 3 3 16 JIS B2401 P12 Hs90 Restriction contraction M4-φ1 11 3-JISB2401 P8 Hs90 3.2
25 85 40 29 42.5 16 33 48.5 36.5 58 23 4-M12 0 4 5 20 JIS B2401 P16 Hs90 Fixed restriction contraction φ1.5 13 3-JISB2401 P10 Hs90 4.7
●LU32B 100
M6-φ1
G1/4 20
17 45 screw for restriction
contraction
4
Z1
Z1
41
35
□70
100
X
41
50
Z2
Z2
12
4
G1/4
1
41 50 φ25
7
4.
φ
16
2
M6-φ1
screw for restriction ●Hydraulic symbols
contraction Restriction contraction
LU32B
50
X Z2
X Z1
X
4
X Z1 Z2
4-M16 Restriction contraction
27.5
B
φ5 (Locating pin)
φ14 φ26 O-ring･･･JIS B2401 P22 Hs90
O-ring･･･JIS B2401 P10 Hs90
A
(For ports X, Z1, and Z2)
5-10
Logic valve
●LU25C 4 85 4
46.5
16 42.5
2
Z1
LU32C
48.5
33
29
X
85
Z1
73
Y X
Y
48.5
Z1 X
42.5
Y
●Pilot area ratio
34.5
AZ1 3
≒
B AX 1
46.5 Insert a φ1.2 restriction

contracter to the manifold. A
0.5
□58
33 33
M6 screw for restriction

contraction
G1/4 Counterboring diameter φ25, counterboring depth 1,
Screw diameter G1/4, screw depth 12
4
G1/4 (For port X, Y, and Z1)

40
20
20
4
Y O-ring･･･3-JIS B2401 P10 Hs90

X
(For port X, Y, and Z1)
23
φ5（Locating pin）
4-M12
φ20 3-φ13
φ
4.
7 O-ring･･･3-JIS B2401 P16 Hs90
●LU32C 4
17
100
50
4
46
Z1 ●Hydraulic symbols
LU32C
A
41
35
Z1
X P T
100
Y
87
X Y
Z1 X Y
●Pilot area ratio
AZ1 3
53
50
≒
AX 1
44
B
36
Insert a φ1.2 restriction

contracter to the manifold. A
□70
41 41
M6 screw for restriction
contraction
Z1
4
Counterboring diameter φ25, counterboring depth 1,

50
X Y
18
18
X Y
4
φ
4.
7 4-M16
27.5
φ5 (Locating pin)
3-φ14 φ26 O-ring･･･JIS B2401 P22 Hs90
O-ring･･･3-JIS B2401 P10A Hs90
5-11
Logic valve
A
●LU 25
32 D B ●Hydraulic symbols
4 A 4
20
F D LU* DA-10/* LU* DB-10/*
A B Restriction ａ A B Restriction
ａ
16.3
P
C
X Y
B A P T P T
A
X Y X Y
T
X X
G
Y Y
D
H
B B
ロJ A A
2
E E
Note 1, 2
M6 plug and a screw for restriction contraction
DE6P 19 4-M6
10.3 Screw depth 6
0.75
SOL.a
P
6
16.3
R
26.6
ＢＡ counterboring depth 1,
32.5
31
Screw diameter G1/4, screw depth 12 A
B
(For ports X, Y)
B
T
16
16
X Y
4-M5 27.8
Screw depth 10 40.5
.7
4
K
φ4
O-ring “Q” Details for pilot valve mounting portion
L φM 2-φP (For ports X, Y)
S
O-ring “N”
25
φ5 (Locating pin) Note1. For type LU 32 DA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to B port.
Note2. For type LU 25
32 DB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to A port.
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M O-ring dimension “N” P O-ring dimension “Q” R S

25 85 40 29 42.5 33 16 48.5 36.5 58 23 4-M12 20 JIS B2401 P16 Hs90 13 2-JIS B2401 P10 Hs90 130 147
32 100 50 35 50 41 17 56 44 70 27.5 4-M16 26 JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 14 2-JIS B2401 P10A Hs90 140 155
A
●LU 25
32 E B ●Hydraulic symbols
4 A 4
20 LU* EA-10/* LU* EB-10/*
F D
A B A B
ａ Restriction ａ Restriction
Z1 contraction contraction
P T P T
P
C
E
16.3
X Y Y Y
B A X X
A
X Z1 Y X Z1 Y
T
B B
D
G
A A
ロ H
2
E E
Note 1, 2
DE6P 19 4-M6
10.3 Screw depth 6
0.75
SOL.a
P
6
16.3
S
26.6
ＢＡ Counterboring diameter φ25,

32.5
31
counterboring depth 1, Screw A

diameter G1/4, screw depth 12 B
(For ports X, Y)
B
T
M
X Y
L
4-M5 27.8
Screw depth 10 40.5
4
.7
J
φ4 O-ring “R” Details for pilot valve mounting portion

K φN 3-φQ
T
25
φ5 (Locating pin) O-ring “P” Note1. For type LU 32 EA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to B port.
32 EB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to A port.
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N O-ring dimension “P” Q O-ring dimension “R” S T

25 85 40 29 42.5 33 16 36.5 58 23 4-M12 15 22 20 JIS B2401 P16 Hs90 13 3-JIS B2401 P10 Hs90 130 147
32 100 50 35 50 41 17 44 70 27.5 4-M16 16 28 26 JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 14 3-JIS B2401 P10A Hs90 140 155
5-12
Logic valve
A
●LU 25
32 F B A 4
20
F D
4
LU* FA-10/* LU* FB-10/*

Z1
Restriction A B Restriction A B
contraction ａ contraction ａ
P
C
Restriction
E
X Y
16.3
B Restriction contraction
A P T contraction P T
A
Z1 Y Z1 Y
T
D
Z1 X Z1 X
G
Y Y
B B
ロH
A A
2
E E
Note 1, 2
DE6P 19 4-M6
10.3 Screw depth 6
0.75
SOL.a
P
6
Restriction
16.3
T
contraction “S”
A
26.6
B counterboring depth 1,
32.5
31
A
(For ports Y, Z1) B
B
T
L
X Y
4-M5 27.8
Screw depth 10 40.5
4
.7
J
φ4 O-ring “R” Details for pilot valve mounting portion

(For ports X, Y, and Z1)
K φN 3-φQ
U
φ5 (Locating pin) 25
O-ring “P” Note1. For type LU 32 FA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to B port.
32 FB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to A port.
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N O-ring dimension “P” Q O-ring dimension “R” S T U

Fixed restriction
25 85 40 29 42.5 33 16 36.5 58 23 4-M12 16 15 20 JIS B2401 P16 Hs90 13 JIS B2401 P10 Hs90 contraction M6-φ1.5 130 147
Restriction
32 100 50 35 50 41 17 44 70 27.5 4-M16 34 16 26 JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 14 JIS B2401 P10A Hs90 contraction M6-φ1 140 155
125
●LU40A 23
LU40A-10/F*
42.5
Restriction contraction M8
□85
125
Ｘ
ＸＸ
B
62.5
50
G1/2, screw depth 14
(For port X) M8 screw for restriction contraction
2
φ38
60
35
X
4
φ6.7
32
5 1
4-M20
φ5 (Locating pin)
φ16.5 φ31.5
O-ring ･･･JIS B2401 P12.5 Hs90

(For port X)
5-13
Logic valve
●LU40S
125 ●Hydraulic symbols
23
1
LU40S 23 -10/F*
4
Restriction contraction M8
Ｘ
42.5
□85
125
B
Ｘ
φ60 A
Key desorption
62.5
dimension
20
50 φ60
φ60
●With a handle type stroke limitter
Maximum 177
6 5 7 9 8 6 5 7 9 8

M8 screw for
Maximum 147
G1/2, screw depth 14
Maximum 147
(For port X) Width across flat 36

φ38
70 (S1,S3,S4)

X
60（S2）
50 (S1,S3,S4)
35 (S2)
φ6.7
X
Maximum 76
●Screw type ●Scale type with key ●Scale type

4
32
5 1
4-M20
φ5
φ16.5 (Locating pin)
O-ring･･･JIS B2401 P12.5 Hs90
(For ports X)
●LU40B
125 G1/4
62.5 Restriction 28
23 contraction
φ
M6-φ1.2
6.7
(For ports Z1, Z2)

4
Z1
Z1 LU40B Restriction
contraction
50
42.5
Restriction A Z2
contraction
□85
Z1
125
Ｘ X Z1 Z2
Ａ
Restriction
contraction B
50
62.5
Z2
A
Z2
4
50
62.5 20
G1/4
Counterboring diameter φ25
Counterboring depth 1
G1/4 Screw depth 12
4
2
(For port A) (For ports A, Z1, and Z2)
Restriction
contraction
M6-φ1.2
60
X
4
φ31.5
32
φ5 (Locating pin) 4-M20
3-φ16.5 O-ring･･･3-JIS B2401 P12.5 Hs90
5-14
Logic valve
●LU40C 5 125 5
23 62.5
Z1
50
LU40C
□85
125
105
Ｘ Restriction contraction
Z1
72
X
62.5
53.5
45
Z1 X Y
B
Insert a φ1.2 restriction
23
30X34.6 A
contracter to the manifold.
50 50
52.5 ●Pilot area ratio
66.5
AZ 1 ３
AX ≒ １
Counterboring diameter φ25, counterboring depth 1, G1/4,
M8 screw for restriction screw depth 12（For port Z1）
contraction Counterboring diameter φ38, counterboring depth 1, G1/2,
Z1
screw depth 14（For ports X, Y）
4
2
X Y
60
35
35
X Y
4
3-φ6.7
32
5 φ5 4-M20
(Locating pin)
3-φ16.5 φ31.5
O-ring･･･3-JIS B2401 P12 Hs90
●LU40D A
B
4 125 4
□ 85
35
23
LU40DA-10* LU40DB-10*
A B A B
ａ Restriction ａ Restriction
16.3
42.5
P P T P T
X Y
B A X Y X Y
125
X Y X Y
T
B B
68.5
62.5
56.5
A A
50 50
62.5
152
DE6P 19
Note 1, 2 4-M6
10.3 Screw depth 6
M6 plug and a screw for
0.75
0.5 SOL.a
P
6
16.3
150
2
ＢＡ Counterboring diameter φ25,

26.6
32.5
31
B A
( For ports X, Y)
T
60
φ6.7
28
28
4-M5 27.8
4
X Y
Screw depth 10 40.5
32
O-ring･･･JIS B2401 2-P12.5 Hs90 Details for pilot valve mounting portion
φ5 ( For ports X, Y)
(Locating pin)
4-M20 2-φ16.5
Note1. For type LU40DA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to B port.
Note2. For type LU40DB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to A port.
5-15
Logic valve
●LU40E A
B
4 125 4
□ 85 LU40EA-10/* LU40EB-10/*
35
23
A B A B
ａａ
Restriction Restriction
Z1 contraction contraction
P T P T
Y Y
42.5
50
X X
16.3
Ｐ
X Y X Z1 X Z1
ＢＡ Y Y
125
B B
Ｔ
A A
68.5
62.5
56.5
50 50
62.5
152
DE6P 19 4-M6
10.3 Screw depth 6
Note 1, 2
0.75
M6 plug and a screw for restriction
0.5 SOL.a
P
6
16.3
150
2
26.6
A
32.5
31
Counterboring diameter φ25, A
counterboring depth 1, G1/4, B
screw depth 12 (For ports X, Y)
T
60
φ6.7
28
28
4-M5 27.8
4
X Z1 Y
Screw depth 10 40.5
32
O-ring ･･･JIS B2401 3-P12.5 Hs90 Details for pilot valve mounting portion
φ5 (For ports X, Y, and Z1)
(Locating pin)
4-M20 3-φ16.5 Note1. For type LU40EA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to B port.
Note2. For type LU40EB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to A port.
●LU40F A
B
125 4 ●Hydraulic symbols
□ 85
35 LU40FA-10/* LU40FB-10/*
23
4
A B Restriction A B
Z1 Restriction ａ contraction ａ
Restriction
contraction Restriction contraction
P T contraction P T
42.5
50
P Z1 Y Z1 Y
X Y
16.3
B A
125
Z1 X Y Z1 X Y
T B B
62.5
56.5
A A
50 50
62.5
152
Restriction
contraction DE6P 19 4-M6
M6-φ1.2
Note 1, 2 10.3
Screw depth 6
0.75

0.5 SOL.a
P
6
16.3
150
2
B A
26.6
32.5
31
Counterboring diameter φ25, A

counterboring depth 1, G1/4, B
screw depth 12 (For ports Y, Z1)
T
60
40
φ6.7
28
4-M5 27.8
X Z1 Y
Screw depth 10 40.5
4
32
O-ring･･･JIS B2401 3-P12.5 Hs90

Details for pilot valve mounting portion
φ5 (For ports X, Y, Z1)
(Locating pin)
4-M20 3-φ16.5
Note1. For type LU40FA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to B port.
Note2. For type LU40FB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to A port.
5-16
Logic valve
●LU 50
63A
F D
LU*A-10/F
Restriction
C
contraction
□G
A
X
X
B
D
E
5 A
Counterboring diameter φL, counterboring depth 1,
Screw diameter M, Screw for restriction contraction “P”
screw depth N (For port X)
2
X
B
H
X
6
φ6 (Locating pin)
φQ
J
O-ring “S”
φR
K
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R O-ring dimension “S”

50 140 68 50 70 58 30 100 35 33.5 4-M20 38 G12 14 M8 6.7 16.5 JIS B2401 P12.5 Hs90
3
63 180 82 62.5 90 75 38 125 40 49 4-M30 45 G 4 16 M16 11.5 22 JIS B2401 P18 Hs90
●LU 50
63 S
E
F
D
LU*S 24 -10/F
C
A
Restriction
X contraction
X
D
X
B
□G
5 A
Maximum V
A
Width across flat of hexagon socket 5
(For a locking bolt)
●With a scale type stroke limitter

●Screw type
Maximum V
115
Width across flat of hexagon socket W

Screw for restriction contraction “P”
Counterboring diameter φL, counterboring depth 1,
０８９
Width across flat X
１２
Screw diameter M, screw depth N
(For port X)
U
B
X
K
X
6
O-ring “S” φQ
H
最大T
(For port X)
φR
φ6 (Locating pin) J
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R O-ring dimension “S” T U V W X

S2 35
50 1
140 78 50 70 58 30 100 40 4-M20 40 38 G 2 14 M8 6.7 16.5 JIS B2401 P12.5 Hs90 92 15 20 17 46
S4
S2 40
63 180 92 62.5 90 75 38 125 49 4-M30 45 G34 16 M16 11.5 22 JIS B2401 P18 Hs90 117 19 24 19 55
S4 68
5-17
Logic valve
●LU 50
63 B F D
M Restriction contraction M8-φS E G
O-ring “V”
(For ports X, Z1, and Z2) Z1
5
Z1
φU
Z1
φT
LU*B
F
C
Screw for
□Ｈ
A
ＸＡＡ Z2
Z1
K (For port A)
F
L
D
Restriction X Z1 Z2
contraction Restriction
contraction
B
Counterboring diameter φ38, Z2 Z2
counterboring depth 1, 5
Screw diameter G1/2, screw depth 14 Z2 G A
( For ports Z1, Z2) M J
M8 screw for P A
Restriction contraction M8-φS Counterboring diameter φ25, counterboring depth 1,
screw diameter G1/4, screw depth 12 (For port A)
4
B
N
X
6
φ6 (Locating pin)
Q
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U O-ring dimension “V”

50 140 68 50 70 30 58 67 100 94 70 75 35 34 4 33.5 4-M20 1.5 6.7 16.5 3-JIS B2401 P12.5 Hs90
63 180 82 62.5 90 38 75 90 125 132 85 90 42 40 2 49 4-M30 1.8 11.5 22 3-JIS B2401 P18 Hs90
●LU50C □100
30 70
65 Restriction contraction M8-φ1.2
Z1
LU*C
58
50
Restriction
contraction
Restriction
140
contraction
125
Ｘ Y
Z1 Pilot area ratio
X AZ1 3
Y
AX ≒ 1
75
70
Z1 X Y
61
48
B
A
20
30×34.6
60
74
58 58
5 140 5
M8 screw for Counterboring diameter φ25, counterboring depth 1,

restriction contraction screw diameter G1/4, screw depth 12 (For port Z1)
Z1
4
X Ｙ
68
35

X Ｙ Screw diameter G1/2, screw depth 14 (For ports X, Y)
6
φ6 (Locating pin)
33.5
φ6
.7
4-M20
3-φ16.5
O-ring･･･3-JIS B2401 P12.5 Hs90
5-18
Logic valve
●LU63C
□125
38 90
78
Z1
LU*C
75
62.5
Restriction
contraction
180
Y Restriction
Ｘ contraction
130
Z1
X
Y
90
80
80
Z1 X Y
53
B
A
15
30×34.6 ●Pilot area ratio
75
89
AZ1 3
75 75 ≒
5 180 5 Counterboring diameter φ25, counterboring depth 1, AX 1
screw diameter G1/4, screw depth 12（For port Z1）
M8 screw for
Z1
4
Restriction contraction M8-φ1.2

Screw diameter G1/2, screw depth 14 ( For ports X, Y)
X Y
82
φ11
40
.5
X Y
6
5 φ6（Locating pin）
49
4-M30
3-φ22 O-ring･･･3-JIS B2401 P18 Hs90

A
●LU 50
63 DB
E E ●Hydraulic symbols
F D
LU*DA LU*DB
A B Restriction A B Restriction
ａａ
C
T P T P T
X Y X Y X Y
A
B A X X
Y Y
23
P B B
H
D
G
A A
27
ロJ
5 A 5
N Note 1, 2 54
P A M8 plug and a screw for restriction 27
contraction 16.7
DE10P
B A T
121.5
46
32.5
SOL.a AC
21.4
DC 4-M8
6.3
P Screw depth 10
2
B A
37.3
4-M6 50.8
Screw depth 12
B

Screw diameter G1/2, screw depth 14 ( For ports X, Y)
φQ
K
K
6
X Y
L
O-ring “S”
φ6 (For ports X, Y)
（Locating pin） 50
M 2-φR Note1．For type LU 63 DA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M8) is provided to B port.
50
Note2．For type LU 63 DB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M8) is provided to A port.
Nominal Dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R O-ring dimension “S”

50 140 68 50 70 58 30 61 79 100 30 33.5 4-M20 215.5 199 6.7 16.5 2-JIS B2401 P12.5 Hs90
63 180 82 62.5 90 75 38 81 96 125 40 49 4-M30 235.5 219 11.5 22 2-JIS B2401 P18 Hs90
5-19
Logic valve
●LU 50
63 E B
A
E E
F D LU*EA LU*EB
J
L
A B Restriction ａ
A B Restriction
ａ contraction contraction
Z1
P T P T
Y Y
E
C
T X X
X Y X Z1 X Z1
Y Y
A
B A B B
23
H
A A
D
G
54
27 27
ロK 16.7
5 A S 5 Note 1, 2
T A M8 plug and a screw for restriction
contraction
B A T
DE10P
46
32.5
6.3
121.5
21.4
4-M8
SOL.a AC Screw depth 10
P
DC
4-M6 37.3
2
B A
Counterboring diameter φ38, Screw depth 12 50.8
Screw diameter G1/2, screw depth 14 Details for pilot valve mounting portion
B
(For ports X, Y)
P
Q
φU
6
X Y
M
O-ring “W”
φ6
(Locating pin)
N 3-φV
50
Note1．For type LU 63 EA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M8) is provided to B port.
50
Note2．For type LU 63 EB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M8) is provided to A port.
Nominal Dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V O-ring dimentions “W”
50 140 68 50 70 58 30 66.5 76 76 100 4.5 34 4-M20 38 35 30 215.5 199 6.7 16.5 3-JIS B2401 P12.5 Hs90
63 180 82 62.5 90 75 38 90 96 90 125 2 50 4-M30 42 40 40 235.5 219 11.5 22 3-JIS B2401 P18 Hs90
●LU 50
63 F B
A
E E ●Hydraulic symbols
F D
LU*FA LU*FB
5
Restriction
Z1 Restriction A B contraction A B
contraction ａａ Restriction
E
P T contraction P T
C
T
X Y Z1 Y Z1 Y
A
B A
23
Z1 X Z1 X
Y Y
P B B
H
G
D
A A
27 54
ロJ 27
Q A 5 16.7
R
S Note 1, 2
A M8 plug and a screw for restriction
contraction B A T
46
32.5
6.3
21.4
DE10P 4-M8
P Screw depth 10
121.5
SOL．a AC
4-M6 37.3
DC Screw depth 12 50.8
Restriction
contraction
2
M8-φT B A
Counterboring diameter φ38, Details for pilot valve mounting portion
(For ports Y, Z1)
B
K
M
L
φU
6
X Y
N
φ6 O-ring “W”
(Locating pin) (For ports X, Y, and Z1) 50
Note1．For type LU 63 FA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M8) is provided to B port.
P 3-φV 50
Note2．For type LU 63 FB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M8) is provided to A port.
Nominal Dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V O-ring dimension “W”
50 140 68 50 70 58 30 72 76 100 34 30 30 33.5 4-M20 4 215.5 199 1.5 6.7 16.5 3-JIS B2401 P12.5 Hs90
63 180 82 62.5 90 75 38 90 96 125 47 32 40 49 4-M30 1 235.5 219 1.8 11.5 22 3-JIS B2401 P18 Hs90
5-20
Logic valve
●LU 100
80
A
35°
A
B
φ
φ
X ●Hydraulic symbols
LU*A-10/F
Restriction
contraction
X
X
B
Screw diameter L, screw depth M
(For hook bolts)
A
K
Counterboring diameter φE, counterboring depth F
Screw diameter G, screw depth H Screw for restriction contraction "J"
(For port X)
N
X
C
D
X
6
Q
P
O-ring “T”
φR φ8（Locating pin）
(For port X)
φS
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S O-ring dimension “T”

80 250 200 70 35 50 2.5 G 34 16 M16 128.5 2-M10 20 10 44 8-M24 15 32 JIS B2401 P26 Hs90
100 300 245 75 40 60 4 G1 18 M20 155 2-M16 30 11 44 8-M30 18.5 40 JIS B2401 P34 Hs90
●LU 100
80
S
35°
A
B
φ
φ
X
2
LU*S 4 -10/F
In case of nominal dimension 80
Restriction
2-M10-20 (For hook bolts) contraction
K X
20
In case of nominal dimension 100

2-M10-20 (For hook bolts) X
Width across flat of hexagon socket 5 B
(For a locking bolt)
Maximum L
A
●Screw type
Maximum L
●With a scale type stroke limitter

Width across flat of hexagon socket M
115
Screw for restriction

Counterboring diameter φE, counterboring depth F contraction “J” 2 1 0 9 8
Screw diameter G, screw depth H
23
C
76
D
X
Maximum N
6
44
O-ring “S” φQ
(For port X) φR φ8 (Locating pin)
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R O-ring dimension “S”

S2 35
80 S4 250 200 114 50 2.5 G 34 16 M16 128.5 30 24 143 8-M24 15 32 JIS B2401 P26 Hs90
24
S2 40
100 S4 300 245 132 60 4 G1 18 M20 155 38 27 178 8-M30 18.5 40 JIS B2401 P34 Hs90
35
5-21
Logic valve
●LU80B
Counterboring diameter φ44, counterboring depth 2
(For ports Z1, Z2)
45
Z1
Restriction
Z1 contraction Z1 ●Hydraulic symbols
129
M8-φ2.0
35°
LU80B
0
0
25
20 Restriction
φ
φ contraction
X A Restriction A Z2
contraction
Z1
X Z1 Z2
Restriction
129
contraction B
Z2 M8 screw for Z2
restriction A
contraction 2-M10-20
(For hook bolts)
Z2
73
45 Counterboring diameter φ25, counterboring depth 1,
screw diameter G1/4, screw depth 12
(For port A)
4
80
X
6
44

3-φ32 φ8（Locating pin） 8-M24
●LU100B Counterboring diameter φ44,

40 Z1 counterboring depth 3
Screw diameter G1/2,
screw depth 14
(For ports Z1, Z2)
Z1 Restriction
contraction Z1
M8-φ2.0
153
35ﾟ ●Hydraulic symbols

0
30
45 LU100B
φ
2
φ Restriction
contraction
Counterboring
diameter φ25, X A
A Z2
counterboring depth 1 Restriction
Screw diameter G1/4, contraction Z1
screw depth 12
(For port A)
X Z1 Z2
M8 screw for Restriction
restriction contraction B
153
contraction
A
Z2
2-M16-30
(For hook bolts)
Z2
Z2 95
40
18

75
Ｘ
6
58
8-M30
3-φ40 φ8（Locating pin）
5-22
Logic valve
●LU 100
80
C Restriction contraction M8-φ1.2
Z1
LU*C
35ﾟ Pilot area ratio
A
30X34.6
AZ1 3
φ
B ≒
φ AX 1
Y Restriction
X Y contraction
H
F
Restriction
contraction
Z1
Y
Z1 X Y
Screw diameter L, screw depth M

B
(For hook bolts) A
G
E
Counterboring diameter φ38, counterboring depth 1, Counterboring diameter φ25, counterboring depth 1,
Screw diameter G1/2, screw depth 14 screw diameter G1/4, screwed depth 12
(For port Y) (For port Z1)
5
M8 screw for
C
D
X Y
6
K
J
O-ring "P" φN φ8（Locating pin）

Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N O-ring dimension “P”

80 250 200 80 40 146 4 51 8 44 8-M10 2-M10 20 32 3-JIS B2401 P26 Hs90
100 300 245 90 45 167 0 72 5 57 8-M30 2-M16 30 40 3-JIS B2401 P34 Hs90
●LU 100
80
D AB
LU*DA LU*DB
35ﾟ B B A B
A
φ
ａ A Restriction Restriction
φ
contraction ａ contraction
P T P T
6
X Y
F
T X Y X Y
B A
23
P X Y X Y
B B
A A
Screw diameter K, screw depth L

For hook bolts
27
E E 54
27
H 16.7
J
Note 1, 2
A M8 plug and a screw for restriction
B A T
contraction
46
32.5
121.5
6.3
21.4
AC 4-M8
SOL.a
P Screw depth 10
DC
B A Counterboring diameter φ44, 4-M6 37.3
counterboring depth 3 Screw depth 12 50.8
(For ports X, Y) Details for pilot valve mounting portion
C
D
X Y
6
44
G 2-φM
80
Note 1．For type LU 100 DA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap M8 screw (M6) is provided to B port.
φ8 O-ring “N”
80
（Locating pin） (For ports X, Y) Note 2．For type LU 100 DB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap M8 screw (M6) is provided to A port.
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M O-ring dimension “N”

80 250 200 80 30 128 9.5 8-M24 270.5 254 2-M10 20 32 2-JIS B2401 P26 Hs90
100 300 245 90 40 153 9 8-M30 295.5 279 2-M16 30 40 2-JIS B2401 P34 Hs90
5-23
Logic valve
●LU 100
80
E A
B Counterboring diameter φ25, counterboring depth 1
Z1 Screw diameter G1/4, screw depth 12
(For port P) ●Hydraulic symbols
LU*EA LU*EB
P Restriction Restriction
35ﾟ B A B contraction A B contraction
A
φ
φ
F
P T P T
6
X T Y P Y P Y
B A X X
23
P X
X Z1 Y Z1 Y
B B
Screw diameter M, screw depth N A A

(For hook bolts)
27
G G
54
27
K 16.7
L
Note 1, 2
B A T
A M8 plug and a screw
46
32.5
121.5
for restriction contraction
21.4
AC 4-M8
SOL.a
6.3
P Screw depth 10
DC
B A counterboring depth 3 4-M6 37.3
Screw diameter G1/2, Screw depth 12 50.8
screw depth 14
(For ports X, Y) Details for pilot valve mounting portion
C
D
X Y
6
J 3-φP
H
80
φ8 O-ring “Q” Note 1．For type LU100 EA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap M8 screw (M6) is provided to B port.
（Locating pin） (For ports X, Y, and Z1) 80
Note 2．For type LU100 EB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap M8 screw (M6) is provided to A port.
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P O-ring dimension “Q”
80 250 200 80 45 38 73 128 44 8-M24 270.5 254 2-M10 20 32 3-JIS B2401 P26 Hs90
100 300 245 90 55 40 95 153 57 8-M30 295.5 279 2-M16 30 40 3-JIS B2401 P34 Hs90
●LU 100
80
F AB ●Hydraulic symbols
LU*EA LU*EB
Z1 Restriction Restriction Restriction Restriction
contraction A B contraction contraction A B contraction
F
35ﾟ B
A
φ
φ
P T P T
6
X Y Z1 Y Z1 Y
T
B A
H
A1 A1
23
A1
P Z1 X Z1 X
Y Y
B B
Screw diameter L, screw depth M A A

(For hook bolts)
27
G F
54
N 27
16.7
P
Note 1, 2
DE10P A M8 plug and a screw for B A T
121.5
46
32.5
Counterboring diameter φ25, restriction contraction

21.4
counterboring depth 1 AC 4-M8

SOL.a
6.3
Screw diameter G1/4, P Screw depth 10

screw depth 12 DC Counterboring diameter φ44,
(For port A1) counterboring depth 3
B A 4-M6 37.3
Screw diameter G1/2, screw
Restriction contraction depth 14 Screw depth 12 50.8
M8-φ2.0
(For ports Y, Z1)
C
E
D
X Y
6
K 3-φQ
J
80
φ8 O-ring “R” Note 1．For type LU 100 FA-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap M8 screw (M6) is provided to B port.
(For ports X, Y, 80
（Locating pin） Note 2．For type LU 100 FB-10/*, a hexagon socket head cap set screw (M6) is provided to A port.
and Z1)
Nominal dimension A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q O-ring dimension “R”
80 250 200 80 32 45 128 73 10 44 8-M24 2-M10 20 270.5 254 32 3-JIS B2401 P26 Hs90
100 300 245 90 40 40 153 95 13 57 8-M30 2-M16 30 295.5 279 40 3-JIS B2401 P34 Hs90
5-24
Selector valve
Selector valve
Cartridge type selector valve CS6C Selector valve CS6P
Y Y1 A P B
■Type indication
Selector valve Type of hydraulic oil

Connection method
P = Gasket connection type Series number: 10
C = Cartridge connection type
●CS6C ●CS6P
Y1
Y X
A P B
■Specifications
CS*C CS*P
Nominal Dimension 6 10 6 10
Maximum working pressure MPa（kgf/cm2） 41.2
（420） 30.9
（315）
Maximum flow rate L/min *1 20 60 20 60
Mass kg 0.05 0.3 0.9 3.0
*1. Add restriction contraction to the manifold, if necessary, so as the flow rate to be the specified maximum
value or lower even when expected maximum differential pressure is applied.
■Accessories
●Mounting bolt
CS6P M5×50L 4 pcs. 6.9±1.0

（70±10）
CS10P M6×70L 4 pcs. 11.8±1.8

（120±18）
5-25
Selector valve
●CS 10
6
C
2 3 1
No. Description
1 Sheet
2 Sheet
X 3 Steel ball
4 Plug
5 O-ring
6 O-ring
7 Backup ring
*7 *6 6 7 5 4
Caution for assembling
Put the backup ring *7, and O-ring *6
into the cartridge hole, and then inset
the sheet 2.
L4 L10
L6
6.3
L8
0.02 A
L9
R0
°
R0
15
.4
.4
Y1 R0.4
φD
7 3.2
φD3
φD2
φD4
φD5
3.2 X
1.6
°
C0.1
45
φD1
±1°
A Y 1.6
φD8 15°
1.6
L7
D6
L5
L3 0.02 A
L1（Finished area L2）
Nominal +0.1 +0.2 +0.5 +0.4 +0.1

L10 L2 L3 0 L4 L5 0 L6 L7 L8 L9 0 L10 D1 D2 D3 D4 0 D5 D6 D7 D8
dimension
6 44 42.5 40 30 18 16 14 12.5 2.5 4 5 10H8 +0.022
0 13H8+0.027
0 18.6 24 M16×1.5 5 5
10 65 63 61 45 26.5 24 19 16.5 3.5 4 10 22H7+0.021

0 28H7+0.021
0 35.8 41 G1 11.5 11.5
5-26
Selector valve
●CS6P 65.5
64
40.5 12.5
27.8
19
10.3
31
A B
32.5
44
16.3
P
6
0.75
2
5
40
3-φ
5
3-φ12
10
O-ring･･･3-JIS B2401 P9 Hs90 4-M5
(For ports A, B, and P)
●CS10P 95
91
54 18.5
37.3
27
16.7
P
6.3
21.4
46
70
A B
2
6
60
3-
φ
8.
3
10
3-φ16
O-ring･･･3-JIS B2401 P12 Hs90 4-M6

(For ports A, B, and P)
5-27
Logic element for pressure control LR/LPR
Logic element for pressure control
■Type indication
●LR

(Relief valve element) No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
16, 25, 32, 40, V = Phosphate ester based
50, 63, 80 hydraulic oil
Connection method Restriction contraction hole diameter

C = Cartridge type (In case that a restriction contraction
hole is provided)
Series number: 10 Nominal Restriction
Dimension contraction hole
Poppet type 16 φ1.0

A = Types without cushion overlap 25 φ1.0
B = Types with cushion overlap 32 φ1.2
40 φ1.5
Cracking pressure
50 φ1.8
20 ＝ 0.2MPa
（2.0kgf/cm2）
63 φ2.0
80 φ2.8
●LPR

（Pressure reducing valve element） No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
16, 25, 32, 40, V = Phosphate ester based
50, 63 hydraulic oil
Connection method Cracking pressure

C = Cartridge connection type 20 ＝ 0.2MPa
（2.0kgf/cm2）
Series number: 10
Poppet type
B = Types with cushion overlap
■Specifications ■Cover
Nominal Dimension 16 25 32 40 50 63 80 We can manufacture covers for relief valve and
Maximum working pressure MPa（kgf/cm2） 41.2
（420） pressure reducing valve element.
LR 250 400 600 1,000 1,600 2,500 4,500 Please contact us for the detail information.
（Note）
LPR 40 100 150 300 500 800 ー
LR 1.77 3.80 6.15 11.3 16.6 26.4 44.2
Sheet area cm2
LPR 2.27 3.80 6.15 11.3 19.6 30.2 ー
LR 6 8 10 13 16 20 23
Poppet stroke mm
LPR 6.5 8.5 10 13 17 22 ー
LR 1.06 3.04 6.15 14.7 26.6 52.8 101.7
Stroke volume cm3
LPR 1.48 3.23 6.15 14.7 33.3 66.4 ー
Mass kg 0.2 0.4 1.0 1.8 3.8 7.0 13.0
(Note) For the pressure reducing valve element, setting larger cracking pressure can increase the
maximum flow rate.
5-28
■Dimension drawing (Refer to the paragraph “Logic valve” for manifold machining drawings.)
Logic element for pressure control

Relief valve element Pressure reducing valve element
Type LR*C-10-A*/* LR*C-10-A* LR*C-10-B*/* LR*C-10-B* LPR*C-10-*
φA
φA φA φF
φF φF
Cover side
Cover side Cover side
E
E
E
B
B
B
B B
A A A
φC D Single shim φC D Single shim φC D Single shim
thickness thickness thickness
Hydraulic symbols
B B B B
B
A A A A A
Nominal
dimension 16 25 32 40 50 63 80
φA 32 45 60 75 90 120 145
B 55 71 84 104 121 153 203
φC 25 34 45 55 68 90 110
D 1 1 1 1 1 2 2
E 0 0 0 4.5 6 7 20
φF 0 0 0 30 38 48 60
(Note) Refer to the paragraph "Logic valve" for selecting procedure of a shim.
5-29
Solenoid proportional
control valve
Pressure control valve Page
Solenoid proportional direct operated type relief valve – for vent control・・RDPV・・・・ 6-2
Solenoid proportional balanced piston type relief valve・・・ BP・・・・ 6-5
Solenoid proportional pilot pressure reducing valve – Direct operated type・・PRDP6・・・・6-10
Solenoid proportional pilot pressure reducing valve — Direct operated type・・PRDP1M6・・・・6-13
Pressure reducing valve of solenoid proportional balanced piston type・・ PRBP・・・・6-16
Directional control valve
Solenoid proportional control valve – Direct operated type・・・・・・・DDP6・・・・6-20
Solenoid proportional control valve – 2-stage amplifier type・・・・・・・DHP・・・・6-22
Solenoid proportional control valve – Direct operated type, with LVDT・・ DDPL6・・・・6-26
Solenoid proportional control valve – 2-stage amplifier type, with LVDT・・・DHPL・・・・6-29
Controller・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 6-32
C series
For AC power supply single solenoid・・・・・・・ C-B10-A・・・・6-34
For AC power supply double solenoid・・・・・CW-B10-A・・・・6-35
For DC power supply single solenoid・・・・・・ C-B15-D・・・・6-36
For DC power supply double solenoid・・・・・CW-B15-D・・・・6-37
For DC power supply single solenoid with LVDT feedback・・・CF-B15-D・・・・6-38
For DC power supply double solenoid with LVDT feedback・・CFW-B15-D・・・・6-39
KC series
For DC power supply single and double solenoids—small and inexpensive type・・ KC,KWC・・・・6-40

6-1
Solenoid proportional direct operated type relief valve – for vent control RDPV
Amplifier mounted type
P T
Solenoid proportional direct operated type relief valve – for vent control
The solenoid proportional direct operated 1. Special damping mechanism with a spring P
type relief valve consists of DC realises superior stability even at high
proportional solenoid and poppet type pressure of 34.3 MPa (350 kgf/cm2).
direct operated relief valve, and allows 2. During the initial adjustment or malfunction
hydraulic pressure to be remotely in the electrical system, manual operation
controlled at a given rate in proportion to can be done with the manual pressure
the input current by connecting it to the adjustment thread. T
vent line of the pilot operation type 3. The structure is simple and maintenance is
pressure control valve (relief valve or easy.
pressure reducing valve). In addition, 4. Easy handling amplifier mounted type is also
amplifier mounted types are controlled by lined up.
voltage input.
■Type indication
Solenoid proportional direct Type of hydraulic oil

operated type relief valve No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
(For vent control) V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
5 Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
Connection method Electric connection symbol

P = Gasket connection type B = DIN connector
C = DIN large connector
E = Amplifier mounted type
Series number: 10
Solenoid ratings
E = 14.2Ω×0.8A
50 = 4.9MPa(50kgf/cm2)
100 = 9.8MPa(100kgf/cm2)
150 = 14.7MPa(150kgf/cm2)
250 = 24.5MPa(250kgf/cm2)
315 = 30.9MPa(315kgf/cm2)
350 = 34.3MPa(350kgf/cm2)
●Mounting bolt
P-RDPV5R14-0 Rc 1 4
RDPV5 2kg RDPV5 M5×55L 4 pcs. 6.9±1.0 (70±10.5)
P-RDPV5G14-0 G 14
sub-plate type.
6-2
■Specifications
Nominal dimension 5
Maximum working pressure Port P 34.3 (350)

Reproducibility % 2 or less
Hysteresis % 3 or less
See the Current - Pressure Characterisitics
Solenoid rated current mA (the following figure).
Electrical specifications
Coil resistance Ω 14.2 at 20℃
Dither (Recommendable value) 200HzPWM/200Hz, 200mAP-P
In case the amplifier is installed separately Standard amplifier type KC-B10/C-B10-A 100
200
Power source DC24V

In case of amplifier mounted type
Command voltage 0 to 5V
Solenoid proportional direct operated type relief valve – for vent control
B
RDPV5P-10/*-E C 2.7
Mass kg
RDPV5P-10/*-EE 3.2
■Current - Pressure characteristics (viscosity 25 mm2/s (cSt))

●RDPV5
35 For 34.3 MPa 15 For 14.7 MPa

14
For 30.9 MPa 13
30
12
25 11
For 9.8 MPa
For 24.5 MPa 10
Pressure (MPa)
Pressure (MPa)
9
20
8
7
15
6
5 For 4.9 MPa
10 4
3
5 2
1
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 850 930 0 100 200 300 400 500 550 600 700 800
Current (mA) Current (mA)
■Pressure override characteristics (viscosity 25 mm2/s (cSt)) ■Minimum adjustment pressure characteristics (viscosity 25 mm2/s (cSt))
●RDPV5 ●RDPV5
Input current: 0
35 4
Pa
For 34.3 M For 30.9 MPa For 34.3 MPa
30 For 30.9 MPa
Pa
25 For 24.5 M 3
Pressure (MPa)
Pressure (MPa)
20
For 14.7 MPa
2
15 For 24.5 MPa
For 9.8 MPa
10 For 9.8 MPa
For 4.9 MPa 1
For 14.7 MPa
5
For 4.9 MPa
0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3 0 0.5 1 1.5 2 2.5 3
6-3
B
●RDPV5P-10/*E C
21.4 2 18.1
45
35
Emergency manual adjustment screw
Max. 17.5 (Use length of 16.5 to 17.5 mm)

(It will drop out if excessively be moved backward)
25.8 38.7 MAX. 144
PG11 (Cable outer diameter 8 to 10 mm)
MAX.245
GDM3011
(In case of electric connection symbol B)
GDME3011
Solenoid proportional direct operated type relief valve
(In case of electric connection symbol C)
MAX．
17.2 83.5
73
69
Air bleeding plug
37
52
27
1.4
P T
8
4-M5
2-φ12.2 　 torque 6.9±1.0 N･m {70±10 kgf･cm}
Tightening
O-ring JIS B2401P9 Hs90

（For ports P, T）
●RDPV5P-10/*EE
2 18.1
21.4
45
35

25.8 38.7 MAX. 144 (It will drop out if excessively be moved backward)
MAX.245
Cable grounding ISO228-G1/2
(Outer diameter of connection cable φ6 to φ13)
MAX．
17.2 83.5
68
Air bleeding plug

52
27
1.4
P T
8
4-M5
2-φ12.2 　 torque 6.9±1.0
Tightening 　 N･m {70±10
　kgf･cm}
O-ring JIS B2401P9 Hs90

（For ports P, T）
6-4
Solenoid proportional balanced piston type relief valve RBP
X P T
Solenoid proportional balanced piston type relief valve

The solenoid proportional balanced piston type 1. The maximum pressure limiting device 3. During the initial adjustment or malfunction in
relief valve consists of the solenoid provides safety measures against abnormal the electrical system, manual operation can
proportional pilot relief valve and balanced
piston type relief valve, and allows hydraulic pressure. be done with the manual pressure
pressure to be remotely controlled at a given 2. Special damping mechanism in the solenoid adjustment thread on the pilot relief valve.
rate in proportion to the input current. In proportional pilot relief valve realises superior 4. Easy handling amplifier mounted type is also
addition, amplifier mounted types are
controlled by voltage input. Various serieses stability even at high pressure 34.3 MPa lined up.
are lined up including high pressure, high flow (350 kgf/cm2).
rate, therefore, the best suited equipment can
be selected for your usage.
■Type indication
Solenoid proportional balanced Type of hydraulic oil

piston type relief valve No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
10, 20, 30, 35 Water-glycol based hydraulic oil
Connection method
B = DIN connector
Series number: 10 Solenoid ratings

E = 14.2Ω×0.8A
Pilot drain type

Y = External drain

●Hydraulic symbols 50 = 4.9MPa
（50kgf/cm2）
100 （100kgf/cm2）
= 9.8MPa
150 = 14.7MPa（150kgf/cm2）
P 250 = 24.5MPa（250kgf/cm2）
315 = 30.9MPa（315kgf/cm2）
350 = 34.3MPa（350kgf/cm2）
6-5
■Specifications
Nominal dimension 10 20 30 35
Maximum working pressure Ports P, T, and X 34.3 (350)

MPa (kgf/cm2)
Port Y 1.0 (10)
Solenoid rated current mA See the Current - Pressure Characterisitics (the following figure).
200
Power source DC24V

B
RBP*P-10/*-E C 5.3 6.2 7.1 20.5
Mass kg
RBP*P-10/*-EE 5.8 6.7 7.6 21
P-RB10R14-0 Rc 1 4 Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
P-RB10G14-0 G 1
4 RBP10 M12×45L 4 pcs. 98.0 ± 14.7 (1000 ± 150)
RBP10 P-RB10R38-0 Rc 3 8 RBP20 M16×50L 4 pcs. 235.2 ± 35.2 (2400 ± 360)

2.1kg
P-RB10G38-0 G 3
8 RBP30 M18×50L 4 pcs. 333.2 ± 50.0 (3400 ± 510)
P-RB10R12-0 Rc 1 2 RBP35 M16×70L 6 pcs. 235.2 ± 35.2 (2400 ± 360)
P-RB10G12-0 G 1
2
P-RB20R34-0 Rc 3 4
P-RB20G34-0 G 3
4
RBP20 4.4kg
P-RB20R1-0 Rc1
P-RB20G1-0 G1
P-RB30R54-0 Rc1 1 4
P-RB30G54-0 G1 1 4
RBP30 6.9kg
P-RB30R32-0 Rc1 1 2
P-RB30G32-0 G1 1 2
For the dimension drawing, refer to page 5 and 6 of the appendix.
■Current - Pressure characteristics (viscosity 25 mm /s (cSt)) 2
●RBP*
Flow rate: Maximum flow rate×1/2 Dither: 200 HzPWM
35 For 34.3 MPa 15 For 14.7 MPa

14
For 30.9 MPa
30 13
12
11
25
10 For 9.8 MPa
9
Pressure (MPa)
Pressure (MPa)
20 For 24.5 MPa 8

7
15
6
5
10 4 For 4.9 MPa
3
5 2
1
0 850 930
100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 0 100 200 300 400 500 550 600 700 800
6-6
●RBP10 ●RBP20
35 35
For 34.3 MPa For 30.9 MPa
.9 M Pa, 34.3 MPa
30 30 For 30 For 24.5 M
Pa
For 24.5 MPa
25
Pressure (MPa)
Pressure (MPa)
25
20 20
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 25 50 75 100 0 50 100 150 200 250 300

●RBP30 ●RBP35

35 35 For 30.9 MPa, 34.3 MPa
MPa
30 Pa, 34.3 For 24.5 MPa
30 For 24.5 MPa
For 30.9 M
25 25
Pressure (MPa)
Pressure (MPa)
20 For 14.7 MPa 20
For 14.7 MPa
15 For 9.8 MPa 15
For 9.8 MPa
10 10
For 4.9 MPa
5 For 4.9 MPa
5
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
■Minimum adjustment pressure characterisitcs (viscosity 25 mm2/s (cSt)) Input current: 0

●RBP10 ●RBP20
0.8 0.8
0.7 For 24.5 MPa, 30.9 MPa, and 34.3 MPa
Pressure (MPa)
Pressure (MPa)
0.6 0.6
0.5 For 14.7 MPa
For 24.5 MPa, 30.9 MPa, and 34.3 MPa
0.4 0.4
0.3
0.2 For 14.7 MPa 0.2 For 9.8 MPa
For 9.8 MPa
For 4.9 MPa 0.1 For 4.9 MPa
0 25 50 75 100 0 50 100 150 200 250 300
●RBP30 ●RBP35
1.8 2.0
1.6
Pressure (MPa)
Pressure (MPa)
1.4 1.6
1.2 For 24.5 MPa, 30.9 MPa, and 34.3 MPa
1 1.2 For 24.5 MPa, 30.9 MPa, and 34.3 MPa
0.8 For 14.7 MPa For 14.7 MPa
0.6 0.8
0.4 0.4 For 4.9 MPa
0.2 For 4.9 MPa For 9.8 MPa For 9.8 MPa
0 50 100 150 200 250 300 350 400 450 500 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
6-7
●RBP10, 20, 30P-10/*-E BC
L7
X T
P
B1
B2

L8 L2 (It will drop out if excessively be moved backward)
L3
L1 L4
In case of electric connection symbol B (DIN connector GDM3011) In case of electric connection symbol C (DIN large connector GDME3011)
MAX.L6 PG11
(Cable outer diameter 8 to 10mm)

L5
198
52
L10
194
Y Air bleeding plug

Maximum pressure limiting device
G 1 4 Screw depth 12
98
78
(With plastic plug)

26
X P T
H1
φ6 D2 Locating pin
M5 L9 D3
φ13 4-D1
Tightening torque
＃10 (M12) 98±15 N･m (1000±150　kgf･cm)
＃20 (M16) 235±35 N･m (2400±360　kgf･cm)
＃30 (Ｍ18) 333±50 N･m (3400±510　kgf･cm)
10
●RBP20
30
P-10/*-EE L7
X P T
B1
B2
45
L8 L2 Max. 17.5 (Use length of 16.5 to 17.5 mm)

L3 (It will drop out if excessively be moved backward)
L1 L4
Cable grounding ISO228-G1/2
MAX.L6
(Outer diameter of connection cable φ6 to φ13)
L5
52
L10
193
Y Air bleeding plug

G 1 4 Screw depth 12
98
78
(With plastic plug)

26
X P T
H1
φ6 D2 Locating pin
M5 L9 D3
φ13 4-D1
Tightening torque
＃10 (M12) 98±15 N･m (1000±150　kgf･cm)
＃20 (M16) 235±35 N･m (2400±360　kgf･cm)
＃30 (Ｍ18) 333±50 N･m (3400±510　kgf･cm)
O-ring JIS B2401

Nominal dimension B1 B2 D1 D2 D3 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 L9 L10 H1 P and T ports T port
10 78 54 M12 12 20 23.5 22.1 47.6 54 99.5 251 90 0 22.1 *-7.5 19 P16,Hs 90 P10,Hs 90
20 100 69.8 M16 25 35 34 11.1 55.6 66.7 112.7 265 117 23.8 33.3 5.7 24 G30,Hs 90 P10,Hs 90
30 115 82.5 M18 31 40 41.5 12.7 76.2 88.9 122.9 275 148 31.7 44.4 15.9 24 G35,Hs 90 P10,Hs 90
*The symbol (-) indicates that the dimension shown is measured in the outside position.
6-8
●RBP35P-10/*-E BC
P
165 X T
130
Y
35
70
20 115
37.5 140
195 PG11 (Cable outer diameter 8 to 10 mm)
285
In case of electric connection symbol C

1
G　　Screw
4 depth 14 (With plastic plug) (DIN large connector GDME3011) In case of electric connection symbol B (DIN connector GDM3011)
73
69
37
52

242
246
φ34
21
Y
146
Solenoid air bleeding plug

100

X P T
21.5
φ5.2 φ40 φ40

φ18 φ55 φ55
6-M16
Tightening torque 235.2±35.2 N･m (2400±360 kgf･cm)
●RBP35P-10/*-EE
P
X T
165
130
35
70
20 115
37.5 140
195
1
G　　Screw
4 depth 14
(With plastic plug) 285
52
Max. 17.5 (Use length of 17.5 mm or less)

φ34
241
21
Y
146
Solenoid Air bleeding plug

100

X P T
21.5
φ5.2 φ40 φ40

φ18 φ55 φ55
6-M16
Tightening torque 235.2±35.2 N･m (2400±360 kgf･cm)
6-9
Solenoid proportional pilot pressure reducing valve – Direct operated type PRDP6
A
T
T A P
Solenoid proportional pilot pressure reducing valve – Direct operated type
It consists of the DC proportional solenoid 1. Exclusively for single solenoid type, 3. During the initial adjustment or
and spool type direct operated pressure small size, and inexpensive. malfunction in the electrical system,
reducing valve, and the position of the
directional flow regulating valve and allows 2. Special damping mechanism with a spring manual operation can be done with the
tilting angle of the variable capacity pump realises superior stability. push rod.
to be remotely controlled at a rate in
proportion to the input current.
■Type indication
Solenoid proportional type Type of hydraulic oil

Direct operated type pilot pressure reducing valve No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil

R = Rc thread connection type C = DIN large connector
G = G thread connection type L = Lead wire (with sure plug)
Series number: 10 Solenoid ratings

C = 24Ω×0.75A
Maximum adjustment pressure
D = 6Ω×1.5A
30 = 2.9MPa（30kgf/cm2）
50 = 4.9MPa（50kgf/cm2）
■Sub-plate
■Specifications Rc 1
P-DE6R14-0 4
1.0kg
P-DE6G14-0 G 1
4
Nominal dimension PRDP6*-10/30 PRDP6*-10/50 PRDP6
P-DE6R38-0 Rc 3 8
Maximum working Port P, A 13.7（140） 1.3kg
pressure P-DE6G38-0 G 3
8
MPa (kgf/cm2) Port T 1.0（10）
0 to 2.9 0 to 4.9 When you use a sub-plate, please place an order for the above
Secondary control pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) （0 to 30）（0 to 50） sub-plate type.
Reproducibility % 2 or less For the dimension drawing, refer to page 11 of the appendix.
Rated current mA 700/1,400
Electrical Coil resistance Ω 24/6 at 20℃ ■ Accessories

specifications Dither
(Recommendable value) 60Hz, 150/300mAP-P ●Mounting bolt
Standard amplifier type C-B10-A 100
200 /C-B15-D24 Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
Mass kg 2.5 PRDP6 M5×50L 4 pcs. 6.9±1.0（70±10.5）
6-10
●PRDP6*-10/30 ●PRDP6*-10/50
3.0
5.0
4.0
2.0
Pressure (MPa)
Pressure (MPa)
3.0
2.0
1.0
1.0

0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700
Primary pressure: 3.9 MPa (40 kgf/cm2) Primary pressure: 5.9 MPa (60 kgf/cm2)
Load flow rate: 0 L /min Load flow rate: 0 L /min
Dither: 60 Hz, 150 mAP-P Dither: 60 Hz, 150 mAP-P
■Load pressure – Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 25 mm2/s (cSt))

●PRDP6*-10/30 ●PRDP6*-10/50
5.0
3.0
4.0
Pressure (MPa)
Pressure (MPa)
2.0
3.0
2.0
1.0
1.0
0 2 4 6 8 10 0 2 4 6 8 10
Dither: 60 Hz, 150 mAP-P Dither: 60 Hz, 150 mAP-P
■Step response characteristics (viscosity 25 mm2/s (cSt))

●PRDP6*-10/30
3.0
Pressure (MPa)
2.0
1.0 Primary pressure: 13.7 MPa (140 kgf/cm2)

Secondary piping capacity: 15 cm3
Load flow rate: 0 L / min
Dither: 60 Hz, 150 mAP-P
0
Current ( mA)
600
0
20ms
6-11
●PRDP6P Sure plug (170020-2 Made by AMP)
JIS D5403 CA10 or equivalent
70
Air bleeding plug
Section J
1 (Slit width)
(Slit depth 1)
MAX.70
48
3-φ5.5
27
Section J: Details of the slit at the end of the screw
8
O-ring･･･3-AS568 No.012 Hs90 3-φ12.2
(For ports P, A, and T) 79 9 4-M5-50
MAX.170 Tightening torque：6.9±1.0 N･m
（70±10.5 kgf･cm）
5.95 ±0.1
16.25 ±0.1
0.75 ±0.1
26.55 ±0.1
32.5 ±0.1
P
A
31 ±0.1
46
T
19 ±0.1
27.8 ±0.1
12.5 40.5 ±0.1
●PRDP6G
4-M6 (From the other side) 12.5 40.5 ±0.2 Section J

Screw depth 10
1.6
+0.5
φ18 0
+0.1
φ11.6 0
32.5 ±0.2
0.5
31 ±0.2
A
15
3.2
46
13
T PF1/8
7
MAX.66
10.5
45ﾟ
Section G Section G : Details of connection ports (P, A, T)
45
36 29 1 (Slit width)
(Slit depth 1)
70
79 9
MAX.170
Sure plug (170020-2 Made by AMP)

JIS D5403 CA10 or equivalent
Section J: Details of the slit at the end of the screw
T A
P
48
27
Air bleeding plug
6-12
Solenoid proportional pilot pressure reducing valve – Direct operated type PRDP1M6
●PRDP1M6-S
T
A
●PRDP1M6-D
TP AB T
A B
Solenoid proportional pilot pressure reducing val – Direct operated type

It consists of the DC proportional solenoid 1. Special damping mechanism with a 2. During the initial adjustment or
and spool type direct operated pressure spring realises superior stability even at malfunction in the electrical system,
reducing valve, and the position of the high pressure of 30.9 MPa (315 kgf/cm2) manual operation can be done with the
directional flow regulating valve and allows being applied to the primary side. manual pressure adjustment thread.
tilting angle of the variable capacity pump
to be remotely controlled at a rate in
proportion to the input current.
■Type indication

Direct operated type pilot pressure No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
reducing valve V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
Series number: 10
Type of the solenoid Solenoid ratings

S = Single solenoid type A = 33Ω×0.75A
D = Double solenoid type B = 7.2Ω×1.5 A
Maximum adjustment pressure

（15kgf/cm2）
15 = 1.5MPa
（20kgf/cm2）
20 = 2.0MPa
■Sub-plate
■Specifications P-DE6R14-0 Rc 1 4
1.0kg
P-DE6G14-0 G 14
Nominal dimension PRDP1M6-D PRDP1M6-S PRDP1M6
P-DE6R38-0 Rc 3 8
Maximum working Port P, A 30.9
（315） 1.3kg
pressure P-DE6G38-0 G 38
MPa (kgf/cm2) Port T 1.0
（10）
When you use a sub-plate,
Working pressure range MPa (kgf/cm2) Up to 30.9
（315）
please place an order for the above sub-plate type.
Reproducibility % 2 or less For the dimension drawing, refer to page 11 of the appendix.
Rated current mA 750/1,500
Electrical Coil resistance Ω 33//7.2 ■Accessories

specifications Dither
(Recommendable value)
60Hz, 200/350mAP-P ●Mounting bolt
Standard amplifier type CW-B10-A 100
200 /CW-B15-D24 C-B10-A 100
Mass kg 4.3 3.2 PRDP1M6 M5×50L 4 pcs. 6.9±1.0

（70±10.5）
6-13
2.0 PRDP1M6-D/20
B solenoid side A solenoid side

1.5 PRDP1M6-D/15
Pressure (MPa)
1.0
0.5
Solenoid proportional pilot pressure reducing val –Direct operated type
Primary pressure: 20.6 MPa (210 kgf/cm2)

800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 Dither: 60 Hz, 200 mAP-P
Current ( mA)
■Load pressure – Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 25 mm2/s (cSt))

2.0
1.5
Pressure (MPa)
1.0
0.5
0 2 4 6 8 10
Flow rate (L/min)
■Step response characteristics (viscosity 25 mm2/s (cSt))

Secondary piping capacity: 40 cm3
2.0 2.0
1.5 1.5
Pressure (MPa)
Pressure (MPa)
1.0 1.0
0.5 0.5
0
0
Current ( mA)
Current ( mA)
750 750
0
0
20ms 20ms
6-14
●PRDP1M6-D 40.5 36
27.8
19
10.3
A B
MAX. 55
31
32.5
48
26.6
MAX. 31
16.3
6
P
0.75
In case of electric connection symbol C (DIN large connector GDME3011)
Cable grounding PG11
In case of electric connection symbol B (DIN connector GDM3011) (Outer diameter of connection cable φ8 to φ10）

96 (In case of electric connection symbol C)
92.5 (In case of electric connection symbol B)
Air bleeding plug
Solenoid a Solenoid b
24
φ6
1.4
9
4-φ12
110 MAX. 93 9
MAX. 296
314
4-M5-50 O-ring･･･4-JIS B2401 P9 Hs90

Tightening torque: 6.9 N･m (70 kgf･cm)
●PRDP1M6-S 40.5 36
27.8
19
A
MAX. 55
31
48
26.6
32.5
MAX. 31
16.3
6
P
0.75
Cable grounding　PG11
(Outer diameter of connection cable　φ8 to φ10)

In case of electric connection symbol B (DIN connector GDM3011)
92.5 (In case of electric connection symbol B)
96 (In case of electric connection symbol C)
Solenoid a
48
24
φ6
1.4
9
3-φ12
Solenoid
Air bleeding plug 110
MAX. 203
(Three locations)
212
(Port P, A, and T)
4-M5-50
Tightening torque：6.9 N･m (70 kgf･cm)
6-15
Pressure reducing valve of solenoid proportional balanced piston type PRBP
PRBP 10 with a check valve PRBP20、

30 with a check valve
Pressure reducing valve of solenoid proportional
B A Y B A Y
Pressure reducing valve of solenoid 1. The pilot pressure for the valve is supplied 3. The maximum pressure limiting device
proportional balanced piston type consists from the primary side, which allows the valve provides safety measures against
of the solenoid proportional pilot relief to use pilot flow even when the primary and abnormal pressure.
balanced piston type
valve and balanced piston type pressure secondary pressure difference or flow rate 4. During the initial adjustment or malfunction
reducing valve, and allows hydraulic increases and provides stable performance. in the electrical system, manual operation
system pressure to be remotely controlled (Nominal dimension 20, 30) can be done with the manual pressure
at a given rate in proportion to the input 2. The special damping mechanism is used in adjustment thread on the pilot relief valve.
current. In addition, amplifier mounted the solenoid proportional pilot relief valve, 5. Easy handling amplifier mounted type is
types are controlled by voltage input. even when the primary and secondary also lined up.
pressure drastically changes, superior stability
is obtained.
■Type indication
Pressure reducing valve of solenoid Type of hydraulic oil

proportional balanced piston type No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
Nominaldimension V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
Connection method
P = Gasket connection type Electric connection symbol
B = DIN connector
Series number: 10 C = DIN large connector
Solenoid ratings
E = 14.2Ω×0.8A

No symbol = Types without the valve
●Hydraulic symbols C = Types with the valve

Types without a check valve Types with a check valve
50 = 4.9MPa (50kgf/cm2)
100 = 9.8MPa (100kgf/cm2)
A A 150 = 14.7MPa (150kgf/cm2)
250 = 24.5MPa (250kgf/cm2)
315 = 30.9MPa (315kgf/cm2)
350 = 34.3MPa (350kgf/cm2)
Y Y
B B
6-16
■Specifications
Maximum working Ports A, B 34.3（350）

pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) 1.0 (10) External drain, tank
Port Y
See the Current - Pressure Characterisitics
Solenoid rated current mA (the following figure).
200
Power source DC24V

6.4 8.3 11.1

PRBP*P-10/*-E B
C
Mass kg
PRBP*P-10/*-EE 6.9 8.8 11.6
Hexagon socket
1 Type Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)）
P-CHY10R14-0 Rc 4 head cap thread
1 PRBP10 M10×40L 4 pcs.
P-CHY10G14-0 G 4

3 PRBP20 M10×50L 4 pcs. 56.8±8.5
（580±87）
P-CHY10R38-0 Rc 8
PRBP10 2.1kg PRBP30
P-CHY10G38-0
3
G 8 M10×60L 6 pcs.
1
P-CHY10R12-0 Rc 2
1
P-CHY10G12-0 G 2
3
P-CHY20R34-0 Rc 4
3
P-CHY20G34-0 G 4
PRBP20 4.4kg
P-CHY20R1-0 Rc 1
P-CHY20G1-0 G1
1
P-CHY30R54-0 Rc1 4
1
P-CHY30G54-0 G1 4
PRBP30 1
6.9kg
P-CHY30R32-0 Rc1 2
P-CHY30G32-0 G11 2
For the dimension drawing, refer to page 6, and 7 of the appendix.
■Current - Pressure characteristics (viscosity 25 mm /s (cSt)) 2
●PRBP*
35 For 34.3 MPa For 14.7 MPa

15
For 30.9 MPa 14
30 13
12
For 24.5 MPa
25 11
10 For 9.8 MPa
Pressure (MPa)
Pressure (MPa)
20 9
8
7
15
6
For 4.9 MPa
5
10
4
3
5 2
1
0 100 200 300 400 500 600 700 800 850 930 0 100 200 300 400 500 550 600 700 800
6-17
●PRBP10 ●PRBP20, 30
35 35
30 30
Secondary pressure (MPa)
Secondary pressure (MPa)

For 30.9 MPa, 34.3 MPa For 30.9 MPa, 34.3 MPa
25 25
20 20
15 15
10 10
5 5
0 20 40 60 80 0 60 120 180 240 300

■Secondary minimum adjustment pressure characterisitcs (viscosity 25 mm /s (cSt)) Input current: 0 2

●PRBP10 ●PRBP20, 30 1. - For 34.3, 30.9, 24.5 MPa

2. - For 14.7 MPa
3. - For 9.8 MPa
1. - For 34.3, 30.9, 24.5 MPa
4. - For 4.9 MPa
2. - For 14.7 MPa
1.6
3. - For 9.8 MPa
4. - For 4.9 MPa 1.4
1.0
1.2
Pressure (MPa)
0.8 1 1.0
Pressure (MPa)
2 0.8
0.6 3
4 0.6 1
0.4 2
0.4 3
0.2 4
0.2
0 20 40 60 80 0 60 120 180 240 300

6-18
10
●PRBP 20 B
30 P-10/*-E C L6 L4
φ6
L5
φ13 depth of counter bore 1.4
2-φD1
Y
K
φD2 depth of counter bore H6
B A
B1
B2
45
Ｘ
J1
J2
L7
L8 J3
L2
MAX.L1
In case of electric connection symbol C (DIN large connector GDME3011) In case of electric connection symbol B (DIN connector GDM3011)

73
69
37
52
L3 PG11 (Cable outer diameter 8 to 10mm)
Y Emergency manual adjustment screw

H1

Air bleeding plug
H2

H3

H4
B A
16
H5
Locating pin
4
N φ6
Tightening torque ＃10, ＃20, ＃30　　56.8±8.5N･m (580±87kgf･cm)
10
●PRBP 20
30
P-10/*-EE L6 L4
φ6
L5 φ13 depth of counter bore 1.4
2-φD1
Y
K
φD2 depth of counter bore H6
B A
B1
B2
45
J1
J2
L7
L8 J3
L2
MAX.L1 Cable grounding　ISO228- G 1 2

(Outer diameter of connection cableφ6 to φ13)
68
52
L3 Emergency manual adjustment screw
Y Max. 17.5 (Use length of 16.5 to 17.5 mm)

H1
Air bleeding plug

H2
H3
4
H4
B A
16
H5
Locating pin
4
N φ6
Tightening torque ＃10, ＃20, ＃30　　56.8±8.5N･m （580±87kgf･cm） (Note) Port X is not used.
Nominal O-ring JIS B2401

B1 B2 N D1 D2 H1A H1B H2 H3 H4 H5 H6 L1 L2 L3 L4 L5 L6 L7 L8 A and B ports X and Y ports
dimension
10 85 66.7 15 22 212 207 112 92 28 1.8 256 104 108 42.9 38.5 31.8 35.5 P18, Hs90
4-M10 12 ー P10, Hs90
20 102 79.4 25 35 222 217 122 102 38 255 121 107 60.3 40.5 44.5 33.5 G30, Hs90
2.4
30 120 96.8 6-M10 31 40 230 225 130 110 46 14 257 153 109.8 84.2 42.1 35.5 62.7 34 G35, Hs90
Nominal J1 J2 J3 K
dimension
10 7.2 21.5 35.8 7.9
20 11.1 39.7 49.2 6.4
30 16.7 59.5 67.5 3.8
6-19
Solenoid proportional control valve – Direct operated type DDP6
SOL b A B SOL a
P T
TAPB
Solenoid proportional control valve – Direct operated type
Direct operated type solenoid proportional 1. During the initial adjustment or malfunction in
control valve consists of DC proportional the electrical system, manual operation can
solenoids and spring balance type direct
operated spool valve. The valve operating be done with the manual adjustment thread.
direction is selected by energizing either one 2. The structure is simple and maintenance
of the two solenoids, and the flow amount is is easy.
controlled by the open area of the spool that
moves in proportion to the input current.
■Type indication
Direct operated type solenoid Type of hydraulic oil

proportional control valve No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
Connection method
P = Gasket connection type Electric connection symbol
B = DIN connector
Spool type
Solenoid ratings
05, 13, 23 = Double solenoid type A = 33Ω×0.75A
05A, 05B, 13A, 13B, 23A, 23B = Single solenoid type B = 7.2Ω×1.5A
* Refer to page 6-22 “Spool type symbols”
Rated flow rate (When △P = 0.98 Mpa)
25 : 25 L / min
15 : 15 L / min
5 : 5 L / min
■Specifications
Nominal dimension 6
■Sub-plate
Maximum working pressure Port P, A, B 30.9 (315)
P-DE6R14-0 Rc 14
Rated flow rate L/min△P = 0.98 MPa per 1 round 25/15/5 1.0kg
P-DE6G14-0 G 14
Maximum differential pressure (Per one round) MPa (kgf/cm2) 5.9 (60) DDP6
P-DE6R38-0 Rc 3 8
Maximum flow rate L/min 25/20/13 1.3kg
P-DE6G38-0 G 38
Reproducibility % 2
Hysteresis % 3 When you use a sub-plate, please place an order for the above
80
sub-plate type.
0→100% input
Step response ms For the dimension drawing, refer to page 11 of the appendix.
100→0% input 50
■Accessories
Solenoid rated current mA 750/1,500
Electrical Coil resistance Ω 33/7.2 at 20℃
specifications Dither (Recommendable value) 60Hz, 200/350mAP-P ●Mounting bolt
Standard amplifier type C-B10-A 100
Mass kg DDP6 M5×50L 4 pcs. 6.9 ± 1.0 (70 ± 10.5)
6-20
■Current - Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 25 mm /s (cSt)) 2
●DDP6 Flow rate (L/min)

30 Primary pressure : 20.6 MPa (210 kgf/cm2)
Dither : 60 Hz, 200 mAP-P
25
Amount of pressure drop : 0.98 MPa (10 kgf/cm2)
20 Per one round
15
10
750 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 750

Input current ( mA)
Solenoid proportional control valve – Direct drive type

■Step response characteristics (viscosity 25 mm /s (cSt)) 2
●DDP6 100
Spool displacement %
Primary pressure : 20.6 MPa (210 kgf/cm2)

50
0
Current mA
750
0
20ms
●DDP6 40.5 12.5
27.8
T
31
MAX.49
A B
32.5
44
45
P
6
6
26.6
0.75
16.3
10.3
19
PG11
<Outer diameter of connection cableφ8 to φ10 mm）
DIN connector
GDM3011
DIN connector
(In case of electric connection symbol B)
GDME311
(In case of electric connection
symbol C)
Max. 97 (In case of electric connection symbol C)
b a
8 Max. 92 (In case of electric connection symbol B)
Air bleeding plug

(Three locations)
(M4 Hexagon socket head bolt)
Tightening torque 2.0±0.2 N･m
Solenoid ｂ Solenoid ａ
50
4-φ8
23.5
4-M5-50　Tightening torque 7.4±0.49 N･m

4-φ12.2
O-ring　4-AS568　No.012　Hs90
MAX.108 64 （For port A, B, P, T)
MAX.280
6-21
Solenoid proportional control valve – 2-stage amplifier type DHP
T A P B
Solenoid proportional control valve – 2-stage amplifier type
2-stage amplifier type solenoid 1. The right and left secondary pressure of the 3. The selection of external/internal pilot can
proportional control valve consists of pilot valve can be adjusted independently be easily implemented by changing the
proportional solenoid pilot pressure and the spring of the main valve spool can selection plug.
reducing valve and pilot pressure - spring be adjusted externally. The valve can provide
balance type spool valve. The valve even flow rate for the left and right sides.
operating direction is selected by 2. Special damping mechanism with a spring
energizing either one of the two solenoids, realises superior stability even when the
and flow rate is controlled by the open primary pilot pressure is as high as 30.9 MPa
area of the spool that moves in proportion (315 kgf/cm2).
to the input current.
■Type indication
2-stage amplifier type Type of hydraulic oil

solenoid proportional control valve No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
Spool type Solenoid ratings

A = 33Ω×0.75A
B = 7.2Ω×1.5A
Spool
Hydraulic symbols
type
Pilot drain type

AB No symbol = external pilot, external drain
b b O a a E = internal pilot, external drain
Double solenoid type
P T ET = internal pilot, internal drain

AB
05 Rated flow rate (When △P = 0.98 Mpa)
P T 16 size 35 : 35 L / min
AB 100 : 100 L / min
23 180 : 180 L / min
P T 22 size 300 : 300 L / min
AB
O a a
Single solenoid type
P T
AB
05A
P T
AB
23A
P T
6-22
Nominal dimension 16 22 Valve type Sub-plate type Connection diameter Mass
Ports P, A, B, and X （315）
30.9 P-DEH16R34-0
3
Rc 4
Maximum 7.0kg
working External drain （250）
24.5 P-DEH16G34-0 G 34
pressure Ports T DHP16
Internal drain （10）
1.0 P-DEH16R1-0 Rc 1
MPa (kgf/cm2)
14.5kg
Ports Y （10）
1.0 P-DEH16G1-0 G1
Rated flow rate L/min
P-DEH22R1-0 Rc 1
(When valve pressure drop 180, 100, 35 300 11kg
amount of △P = 0.98 MPa) P-DEH22G1-0 G1
Working pressure range MPa (kgf/cm2) 2.5 to 30.9 (25 to 315) 1
P-DEH22R54-0 Rc1 4
DHP22
Lowest pilot pressure MPa (kgf/cm2) 2.5 (25) P-DEH22G54-0 G114
24kg
Reproducibility % 2 or less 1
P-DEH22R32-0 Rc1 2
Hysteresis % 3 or less P-DEH22G32-0 G112
Solenoid rated current mA 750/1,500

Coil resistance Ω 33/7.2 at 20℃ sub-plate type.
Electrical For the dimension drawing, refer to page 9, 10, and 11 of the appendix.
specifications Dither (Recommendable value) 60Hz, 200/350 mAP-P
C-B10-A 100
200 /C-B15-D24 (Single solenoid type)
Standard amplifier type
200 /CW-B15-D24 (Double solenoid type)
CW-B10-A 100
■Accessories
Double solenoid type 15 22.5
Mass kg ●Mounting bolt
Single solenoid type 12 17.5
M6 ×55L 2 pcs. （120 ± 18）

11.8 ± 1.7
DHP16
M10×60L 4 pcs. 56.8 ± 8.5（580 ± 87）
DHP22 M12×60L 6 pcs. 98.0 ± 14.7（1000 ± 150）
■Current - Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 25 mm /s (cSt)) 2
Primary pressure: 20.6 MPa (210 kgf/cm2), Dither: 60 Hz, 200 to 250 mAP-P, Amount of pressure drop: 0.98 MPa (10 kgf/cm2) Internal pilot, External drain
●DHP16 ●DHP22
Flow rate (L/min)
300
Flow rate (L/min)
200 250
180
160 200
140
120 150
100
80 100
60
40 50
20
800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800 800 600 400 200 0 200 400 600 800
Input current ( mA) Input current ( mA)
Primary pressure: 20.6 MPa (210 kgf/cm2), Internal pilot, External drain
●DHP16 ●DHP22
Current (mA) Spool displacement (%)
Current (mA) Spool displacement (%)
100 100
50 50
0 0
750 750
0 0
20ms 20ms
6-23
●DHP16 (Single solenoid type)
X
T P
71.5
69.9
91
55.6 A B
54
L Y
35
14.3
18.3
12.7
1.5
34.1
50
65.9
76.6
88.1
101.6 Cable grounding　PG11
(Outer diameter of connection cable　φ8 to φ10)
In case of electric connection symbol C In case of electric connection symbol B

(DIN large connector GDME3011) (DIN connector GDM3011)
MAX. 324 MAX. 315

16 207 16 MAX. 198
Solenoid
Air bleeding plug
Solenoid ａ Solenoid ａ
48
192
188.5
A B Y A B Y
96
4-φ19.5 3-φ7
3
(Locating pin)
12
17
2-φ4 4-M10
Tightening torque: 56.8±8.5 N･m (580±87 kgf･cm)
O-ring...4-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 3-φ14
(For port A, B, P, and T) O-ring...3-JIS B2401 P10A Hs90
19 119 (For port X, Y, and L)
MAX. 118 161.2 2-Ｍ６
Tightening torque: 11.8±1 N･m (120±10 kgf･cm)
●DHP16 (Double solenoid type)

101.6
88.1
76.6
65.9
50
34.1
18.3
X
T P
71.5
69.9
91
A B
55.6
54
L Y
35
14.3
1.5
12.7
Cable grounding　PG11
In case of electric connection symbol C (Outer diameter of connection cable　φ8 to φ10) In case of electric connection symbol B
(DIN large connector GDME3011) (DIN connector GDM3011)
MAX. 336 MAX. 336
MAX. 118 (218) MAX. 118 （218）
107 207 MAX. 98 MAX. 198
Solenoid
Air bleeding plug
Solenoid ｂ Solenoid ａ Solenoid ｂ Solenoid ａ

48
192
A B Y A B Y
188.5
96
4-φ19.5 3-φ7
12
3
(Locating pin)
17
2-φ4 4-M10
Tightening torque: 56.8±8.5 N･m (580±87 kgf･cm)
4-φ26 3-φ14
19 119 O-ring...3-JIS B2401 P10A Hs90
(For port A, B, P, T) (For port X, Y, L)
2-Ｍ６
Tightening torque: 11.8±1 N･m (120±10 kgf･cm)
6-24
●DHP22 (Single solenoid type) 94.3
76.8
53
29.2
5.6
T P Y
L
96.8
92
74.5
73
17.5
X
19
A B
17.3
12.5
53
77
100.6
112.5
130
19 172

MAX.224.5 PG11
Outer diameter of connection cableφ8 to φ11 mm
SOL a
MAX.235
X A B
115
4-φ25
3-φ10
19
5
117 6-M12x60 Tightening torque 98.0±14.7 N･m (1000±150 kgf･cm)

2-φ6 113.5 4-φ35 3-φ25 219.2
(Locating pin)
(MAX.338)
O-ring...4-JIS B2401 G30 Hs90 O-ring...4-JIS B2401 P21 Hs90
(For port A, B, P, and T) (For port X, Y, and L)
●DHP22 (Double solenoid type)

94.3
76.8
53
29.2
5.6
T P
Y
L
96.8
92
74.5
73
17.5
X
A B
19
17.3
12.5
53
77
100.6
112.5
130
19 172
71 224.5
PG11 PG11
Outer diameter of connection cable 8 to 11mm
SOL b SOL a
MAX.235
X A B
115
4-φ25
3-φ10
19
5
117 6-M12x60 Tightening torque 98.0±14.7 N･m (1000±150 kgf･cm)

2-φ6 4-φ35 3-φ25 266.5
(Locating pin)
MAX.380
O-ring...4-JIS B2401 G30 Hs90 O-ring...4-JIS B2401 P21 Hs90
(For port A, B, P, and T) (For port X, Y, and L)
6-25
Solenoid proportional control valve – Direct operated type, with LVDT DDPL6
SOL b A B SOL a
LVDT
P T
T APB
Solenoid proportional control valve – Direct operated type, with LVDT
Direct operated type solenoid proportional The valve is used with a special controller to 1. It has high response and high accuracy,
control valve consists of DC proportional allow operating direction and flow rate to be and high performance equivalent
solenoid with differential transformer controlled in proportion to the controller to those of a simple servo valve.
(LVDT) and spring balance type spool input voltage. 2. The dead zone for flow rate adjacent
valve, and spool displacement amount is to the neutral point is small.
detected by LVDT to make miner feedback. 3. The structure is simple and maintenance
is easy.
■Type indication

direct operated control valve with LVDT No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil

Series number: 10
Solenoid ratings
Spool type B = 7.2Ω×1.5A
05, 13, 23 = Double solenoid type
05A, 05B, 13A, 13B, 23A, 23B = Single solenoid type Rated flow rate (When △P=0.98Mpa)
* Refer to page 6-22 “Spool type symbols”. 25 : 25 L / min
15 : 15 L / min
5 : 5 L / min
P-DE6R14-0 Rc14 Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
1.0kg
P-DE6G14-0 G 14 DDPL6 M5×50L 4 pcs. 6.9±1.0 (70±10.5)
DDPL6
P-DE6R38-0 Rc38
1.3kg
P-DE6G38-0 G 38
sub-plate type.
6-26
■Specifications
Nominal dimension 6
Maximum working pressure Port P, A, B 30.9 (315)

Rated flow rate L/min △P=0.98 MPa per 1 round 25/15/5

Maximum differential pressure (Per one round) MPa (kgf/cm2) 5.9 (60)
Maximum flow rate L/min 30/25/18
0→100% input 30
Step response ms
100→0% input 18
Frequency response -3dB 20

Hz (±2％ input) 22
90 degree delay
Solenoid proportional control valve – Direct drive type, with LVDT

Solenoid rated current mA 1,500
Electrical Coil resistance Ω 7.2 at 20℃

specifications 60Hz, 200mAP-P
Dither (Recommendable value)
Standard amplifier type CFW-B15-D24
Mass kg
■Voltage - Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 25 mm /s (cSt)) 2
●DDPL6
Flow rate (L/min)
25
20
Per one round
15
Special controller is used.
10
-100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100

Input voltage (%)

■Frequency response characterisitcs (viscosity 25 mm /s (cSt)) 2
●DDPL6
●DDPL6
100
Spool displacement (%)
0
-2
50 -4 Gain
Gain (dB)
-6
-8 -100
Phase (DEG)
0
-75
Input voltage (%)
100 -50
Phase
-25
0 1 5 10 20 304050
20ms
Frequency (Hz)
Special controller is used. Input: ±25%
6-27
●DDPL6
40.5 12.5
27.8
31
MAX.49
A B
32.5
45
44
44
45
P
6
6
26.6
16.3
0.75
10.3
19
Solenoid proportional control valve – Direct operated type, with LVDT
DIN connector
GDM3011(In case of electric connection symbol B)
Round shape multipole connector SCK-1606 (Made by Sanwa)

<Outer diameter of connection cable　φ6 to φ8 mm，
PG11 Use 50 mm or shorter 4-cored shielded cable.＞
DIN connector
(Outer diameter of connection cableφ6 to φ10 mm)
GDEME311
(In case of electric connection symbol C)
a
Max. 97 (In case of electric connection symbol C)
b
Max. 92 (In case of electric connection symbol B)
Air bleeding plug

(Three locations)
(96.5)
Solenoid ｂ Solenoid a
50
4-φ8 Air bleeding plug

23.5

8
4-M5-50 Tightening torque 6.9±1.0 N･m (70±10.5 kgf･cm)

4-φ12.2 O-ring...4-AS568 No.012 Hs90
MAX.108 64 (For port A, B, P, and T)
MAX.330
Green
1
5 6
2
4 3
Yellow
White
Black
Blue
Red
Connection diagram for differential

transformer (LVDT) connector pins
6-28
Solenoid proportional control valve – 2-stage amplifier type, with LVDT
●Hydraulic system
SOL b A B SOL a
LVDT
P T
XY
(Note) Internal pilot and external drainis used

T A P B as standard.
Solenoid proportional control valve – 2-stage amplifier type, with LVDT

Solenoid proportional control valve consists of amount is detected by LVDT to make miner 1. It shows high response and high accuracy
solenoid proportional pilot pressure reducing feedback. control performance.
valve, sandwich type pressure reducing valve, The valve is used with a special controller to 2. The structure is simple and maintenance is
spool type main valve, and differential allow operating direction and flow rate to be easy.
transformer (LVDT). The spool displacement controlled in proportion to the input voltage.
■Type indication
Solenoid proportional Type of hydraulic oil

2-stage amplifier type control No symbol = Mineral based hydraulic oil
valve with LVDT V = Phosphate ester based hydraulic oil
Connection method
B = DIN connector
Series number: 10
Solenoid ratings
Spool type B = 7.2Ω×1.5A
05, 13, 23 = Double solenoid type Pilot drain type

05A, 05B, 13A, 13B, 23A, 23B = Single solenoid type
* Refer to page 6-22 “Spool type symbols”.
ET = internal pilot, internal drain
* At least 2.5 MPa (25kgf/cm2) is required for either
internal or external pilot pressure.
Rated flow rate (When △P=0.98MPa)

100：100 L / min
180：180 L / min
35 ：35 L / min
P-DEH16R34-0 Rc 3 4 Type Hexagon socket head cap thread Quantity Tightening torque N・m (kgf・cm)
7.0kg
3
P-DEH16G34-0 G 4 M6×55L 2 pcs. 11.8±1.7 (120±18)
DHPL16 DHPL16
P-DEH16R1-0 Rc1 M10×60L 4 pcs. 56.8±8.5 (580±87)
14.5kg
P-DEH16G1-0 G1
sub-plate type.
6-29
■Specifications
Ports P, A, B, and X 30.9 (315)

Maximum working External drain 24.5 (250)
pressure Ports T
MPa (kgf/cm2) Internal drain 1.0 (10)
Ports T 1.0 (10)
Rated flow rate L/min △P=0.98 MPa per 1 round 180, 100, 35
Reproducibility % 1.5 or less
Hysteresis % 1.5 or less
0→100 % input 100
Step response ms
100→0 % input 100
Frequenbcy response Hz -3dB 7

(±2％ input) 90 degree delay 5
Solenoid proportional control valve - 2-stage amplifier type, with LVDT
Solenoid rated current mA 1,500

Electrical Coil resistance Ω 7.2 at 20℃
specifications
Dither (Recommendable value) 60Hz, 50mAP-p
Standard amplifier type CFW-B15-D24
Mass kg 18.5
■Voltage - Flow rate characteristics (viscosity 25 mm /s (cSt)) 2
●DHPL16
Flow rate (L/min)

200
150 Primary pressure: 20.6 MPa (210 kgf/cm2)

Per one round
100
Internal pilot/external drain
50
-100 -80 -60 -40 -20 0 20 40 60 80 100

Input voltage (%)

■Frequency response characterisitcs (viscosity 25 mm /s (cSt)) 2
●DHPL16 ●DHPL16
Input ±25％
Spool displacement (%)
100 +2
0
-2
Gain (dB)
50 -4
-6
-8
-10 -160
Phase (DEG)
0
Input voltage (%)
-120
100
-80
-40
0 25ms 1 2.5 5 10 15 20
Frequency (Hz)
Primary pressure: 6.9 MPa (70 kgf/cm2) internal pilot/external drain Primary pressure: 6.9 MPa (70 kgf/cm2) internal pilot/external drain
Special controller is used. Special controller is used.
6-30
●DHPL16
101.6
88.1
76.6
65.9
50
34.1
18.3
X
T P
71.5
69.9
91
A B
55.6
54
Y
35
14.3
1.5
12.7
Solenoid proportional control valve - 2-stage amplifier type, with LVDT

107 207 Cable grounding PG11

(Outer diameter of connection cable　φ8 to φ10）
Round shape multipole connector
- SCK-1606 (Made by Sanwa)
<Outer diameter of connection cable φ6 to φ8 mm,
　Use a 50 mm or shorter 4-cored shielded cable.>
MAX. 232
40
A B Y
73
96
φ26
4-φ19.5 3-φ7
Air bleeding plug

12
3
17

4-M10-60
4-φ26 3-φ14 Tightening torque: 56.8±8.5 N・m (580±87 kgf･cm)
19 119 60 100
79 279
MAX. 358
O-ring…4-JIS B2401 P22 Hs90 2-M6-55 O-ring…3-JIS B2401 P10A Hs90

(For port A, B, P, and T) Tightening torque: 11.8±1.7 N･m (For port X, Y, and L)
　　　(120±18 kgf･cm)
In case of electric connection symbol B (DIN connector GDM3011)
MAX. 98 MAX. 198
Green
1
5 6
2
4 3
Yellow
Whit
Solenoid b Solenoid a Black
Blue
Red
228.5
Connection diagram for differential

A B Y transformer (LVDT) connector pins
Note : Port L is not used.
6-31
Controller
C series/C-B10-A C series/C-B15-D KC series/KC-B10

Controller
A controller exclusively used for driving 1. Excellent constant current characteristics is 3. As shown in List of Types, we line up various
solenoid proportional control valves obtained against the change of supply types to meet any usages.
voltage, ambient temperature, and coil 4. KC seriese, the small size and inexpensive
resistance. type is also lined up.
2. The output current is PWM-controlled and
the heat generation of the controller is
extremely low, which makes it small and
light weight.
■List of controller types and the applicable valve solenoid types

Controller Applicable solenoid proportional control valves
Solenoid Solenoid proportional Solenoid proportional LVDT solenoid proportional control
Series Driving Power LVDT Single/ pressure reduding valve valve (Proportional servo valve)
Type relief valve control valve
name method supply feedback double
solenoid RDPV5 RBP10 to 5 PRDP6 PRBP10 to 30 PRDP1M6-S PRDP1M6-D DDP6 DHP16 to 22 DDPL6 DHPL16
Single C-B10-
AC solenoid E E C E A ー A A ーー
A100/200
power supply Not type
AC100/110V provided Double CW-B10-
AC200/220V solenoid ーーーーー A A A ーー
A100/200
type
PWM Single
+ solenoid C-B15-D24 E E D E B ー B B ーー
Not type
Dither
C series provided Double
Superposing
type solenoid CW-B15-D24 ーーーーー B B B ーー
DC type
power supply
DC21 to 30V Single
solenoid CF-B15-D24 ーーーーーーーー B B
type
Provided
Double
solenoid CFW-B15-D24 ーーーーーーーー B B
type
DC Single
Not
KC series PWM type power supply solenoid KC-B10-11 E E ー E ー
DC21 to 30V provided type
Type of the solenoid Coil resistance (20℃) Rated current
A 33Ω 750mA
B 7.2Ω 1,500mA
C 24Ω 750mA
D 6Ω 1,500mA
E 14.2Ω 800mA
6-32
■Type indication
●C series
Controller for solenoid proportional control valve Series number: 20

- C series (Except, only C-B10-A100, 200 are 21)
（Differential transformerM)
LVDT A200 = AC200/220V±10％
F = LVDT A100 = AC100/110V±10％
No symbol = Types without LVDT D24 = DC21 to 30V
Maximum output current

Type of the solenoid 10 = 1.0A
15 = 1.5A
W = double solenoid
No symbol = single solenoid
B: BOX type
Controller
●KC series
Controller for solenoid proportional control valve Series number: 11

- KC series
KC = For single solenoid Maximum output current = 1.2A
KWC = For double solenoid
B: BOX type
E: PC board type
6-33
For AC power supply single solenoid C-B10-A
C series
■Performance
Linearity 2% FS or below
Step response 50 ms
（0→100％）
Supply voltage
Constant current
1% FS or below (±10%)
characteristic
fluctuation
Change of load
1.5% FS or below (33 to 45Ω)
resistance
Change of ambient
temperature
1% FS or below (0 to 50℃)
For AC power supply single solenoid
(Note) Step response is measured while the solenoid is connected.

FS (Full Scale) means the rating of 750 mA.

● This controller has internal heat Type C-B10-A100-21 C-B10-A200-21
generation. Do not install in a closed place. AC power supply (50/60 Hz) AC100/110V±10% AC200/220V±10%
In addition, when more than one set are Power consumption 40 VA or lower
installed, keep the distance of 20 mm or Solenoid coil resistance 45Ω or lower
more.
Maximum output current 1.0 A
● Use a shielded cable for input signal wiring
to protect it from noise. Input impedance 50 kΩ
Voltage input DC0 to 10V max.

Input command
Resistance input Variable resistance 5 kΩ (0.5 W or higher)
■Connection method Input gain adjustment 35 to 160 mA/V

Please refer to the operation manual. Frequency 50 to 200 Hz
Dither adjustment
Amplitude 0 to 250 mAP-P
Bias adjustement 0 to 250 mA
Ambient temperature and humidity 0 to 50℃, 90% RH or lower (No condensation)
Conforming to JIS C0911 IIB, Class-3

Vibration proof
Frequency 16.7 Hz, amplitude 3 mm P-P
Mass 3.1 kg
0V
1
POWER SIG.
2
MIN
+V
MAX
GAIN 3
MIN
SOL
MAX
BIAS 4
OMA
250MA
140
130
120
+ 5
50Hz DITH.AMP. A-
200Hz 6
DITH.FREQ.
110V
7
AC 100V
FUSE 8
COM
9
G
10
C-B10-
A100-21
32.5 2-φ5 16 1.5 195 2.3

65 4 214.8
6-34
For AC power supply double solenoid CW-B10-A
C series
■Performance
Step response 50 ms
（0→100％）
Supply voltage
Constant current
1% FS or below (±10%)
characteristic
fluctuation
Change of load 1.5% FS or below (33 to 45Ω)
resistance
Change of ambient
temperature 1% FS or below (0 to 50℃)
For AC power supply double solenoid


● This controller has internal heat Type CW-B10-A100-20 CW-B10-A200-20
generation. Do not install in a closed place. AC power supply (50/60 Hz) AC100/110 V±10% AC200/220 V±10%
In addition, when more than one set are Power consumption 40VA or lower
installed, keep the distance of 20 mm or Solenoid coil resistance 45Ω or lower
more.
Voltage input DC0 to ±10 Vmax.

Input command

Dither adjustment

Vibration proof
Mass 3.2 kg
0V 1
-V
POWER 2
MIN SIG.
3
MAX
GAIN +V
MIN
4
MAX SOLA
BIAS.A 5
MIN
MAX + 6
BIAS.B A
170
-
160
150
OMA 7
250MA SOLB
DITH.AMP. 8
50Hz
200Hz + 9
DITH.FREQ. A
-
10
110V
FUSE 11
AC 100V
12
COM
13
G
14
CW-B10-
A100-200
1.5
16 195 2.3
2-φ5
65 4 214.8
6-35
For DC power supply single solenoid
C series
■Performance
Step response 50 ms
（0→100％）
Supply voltage
Constant current
1% FS or below (21 to 30 V)
characteristic
fluctuation
Change of load
resistance
1.5% FS or below (5 to 11 Ω)
Change of ambient
temperature
For DC power supply single solenoid


● This controller has internal heat Type C-B15-D24-20
generation. Do not install in a closed place. DC power supply DC24 V (21 to 30 V)

installed, keep the distance of 20 mm or Solenoid coil resistance 11 Ω or lower
more.
Voltage input DC0 to 10 Vmax.

Input command

Dither adjustment

Vibration proof
Mass 0.5 kg
50 4 118.5
25 16 1.5 100 1
0V
1
POWER SIG.
2
MIN
+V
MAX
GAIN 3
MIN
SOL
MAX
BIAS 4
OMA
130
120
110
250MA
+ 5
DITH.AMP.
50Hz A
-
200Hz 6
DITH.FREQ.
DC24V
+ 7
-
FUSE 8
G
9
C-B15-
D24-20
2-φ5
6-36
For DC power supply double solenoid
C series
■Performance
Step response 50ms

（0→100％）
Supply voltage
Constant current
1% FS or below (21 to 30V)
characteristic
fluctuation
Change of load
resistance
1.5% FS or below (5 to 11Ω)
Change of ambient
temperature 1% FS or below (0 to 50℃)
For DC power supply double solenoid


● This controller has internal heat generation. Type CW-B15-D24-20
Do not install in a closed place. In addition, DC power supply DC24 V (21 to 30 V)

when more than one set are installed, keep Power consumption 30 VA or lower
the distance of 20 mm or more. Solenoid coil resistance 11 Ω or lower
to protect it from noise.
Input impedance 50 kΩ
Voltage input DC 0 to ±10 Vmax.

Input command

Dither adjustment

Vibration proof
Mass 0.7 kg
50 4 118.5
25 16 1.5 100 1
0V 1
POWER -V
2
MIN SIG.
MAX 3
GAIN
+V
MIN
4
MAX
BIAS.A
SOLA
5
MIN
MAX
BIAS.B + 6
170
160
150
A
OMA -
250MA 7
DITH.AMP. SOLB
50Hz 8
200Hz
DITH.FREQ.
+ 9
A
-
10
FUSE
DC24V
+ 11
-
12
G
13
CW-B15-
D24-20
2-φ5
6-37
For DC power supply single solenoid with LVDT feedback CF-B15-D
C series
■Performance
Step response 30ms（0→100％）

Supply voltage
Constant current
characteristic
fluctuation
Change of load
resistance
Change of ambient
temperature
For DC power supply single solenoid with LVDT feedback


● This controller has internal heat generation. Type CF-B15-D24-20
Do not install in a closed place. In addition, DC power supply DC24 V (21 to 30 V)
when more than one set are installed, keep Power consumption 30 VA or lower
the distance of 20 mm or more. Solenoid coil resistance 11 Ω or lower
● Use a shielded cable for input signal wiring Maximum output current 1.5 A
● Set the "VALVE SIZE" selection switch to the Voltage input DC 0 to 10 Vmax.
Input command
prescribed position corresponding to the
Input gain adjustment 70 to 300 mA/V
valve size.
Frequency Fixed
Dither adjustment
Amplitude Fixed
Zero point adjustment ±20％FS
■Connection method Monitor output (Spool displacement amount)

Ambient temperature and humidity
10 Vmax.
0 to 50℃, 90% RH or lower (No condensation)
Please refer to the operation manual.
Vibration proof
Mass 0.8 kg
0V
1
SIG.
2
POWER
+V
MIN 3
MAX
GAIN SOLA
4
MIN
MAX
BIAS.A 5
+
－ A
-
＋ 6
O.ADJ.
DC24V
+ 7
190
180
170
FUSE -
8
DT1
9
DT2
LVDT 10
DT3
6 11
VALVE
SIZE
16 DT4
12
22
OUT
MONI 13
TOR
OV
14
G
CF-B15 15
-D24-20
1.5
2-φ5 16 150 1
60 4 168.5
6-38
For DC power supply double solenoid with LVDT feedback CFW-B15-D
C series
■Performance
Step response 30 ms（0→100％）

Supply voltage
Constant current
characteristic
fluctuation
Change of load
resistance
Change of ambient
temperature
For DC power supply double solenoid with LVDT feedback


● This controller has internal heat Type CFW-B15-D24-20
generation. Do not install in a closed place. DC power supply DC24 V (21 to 30 V)
installed, keep the distance of 20 mm or Solenoid coil resistance 11 Ω or lower
more. Maximum output current 1.5 A
● Use a shielded cable for input signal wiring Input impedance 50 kΩ
to protect it from noise. Voltage input DC 0 to ±10 Vmax.

Input command
● Set the "VALVE SIZE" selection switch to the
Input gain adjustment 70 to 300 mA/V
prescribed position corresponding to the
Frequency Fixed
valve size. Dither adjustment
Amplitude Fixed
Zero point adjustement ±20％ FS
■Connection method Monitor output (Spool displacement amount)

Ambient temperature and humidity
10 Vmax.
0 to 50℃, 90% RH or lower (No condensation)
Please refer to the operation manual.
Vibration proof
Mass 1.0 kg
0V 1
-V
2
SIG.
3
+V
POWER
4
MIN
SOLA
5
MAX
GAIN + 6
MIN A
-
MAX 7
BIAS.A
SOLB
MIN ８
MAX
BIAS.B + ９
A
190
180
170
－ -
＋ 10
O.AD.J DC24V
+ 11
-
FUSE 12
DT1
13
DT2
LVDT
14
VALVE
6 DT3
SIZE 15
16 DT4
22 16
OUT
MONI
TOR
17
OV
18
G
CWF-B15
-D24-20 19
1.5
16 150 1
2-φ5
60 4 168.5
6-39
For DC power supply single and double solenoids – small and inexpensive type KC, KWC
KC series KWC series
■Performance
Step response （0→100％）

100 ms
Supply voltage
Constant current
2% FS or less (21 to 31V)
characteristic
fluctuation
Change of load
resistance
2% FS or less (14 to 21Ω)
Change of ambient
temperature
1.5% FS or less (0 to 50℃)
For DC power supply single and double solenoids – small and inexpensive type


● This controller has internal heat Type KC-B10-11 KWC-B10-10
generation. Do not install in a closed Power supply DC24 V (21 to 30 V)

place. Power consumption 20 VA or lower
● Use a shielded cable for input signal Solenoid coil resistance 14 to 21 Ω or lower
wiring to protect it from noise.
Input impedance 100 kΩ
Voltage input DC0 to 5 V (7.5 Vmax.) DC0 to ±5 V (±7.5 Vmax.)

Input command
Resistance input Possible by connecting a set station KSA series
Please refer to the operation manual. Input gain adjustment 120 to 200 mA/V
PWM frequency variable range 50 to 250 Hz
■Accessories Ramp adjustment 0.1 to 5 seconds (Adjustment up or down independently is possible)
Type: KC-B10-11 Voltage monitor (cp + terminal) output 0.47 V/ IA

Spare fuse 1 piece Ambient temperature and humidity 0 to 50℃, 90% RH or lower (No condensation)
Type; KWC-B10-10 Conforming to JIS C5025 class A

Vibration proof Sweeping frequency 10 to 55 Hz, amplitude 1.5 mm P-P
Spare fuse None
Mass 90 g 160 g
φ5 Through-hole 2-φ5 (M4 mounting holes)
24 78
20 19 40 19
5
11
5
11
Slow-time adjustment
RAMP
DOWN trimmer
Fuse RAMP
UP Output current
Protection cover FUSE
3.2A
check pin
ＣＰ＋ RAMP
Power supply SPL A
DOWN
Gain adjustment
S/N
24V
terminal GAIN
trimmer SOL B RAMP
UP
7.62
FUSE
0V BIAS
Bias adjustment 3.2A
6.4
GAIN
102
124
trimmer
114
SIG ＰＷＭ
ＦＲＱ 24V ＋
SOL A CP BIAS
0V 250Hz PWM frequency 0V −
RAMP
114
102
trimmer DOWN
SIG
50Hz ＋ RAMP
Input terminal SOL B CP UP
Output terminal
KC−B10−11 M3-6
0V −
GAIN
SOLENOID
BIAS
Power indicator lamp KWC-B10-10
12
DITHER
(Red)
9
SOLENOID SOLENOID AMP
ＡＢ
DITHER
R2.5 FRQ
(11)
Protection 250Hz
cover
5
(5)
50Hz
0.8 37.4 R2.5 R2.5

11
20 (12)
5
19.5 (19.5)
32 39 5 5
6-40
Sub-plate
Appendix-1
■When using the valve
●As for the sub-plates and flanges, please place an order separately, referring to the following application tables.
●We can manufacture sub-plates or flanges for the valve types other than those on the application tables.
In such case, please contact us designating the valve type.
■Type indication for Sub-plate
Sub-plate Types with/without plug installed

No symbol No plug on all the port
（）
=
Valve name Examples of X = A plug is installed in the X port of the sub-plate.
indication XY = Plugs are inserted in the X and Y ports of the sub-plate.
Nominal dimension ALY = Plugs are installed in the A, L, and Y ports of the sub-plate.
Connection method Series Number
G = G (PF) thread connection type Bore diameter

（PF）
GO = G thread connection type (Conforming to JISB2351 0 type） (Note1) In case the connection thread is G(PF) thread, the plug is equipped with an O-ring
R =R （PT） thread connection typ In case the connection thread is R(PT) thread, apply sealing tape on the plug and thread it in.
(Note 2) If the sub-plate type P-DE6 is used as for D6,
the port to which a plug is inserted shall be the ones of which symbol(P, A, B, T)
is not parenthetic.
■Sub-plates and Flange application tables

●Directional control valve
Sub-plate or flange Sub-plate or flange
Valve name Nominal dimension Valve name Nominal dimension
Type Bore diameter Stated page Type Bore diameter Stated page
1 1
P-DE6*14-0 4 P-CHY10*14-0 4
6 Appendix-11 Appendix-6
3 3
P-DE6*38-0 8 10 P-CHY10*38-0 8
3 1
P-DE10*38-0 8 P-CHY10*12-0 2
10 Appendix-9
1 3
P-DE10*12-0 2 P-CHY20*34-0 4
20
Sub-plate
3
P-DEH16*34-0 4 P-CHY20*1-0 1
16 Appendix-11 Appendix-7
P-DEH16*1-0 1 P-CHY30*54-0 11 4
30
P-DEH22*1-0 1 Appendix-9 P-CHY30*32-0 11 2
DE 1
DEH
22 P-DEH22*54-0 1 4 TFAA-40 2
CH 52
DH P-DEH22*32-0 1 Appendix-10 TFXA-40 2
1 2 CHY
DM
32 P-DEH32*32-0 11 2 TFAA-50 21 2
62
TFAA-40 2 TFXA-50 21 2
52
TFXA-40 2 TFAA-63 3
1
82
TFAA-50 2 2 TFXA-63 3
62
TFXA-50 21 2 TFAA-80 4
Appendix-16 102 Appendix-16
TFAA-63 3 TFXA-80 4
82
TFXA-63 3 TFAA-125 6
125
TFAA-80 4 TFXA-125 6
102
TFXA-80 4 TFAA-150 8
1
150
P-DE6*14-0 4 TFXA-150 8
K4LA 6 Appendix-11
3
P-DE6*38-0 8
TFAA-40 2
52
TFXA-40 2
TFAA-50 21 2
62
TFXA-50 21 2
TFAA-63 3
82
TFXA-63 3
C Appendix-16
TFAA-80 4
102
TFXA-80 4
TFAA-125 6
125
TFXA-125 6
TFAA-150 8
150
TFXA-150 8
Appendix-2
●Pressure control valve ●Flow control valve
Sub-plate or flange Sub-plate or flange
Valve name Nominal dimension Valve name Nominal dimension
Type Bore diameter Stated page Type Bore diameter Stated page
1
6 P-RD6*14-0 4 TFAA-40 2
52
1
10 P-RD10*12-0 2 TFXA-40 2
3
P-RD20*34-0 4 TFAA-50 21 2
RD 20 Appendix-8 62
P-RD20*1-0 1 TC1M TFXA-50 21 2
T1M Appendix-16
P-RD30*54-0 11 4 TFAA-63 3
30 82
P-RD30*32-0 11 2 TFXA-63 3
1
P-RB10*14-0 4 TFAA-80 4
102
3
10 P-RB10*38-0 8 TFXA-80 4
1 1
P-RB10*12-0 2 Appendix-5 5 P-FJC5*14-0 4
F Appendix-8
3 1
P-RB20*34-0 4 10 P-F10*12-0 2
20
1
P-RB20*1-0 1 5 P-FJC5*14-0 4 Appendix-8
RB 1 1
P-RB30*54-0 1 4 P-FJC10*12-0 2
RBE 30 Appendix-6 10
FJC 3
P-RB30*32-0 11 2 P-FJC10*34-0 4
Appendix-4
TFAA-40 2 P-FJC16*1-0 1
52 16
TFXA-40 2 P-FJC16*54-0 11 4
Appendix-16
TFAA-63 3 P-FJC30*54-0 11 4
82 FJC 30 Appendix-4
TFXA-63 3 P-FJC30*32-0 11 2
1 1
P-DE6*14-0 4 10 P-FK10*12-0 2
6 Appendix-11
3 FK Appendix-12
P-DE6*38-0 8 P-FK16*1-0 1
PRD 16
1
SD P-CHY10*14-0 4 P-FK16X*1-0 1
3
10 P-CHY10*38-0 8 Appendix-6
1
P-CHY10*12-0 2
1
P-CHY10*14-0 4
10 P-CHY10*38-0
3
8 Appendix-6 ●Solenoid proportional control valve
Sub-plate
P-CHY10*12-0
1 Sub-plate or flange
2 Valve name Nominal dimension
PRB P-CHY20*34-0 3 Type Bore diameter Stated page
4
SB 20 1
P-CHY20*1-0 1 P-RB10*4-0 4
Appendix-7 3
P-CHY30*54-0 11 4 10 P-RB10*38-0 8
30 1
1 P-RB10*2-0
P-CHY30*32-0 1 2 2
Appendix-5
RBP 3
P-PU10*38-0 3
8
P-RB20*34-0 4
10 Appendix-12 20
P-PU10*12-0 1
2
P-RB20*1-0 1
P-PU20*34-0 3 P-RB30*54-0 11 4
PU 4 30 Appendix-6
20
PUE P-PU20*1-0 1 P-RB30*32-0 11 2
Appendix-13 1
P-PU30*54-0 11 4 P-CHY10*14-0 4
30 3
P-PU30*32-0 11 2 10 P-CHY10*8-0 8 Appendix-6
1
P-PB10*14-0 1
4
P-CHY10*12-0 2
3
10 P-PB10*38-0 3
8 PRBP P-CHY20*34-0 4
20
P-PB10*12-0 1
2 Appendix-5 P-CHY20*1-0 1
Appendix-7
3RBE P-PB20*34-0 3 P-CHY30*54-0 11 4
4 30
20
P-PB20*1-0 1 P-CHY30*32-0 11 2
PRDP 1
P-PB30*54-0 11 4 P-DE6*14-0 4
30 Appendix-6 PRDP1M 6 Appendix-11
3
P-PB30*32-0 1
1 2 DDP（L） P-DE6*38-0 8
3
P-DEH16*34-0 4
16 Appendix-11
P-DEH16*1-0 1
DHP Appendix-9
P-DEH22*1-0 1
DHPL
22 1
P-DEH22*54-0 1 4
Appendix-10
P-DEH22*32-0 11 2
1
RDPV 5 P-RDPV5*14-0 4 Appendix-14
Appendix-3
●P-FJC30
Screw diameter D,
screw depth E
2-φ30 4-Ｍ20 Screw depth 40
(For ports A, B)
A
A
197
320
282.5
144
B
B
186.8
35
4-φ32
4-φ22
77.8
42.8
17 30
37
18.8
144 135
55
178 19
216
Type D E Mass (kg)

P-FJC30G54-0 G1 1 4 28
P-FJC30R54-0 Rc1 1 4 24.5
28
P-FJC30G32-0 G1 1 2 29
P-FJC30R32-0 Rc1 1 2 25.5
Sub-plate
●P-FJC10, 16
2-φY
（For ports A, B)
Counterboring diameter φZ, counterboring depth a,
Screw diameter b, screw depth d 4-W screw depth X
(For ports A, B)
h g 2-φ7 drilled depth 8
As for P-FJC10, only
A
( one location on this side.
Two locations for P-FJC16. )
A
Q
B
P
S
B
f
B
φV
R
N
φU
J e F
K T G
L C D E H
Type A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z a b d e f g h Mass (kg)

P-FJC10G12-0 42 1 G 1 2 14
28 66.5 20 Through 9 2
P-FJC10R12-0 hole ーー Rc 12 15
134.5 106.5 10.3 19 9.5 55 76 28.5 74 114 12 30 71.5 82.5 30 14 8.8 M8 15 58.7 79.4 ー
3
P-FJC10G34-0 45 ＋ G 4 18
35 63.5 35 15 24 3
P-FJC10R34-0 ーー Rc 34 19
P-FJC16G1-0 52 1 G1 19
P-FJC16R1-0 ーー Rc1 22
168 124 45 11 22.3 20.5 75 101.5 42.8 97.3 146 11.3 15 90.5 101.5 24 78 20 17.5 11 M10 20 20 1 72.9 102.4 0.8 6
P-FJC16G54-0 63 1 G114 24
P-FJC16R54-0 ーー Rc1 14 24.5
Appendix-4
●P-RB10
Counterboring diameter φF, counterboring depth G
Screw diameter H, screw depth J
(For ports P, T) 2-φ15
11.8
4-M12 screw depth 22 (For ports P, T)
26.3
A
P
27
T
82.3
P T
X
130
106.5
54
　φ4
X （For port X）
4-φ11
4-φ17.5
φ6.5 drilled depth 6
E 8 14.5
Counterboring diameterφK,
D C 22.1
Counterboring depth L
43 37 18 47.6
Screw diameter M,
110 screw depth N 28 54
（For port X）
* The – mark indicates that the coupling joint center is positioned to the left of the mounting hole center.
Type A B C D E F G H J K L M N Mass (kg)
P-RB10G38-0 40 １ G 38 15 28 １ G 14 14
53.3 53.3 0.5 39.5 19.5 2.1
P-RB10R38-0 －－ Rc 3 8 16 －－ Rc 1 4 12.5
P-RB10G12-0
48.3
42 １ G 12 15 28 １ G 14 14
58.3 ０ 41.5 13.5 2.1
P-RB10R12-0 －－ Rc 1 2 16 －－ Rc 1 4 12.5
P-RB10G14-0 * 28 １ G 14 15 28 １ G 14 15
53.3 53.3 -2 33.1 19.5 2.1
P-RB10R14-0 －－ Rc 1 4 12.5 －－ Rc 1 4 12.5
Sub-plate
●P-RB20
Counterboring diameter φD, counterboring depth E,

Screw diameter F, screw depth G
(For ports P, T) 4-M16 Screw depth 27
13.5
28.6
P
A
B
T
34.9
P T
98.4
154
127
69.8
X
4-φ20
4-φ14
2-φ24
(For ports P, T)
φ6
（For port X）
15.5 8 11.1 φ6.5 drilled depth 6

Counterboring diameter
φH, counterboring depth J,
C 2.5 18 33.3
screw diameter K,
85.5 22.1 screwed depth L 40 18.8 55.6
（For port X）
138 23.8 66.7
Type A B C D E F G H J K L Mass (kg)

P-RB20G34-0 50 1 G 34 17 28 1 G 14 14
63.5 63.5 66.5 4.4
P-RB20R34-0 －－ Rc 3 4 18 －－ Rc 1 4 15
P-RB20G1-0 58 1 G1 19 28 1 G 14 14
58.5 68.5 74.5 4.4
P-RB20R1-0 －－ Rc1 20 －－ Rc 1 4 15
Appendix-5
●P-RB30
14
31.8
P
71.8
T
77.8
41.2
114.3
P T
X
174
146
82.5
4-φ20
4-φ14
Counterboring diameterφA,
Counterboring depth B X
2-φ30
Screw diameter C,
（For ports T, P）
screw depth D
(For ports T, P) φ6
25.1 （For port X）
12 12.7 φ6.5　drilled depth 6
101.5
3.5 22 44.4
114 45 25.1 76.2
168 31.7 88.9
Counterboring diameter φE, counterboring depth F

Screw diameter G, screw depth H
（For port X）
Type A B C D E F G H Mass (kg)

P-RB30G54-0 73 １ G1 1 4 24 28 １ G 14 14
6.9
P-RB30R54-0 －－ Rc1 1 4 25 －－ Rc 14 12.5
1
P-RB30G32-0 73 １ G1 2 24 28 １ G 14 14
6.9
P-RB30R32-0 －－ Rc1 1 2 25 －－ Rc 14 12.5
Sub-plate
●P-CHY10
(42.9)
21.5 Screw diameter B, screw depth D
(For ports X, Y)
E
11.8

19.9
24.8
Y
Y
53.3
2-φ6
33.4
7.9
B（A） (For ports X, Y)

81.7
B（A）
106.5
66.7
58.8
130
A（B） A（B）
X 2-φ15
(For ports A, B)
X
Screw diameter A,
screw depth C
(For ports A, B)
φ11
φ6.5　drilled depth 6
φ17.5
8 7.2
F 21.5
18
28 31.8
35.8
37 42.9
Note) 1. For pressure reducing valve - balansed piston type (PRB), pressure reducing 110
valve - direct operated type (PRD), and solenoid proportional pressure reducing
valve (PRBP), the port symbols in ( ) apply.
2. As for pressure reducing valves and solenoid proportional pressure reducing
valves, port X is not used.
Type A C D B E F Mass (kg)

P-CHY10G14-0 G 14 G 14 15 15
4.5 39 2.1
P-CHY10R14-0 Rc 14 Rc 14 12.5 12.5
P-CHY10G38-0 G 38 G 14
17 15 0 43.5 2.1
P-CHY10R38-0 Rc 38 Rc 14
P-CHY10G12-0 G 12 G 14
17 15 0 43.5 2.1
P-CHY10R12-0 Rc 12 Rc 14
Appendix-6
●P-CHY20
Screw diameter J, screw depth 15

(For ports X, Y)
2-φ24
13.5
(For ports A, B)
23.8
A
Y
A（B）
C
Y
D
B（A）
39.7
　A
6.4
B
（B）
73
127
154
79.4
B
（A）
X
4-φ20
4-φ14
X
2-φ6
(For ports X, Y) 4-M10 screw depth 15
Screw diameter G,
screw depth H E 8 11.1 φ6.5 drilled depth 6
(For ports A, B) 39 18 20.6
58.1 40 39.7
F 44.5
85.5 22.5 49.2
138 18.4 60.3
Note) 1. For pressure reducing valve - balanced piston type (PRB), and solenoid proportional pressure reducing valve (PRPB),
the port symbols in ( ) apply.
2. As for pressure reducing valves and solenoid proportional pressure reducing valves, port X is not used.
Type A B C D E F G H J Mass (kg)
P-CHY20G34-0 G 34 18 G 14
27.2 99.8 63.5 63.5 17.5 74.5 4.4
P-CHY20R34-0 Rc 34 18 Rc 14
1
P-CHY20G1-0 G1 20 G 4
30.2 96.8 55.5 71.5 19.5 77.5 4.4
P-CHY20R1-0 Rc1 20 Rc 14
Sub-plate
●P-CHY30
Screw diameter B, screw depth 15
(For ports X, Y) 6- M10 screw depth 17
14
24.6
28.4
Y
63
Y
83
3.8
2-φ6
48.4
B（A）（For ports X, Y)

117.4
92.8
　A 　B
96.8
146
174
（B）（A）
A（B）
X
4-φ20
4-φ14
X 2-φ30
(For ports A, B)
Screw diameter A, 26 12 16.7 φ6.5 drilled depth 6

screw depth 25
45.9 22 24.6
(For ports A, B)
80.8 45 42.1
101 59.5
114 22 62.7
168 67.5
21.3 84.2
Note) 1. For pressure reducing valve - balanced piston type (PRB), and solenoid proportional pressure reducing valve (PRBP),
the port symbols in ( ) apply.
2. As for pressure reducing valves and solenoid proportional pressure reducing valves, port X is not used.
Type A B Mass (kg)
P-CHY30G54-0 G1 1 4 G 14
6.9
P-CHY30R54-0 Rc1 1 4 Rc 14
1
P-CHY30G32-0 G1 1 2 G 4
6.9
P-CHY30R32-0 Rc1 1 2 Rc 14
Appendix-7
●P-FJC5, P-F10
Counterboring diameterφR counterboring depth S,

Screw diameter T, screw depth U
(For ports A, B) 4-M5　Screw depth 13 2-φ10
Q
(For ports A, B)
A
K
48
F
4-φ6.6
B B
36
4-φ11
J
H
M
13
G
C
D 7 8
B E 41
A 48 L
Type A B C D E F G H J K L M Q R S T U Mass (kg)

P-FJC5G14-0 ーー G 14 15
90 7.5 21.5 54.5 75 60 7.5 11.5 34.5 45 13.5 1.5 25 1.0
P-FJC5R14-0 ーー Rc 14 12.5
P-F10G12-0 38 1 G 12 15
100 7.5 24.5 60.5 85 60 7.5 13.5 32.5 45 18.5 1.5 30 1.2
P-F10R12-0 ーー Rc 12 17
Sub-plate
●P-RD6, 10, 20, 30

12-0 only）
B
M L C Q R
N S
Ｇ
Ｒ
P Screw diameter T,
K（P-RD10
screw depth U
D
G
T
J
T
H
F
A
E
2-φV
P （For ports P, T）
4-φW through hole Counterboring diameterφX, counterboring depth Y,

screw diameter Z, screwed depth a
Type A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z a Mass (kg)
P-RD6G14-0 ーー G 14 15
80 90 25 15 55 40 8 40 20 0 7.5 75 37.5 37.5 15 45 22.5 4-M6 15 6 9 1.3
P-RD6R14-0 ーー Rc 14 12.5
P-RD10G12-0 ーー G 12 17
100 120 35 10 80 55 12 55 31 10 10 100 50 50 20 60 30 4-M8 17 10 9 3
P-RD10R12-0 ーー Rc 12 17
P-RD20G34-0 ーー G 34 21
77 22 60 60
P-RD20R34-0 ーー Rc 34 14
135 140 40 20 100 65 34 0 10 120 25 70 35 4-M8 18 20 11 5.3
P-RD20G1-0 ーー G1 22
76 23 72 48
P-RD20R1-0 ーー Rc1 22
P-RD30G54-0 76 1 G114 25
75 75
P-RD30R54-0 ーー Rc114 18
180 170 50 25 130 100 20 85 35 0 10 150 25 100 50 4-M10 18 30 11 10.5
P-RD30G32-0 65 1 G112 24
90 60
P-RD30R32-0 ーー Rc112 18
Appendix-8
●P-DE10
115
11.5 92 32 46 23
75 24 32.5
48 21.4
20 6.3
4-φ11
T (For ports P, A, B, and T)
A
P
50.8
82
142
54
79.4
4-φ10.5
37.3
4-M6
27
screw depth 13
16.7
A B
P
40
4-φ20
12.7
3
31.3
B
Counterboring diameterφA, counterboring depth B, 1

screw diameter C, screw depth D
(For ports P, A, B, and T)
Type A B C D Mass (kg)

P-DE10G38-0 40 1 G 38 15
2.7
P-DE10R38-0 －－ Rc 38 16
P-DE10G12-0 42 1 G 12 15
2.7
P-DE10R12-0 －－ Rc 12 16
Sub-plate
●P-DEH22
Counterboring diameterφA, Counterboring diameterφE,

counterboring depth B, counterboring depth F,
screw diameter C, screw screw diameter G, 4-φ24.5
depth D (For ports P, A, B, and T) 6-M12 screw depth 22 2-φ6.5 drilled depth 8
screw depth H
(For ports X, Y, and L) (For ports P, A, B, and T)
Y
L T P
Y
L
96.8
170
94
92
4-φ17.5
4-φ10.5
74.5
74.5
73
73
A A B
X
46
46
19
19
X
B
39
17.5
17.5
2
3-φ10
7.5 15 (For ports X, Y, and L) 5.6
25.5 45 17.3
48 29.2
72 53
109 76.8 （Location of P port）
132.5 77 （Location of M12 screw）
155.5 94.3
181 12 100.6
205 112.5
25.5 130
Type Ａ B C D E F G H Mass (kg)

P-DEH22G1-0 30 1 G 14 14 60 1 G1 19
11
P-DEH22R1-0 ーー Rc 14 15 ーー Rc1 20
Appendix-9
●P-DEH22
φ22 2-φ6.5 drilled depth 8

Counterboring diameterφE, Counterboring diameterφA,
counterboring depth B, （For port P）
counterboring depth F, 6-M12 screw depth 22
screw diameter G, screw diameter C, screw depth D 3-φ24.5
screw depth H (For ports P, A, B, and T) 13 (For ports A, B, and T)
(For ports X, Y, and L)
3-φ10
4-φ14
4-φ20
Ｙ
Y L
P T L T P
96.8
142
170
92
74.5
73
A B
110
X
106
79
46
19
B A X
36
32
25
17.5
14
5.1 5.6
16.8 17.3
60.2 80 29.2
84 53
137.8 76.8
161.6 77
205 94.3
222 14 100.6
250 112.5
46 130

P-DEH22G54-0 63 1 G1 1 4 25 25 1 G 14 14
24
P-DEH22R54-0 ーー Rc1 1 4 24.5 ーー Rc 14 12.5
P-DEH22G32-0 65 1 G1 1 2 25 25 1 G 14 14
24
P-DEH22R32-0 ーー Rc1 2 1 24.5 ーー Rc 14 12.5
Sub-plate
●P-DEH32
Counterboring diameterφE,
counterboring depth F, Counterboring diameterφA,
screw diameter G, counterboring depth B,
screw depth H screw diameter C, screw depth D
(For ports X, Y, and L) (For ports P, A, B, and T) 2-φ6.5 Screw depth 8
305 4-φ35
（For ports P, A, B, and T）
266.5 19.2
P
T
T P Ｙ
Y L L
197
159
124
124
114.5
114.5
A B
4-φ18
79.3
79.3
X X
28.5
28.5
35
35
B A
19
4-φ26
3-φ10
33 41.5
48.5 20 76
74.5 82.5
115.5 45 114.5
157.5 147.5
198.5 168.5
228.5 38 190.5

P-DEH32G32-0 65 1 G1 1 2 25 32 1 G 38 15
19
P-DEH32R32-0 －－ Rc1 1 2 24.5 －－ Rc 38 14
Appendix-10
●P-DEH16
B
71.5 C
69.9 1.5
55.6 R
Counterboring diameterφU,
54 Q counterboring depth V
14.3 S P
Screw diameter W, screw depth X
12.7 N
11 (For ports L, X, and Y)
4-φ17.5
4-φ11
2-φ4.5 drilled depth 5 Y
Locating pin hole X
2-φ7 drilled depth 11
(For ports X, Y)
Y P
X
2-M6 B
101.6
screw depth 15 B
88.1
P
D
76.6
A
A
L
65.9
K
50
T T
34.1
J
18.3
H
L
4-M10
A
screw depth 18
G
φ5 drilled depth 11
F
T
E
14
35 Counterboring diameterφY, M
4-φ20 counterboring depth Z
(For ports P, A, B, and T) Screw diameter a, screw depth b
Type A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z a b Mass (kg)

P-DEH16G34-0 60 φ25 0.3 or less G 14 15 φ45 0.3 or less G 34 21
188 104 17 160 17 37 53 90 106 129 144 27 10 19 54 60 29 8.5
P-DEH16R34-0 60 − − Rc 14 12.5 − − Rc 34 19
P-DEH16G1-0
210 124 27 182 15 φ25 0.3 or less G 14 15 φ52 0.3 or less G1 25
42 58 106 122 155 165 30 5 15 53 65 80 40 14.5
P-DEH16R1-0 − − Rc 14 12.5 − − Rc1 22
Sub-plate
●P-DE6
G 40.5 D
F Counterboring diameterφM, Counterboring depth N, 27.8
4-M5 screw depth 12
E Screw diameter P, screw depth Q 19
(For ports P, A, B, and T) 4-φ6.3
10.3
T
（Y）（Y）
2-φ6.6
2-φ11
T
（X）
A（B）
B
K
32.5
31
A
J
B（X）
26.6
（B）
16.3
P（A）
6
7
0.75
P（A）
C B
H A
Note) 1. For sequence valve - direct operated type (SD), and pressure reducing valve - direct operated
type (PRD), the port symbols in ( ) apply.
2. As for pressure reducing valve - direct operated type (PRD), port X is not used.
Type A B C D E F G H J K ML N P Q Mass (kg)

P-DE6G14-0 25 1 G 14 14
117 8.5 100 31 24.5 50 75.5 25 64 30 15.7 1.0
P-DE6R14-0 ーー Rc14 12.5
P-DE6G38-0 32 1 G 38 17
155 12.5 130 46 31 65 99 30 84 40 25.7 2.2
P-DE6R38-0 ーー Rc38 14
Appendix-11
●P-FK16, P-FK10 φ7 (For port X)
Counterboring diameterφh Counterboring diameterφm, counterboring depth n, (For sub-plate type P-FK10.)
Counterboring depth i Screw diameter q, screw depth r
Screw diameter j （For port X）
Screw depth k
(For ports A, B, and T) (It is not provided for sub-plate type P-FK16.) 4-e screw depth f
a
4-φd
4-φb
A
X A
X
Z
T B
Y
X
3-φg
T
U
(For ports A, B, and T)

B T
S
Ｘ
W
V
E K
R
F L
G M φ7 （For port X）
C （For sub-plate type P-FK16X）
H D N
A J P
Type A B C D E F G H J K L M N P Q R S T U V W X Y Z a b
P-FK10G12-0
133.5 101.5 30 9.5 26.2 35.5 61.2 79 19.2 12 19 38 57.2 76 114.5 9.5 17.5 67.5 67.5 ー 8 70.5 73 82.5 9 9
P-FK10R12-0
P-FK16G1-0 ー
ーーーー
P-FK16R1-0
168 123.5 50 11 44 73 102 22.3 23.8 50.8 77.8 101.5 146 11 21 80.5 12.7 89 101.5 11 11
P-FK16XG1-0
32 ー 66 6.4 ー
P-FK16XR1-0
Type d e f g h i j k m n q r Mass (kg)
P-FK10G12-0 38 1 G 12 15 25 1 G 1 4 14
14 M8 13 14 2.8
P-FK10R12-0 ーー Rc 1 2 17 ーー Rc 1 4 12.5
P-FK16G1-0 52 1 G1 20 25 1 G 1 4 14
P-FK16R1-0 ーー Rc1 22 ーー Rc 1 4 12.5
17.5 M10 21 20 7.3
P-FK16XG1-0 ーー G1 20 ーー G 1 4 15
P-FK16XR1-0 ーー Rc1 22 ーー Rc 1 4 12.5
Sub-plate
●P-PU10
Counterboring diameterφD, counterboring depth E,
Screw diameter F, screw depth G (For ports A, P, and T)
3-φ10
(For ports A, P, and T)
A
B
T A P T
124
106.5
66.7
P
B
4-φ14
4-φ9
C 19.8 7.2 φ6.5 drilled depth 6

A 9 31.8
86 9 50 35.8
104 26.5 42.9
Type A B C D E F G Mass (kg)

P-PU10G38-0 32 1 G 38 15
51.5 20 16.5 4.5
P-PU10R38-0 ーー Rc 38 14
P-PU10G12-0 38 1 G 12 15
49.5 22 13.5 4.5
P-PU10R12-0 ーー Rc 12 17
Appendix-12
●P-PU20
Counterboring diameterφC, counterboring depth D,

Screw diameter E, screw depth F
3-φ25
T P A
A P T
155
130
69.9
4-φ14
4-φ20
A 13 12.7
78.6 45 6-M16 screw depth 27 46
B 57.1
153 12.5 101.6
178 21.5 112.7
Type A B C D E F Mass (kg)

P-PU20G34-0 45 0.5 or less G 34 18
23.7 134.2 9
P-PU20R34-0 ーー Rc 34 19
P-PU20G1-0 52 0.5 or less G1 20
20.5 136.5 9
P-PU20R1-0 ーー Rc1 22
Sub-plate
●P-PU30
Counterboring diameterφA, counterboring depth B, 6-M18 screw depth 30

screw diameter C, screw depth D
(For ports A, P, and T) 3-φ32
A P T
177.5
152.5
82.5
T P A
4-φ20
4-φ14
36.8 12.7
112.8 13 50.8
188.8 63.5
215 12.5 55 127
240 42.8 139.7
Type A B C D Mass (kg)

P-PU30G54-0 63 1 G1 1 4 24
21
P-PU30R54-0 －－ Rc1 1 4 24.5
1
P-PU30G32-0 65 1 G1 2 24
21
P-PU30R32-0 －－ Rc1 1 2 25.5
Appendix-13
●P-RDPV5 G
R 14-0
Counterboring diameterφA,
28.9 counterboring depth B,
2-φ4.5 Screw diameter C, screw depth D
(For ports P, T) 6.5 7 (For ports P, T)
4-φ11
4-φ6.6
46
60
21.5
23
23
T P
13.7 25.8 5
10 60 4-M5 screw depth 9 25 55
80
Type A B C D
P-RDPV5G14-0 25 1 G 41 15
P-RDPV5R14-0 ーー Rc 1 4 12.5
Sub-plate
Appendix-14
Flange・Nipple
Appendix-15
●TFA A
B -Low pressure 20.6 MPa (210 kgf/cm ) flange
2
TFAB type TFAA type

A 40 A 125
A A TFA B - to type TFA B -150 type
80
C C B
B
φ
.D.
P.C P.C.D.
F F
φD
φE
B
2
“H” mounting bolt “G” O-ring 30°
Flange dimension (mm) Mass Reference: Applicable pipe (mm)

Type “G” O-ring dimension “H” mounting bolt dimension
A B C D E F (kg) Outer diameter Thickness
TFAA-40 2.6
65 98 35 61 43 98 JIS B2401 G55 Hs90 4-M16-55 60.5 7.8
TFAB-40 2.6
TFAA-50 3.9
70 116 40 77 57 118 JIS B2401 G65 Hs90 4-M20-65 76.3 9.5
TFAB-50 3.9
TFAA-63 7.9
90 146 50 90 67 145 JIS B2401 G75 Hs90 4-M24-80 89.1 11.1
TFAB-63 7.9
TFAA-80 13
110 176 60 115 84 175 JIS B2401 G95 Hs90 4-M30-100 114.3 15.0
TFAB-80 13
TFAA-125 42
150 300 80 166 123 245 JIS B2401 G135 Hs90 8-M30-120 165.2 21.0
TFAB-125 42
TFAA-150 70
170 360 90 217 162 290 JIS B2401 G175 Hs90 8-M36-140 216.3 27.0
TFAB-150 70
A
●TFX B -High pressure 30.9 MPa (315 kgf/cm2) flange
TFXB type TFXA type
A 40
TFX B - to type
A A 80
A 125
TFX B -150 type
C C B
B
φ
.D.
P.C P.C.D.
F F
φD
φE
B
Flange・Nipple
“H” mounting bolt “G” O-ring 30ﾟ
Flange dimension (mm) Mass Reference: Applicable pipe (mm)

Type (kg) “G” O-ring dimension “H” mounting bolt dimension
A B C D E F Outer diameter Thickness
TFXA-40 2.7
65 98 35 61 39 98 JIS B2401 G55 Hs90 4-M16-55 60.5 10.5
TFXB-40 2.7
TFXA-50 4.5
70 116 40 77 50 118 JIS B2401 G65 Hs90 4-M20-65 76.3 13.0
TFXB-50 4.5
TFXA-63 8.5
90 146 50 90 58 145 JIS B2401 G75 Hs90 4-M24-80 89.1 15.2
TFXB-63 8.5
TFXA-80 14
110 176 60 115 74 175 JIS B2401 G95 Hs90 4-M30-100 114.3 20.0
TFXB-80 14
TFXA-125 45
150 300 80 166 118 245 JIS B2401 G135 Hs90 8-M30-120 165.2 30.0
TFXB-125 45
TFXA-150 75
170 360 90 217 146 290 JIS B2401 G175 Hs90 8-M36-140 216.3 35.0
TFXB-150 75
Appendix-16
●STNL-High pressure 30.9 MPa (315 kgf/cm2) screw nipple
・ Maximum working pressure 30.9 MPa (315 kgf/cm2) ・ Designate the type of screw nipple in the following way.
・ In case of using in a place where impact pressure or ・ In case the O-ring is not needed： STNL*S
vibration may occur, countermeasure such as pipe ・ In case the O-ring (Nitrile rubber) is equipped： STNL*S
support or rubber hose shall be provided. ・ In case the O-ring (Fluorine rubber) is equipped： STNL*V
D C
P F
(Pulling margin)
φE
φd
M
φN
A
1.6
ﾟ “Q” O-ring “R” O-ring

37.5
Type d A B C D E F L M N P "Q" O-ring dimension “R” O-ring dimension Mass (kg)

STNL- 1 4 6 G 14 13.8 11 73 23 2 84 24 27 12 JISB2401　P10　Hs90 JISB2401　P16　Hs90 0.21
STNL- 3 8 9 G 38 17.3 12 80 30 2 92 32 37 14 JISB2401　P14　Hs90 JISB2401　P20　Hs90 0.43
STNL- 1 2 12 G 12 21.7 12 89 35 2 101 36 41 15 JISB2401　P16　Hs90 JISB2401　G25　Hs90 0.55
STNL- 3 4 15 G 34 27.2 15 102 41 2.5 117 41 47 17 JISB2401　P22　Hs90 JISB2401　G30　Hs90 0.85
STNL-1 22 G1 34 17 122 48 2.5 139 50 57 20 JISB2401　G30　Hs90 JISB2401　P36　Hs90 1.42
STNL- 1 1 4 29 G1 1 4 42.7 22 140 60 3 162 65 75 25 JISB2401　G40　Hs90 JISB2401　G45　Hs90 2.93
STNL- 1 1 2 32 G1 1 2 48.6 22 141 63 3 163 65 75 25 JISB2401　G40　Hs90 JISB2401　G50　Hs90 3.00
●HTN-Low pressure 20.6 MPa (210 kgf/cm2) screw nipple
・ Maximum working pressure 20.6 MPa（210 kgf/cm2) ・ Designate the type of screw nipple in the following way.
・ In case of using in a place where impact pressure or ・ In case the O-ring is not needed： HTN*
vibration may occur, countermeasure such as pipe ・ In case the O-ring (Nitrile rubber) is equipped： HTN*S
support or rubber hose shall be provided. ・ In case the O-ring (Fluorine rubber) is equipped： HTN*V
M D C
P F
(Pulling margin)
Flange・Nipple
φB
φE
φd
N
1.6
A
ﾟ
37.5
“Q” O-ring “R” O-ring
Type d A B C D E F L M N P “Q” O-ring dimension “R” O-ring dimension Mass (kg)

HTN- 1 4 6 G 14 13 11 53 23 2 64 24 27.7 12 JISB2401　P10　Hs90 JISB2401　P16　Hs90 0.14
HTN- 3 8 9 G 38 17 12 60 30 2 72 32 37 14 JISB2401　P14　Hs90 JISB2401　P20　Hs90 0.26
HTN- 1 2 12 G 12 20 12 63 35 2 75 36 41.6 15 JISB2401　P16　Hs90 JISB2401　G25　Hs90 0.33
HTN- 3 4 15 G 34 26 15 74 41 2.5 89 41 47.3 18 JISB2401　P22　Hs90 JISB2401　G30　Hs90 0.55
HTN-1 22 G1 34 17 84 48 2.5 101 50 57.7 21 JISB2401　G30　Hs90 JISB2401　P36　Hs90 0.90
HTN- 1 1 4 29 G1 1 4 42 22 92 60 3 114 65 75 27 JISB2401　G40　Hs90 JISB2401　G45　Hs90 1.64
HTN- 1 1 2 32 G1 1 2 47 22 97 63 3 119 65 75 27 JISB2401　G40　Hs90 JISB2401　G50　Hs90 1.72
HTN-2 42 G2 60 25 108 77 3 133 80 92.4 28 JISB2401　G50　Hs90 JISB2401　G65　Hs90 3.00
Appendix-17
Other general purpose valves
SUN cartridge valve
Features of SUN cartridge valve
● SUN cartridge valves adopt two piece structure called “floating style”.
The body which has valve mounting threads and the sleeve which contains internal operating part are
coupled with certain freedom, and the sleeve is, keeping slight gap in the axis direction between the
locating shoulder and bottom shoulder, mounted in the cartridge hole (See the folowing figure). Hence,
the tightening distortion due to cartridge mounting does not affect the internal operation part, which
realises the stable operation.
● It smoothly operates at high pressure such as maximum working pressure 34.3 MPa, and leakage
amount is very slight.
● Because four serieses each of which has different maximum flow rate are prepared for most of the
cartridges, the best suited valve for your system will be found.
(1) This part guides the cartridge hole to maintain the concentricity of cartridge
valve and cartridge hole.
(2) Having a slight gap between the cartridge hole and tip of the cartridge valve,
the body which has cartridge valve mounting threads and the sleeve which
Body
contains internal operating part are coupled with certain freedom. (Floating
style)
(3) The floating style structure enables to tighten at high torque.
As the result, the reliability has significantly increased against loosening or oil
leakage.
(3)
(4) This face called locating shoulder supports the axial force due to tightening, Port
to prevent distortion on the sleeve portion. (1)
(5) Locating the thread portion at immediate proximity of the sleeve keeps the
eccentricity of sleeve to minimum. (5)
(4)
Thread
(6) This face called bottom shoulder receives all the load that occurs during Locating shoulder
operation. (The load is not shared to the wire ring.)
(2)
(7) Cartridge valves with various functions can be applied to the same cartridge Wire link port
Sleeve
hole, which provides flexibility in designing.
Port
(6)
Bottom shoulder
* As for the details, please see the catalogue of SUN cartridge valves.
Application examples of SUN cartridge valves
Standard thread connection casing

with built-in cartridge
Built-in cartridge type
Conventional model replacement model

Direct mounting block
Usage-application type valve block
Sandwich valve Sub-plate with cartridge valve

Kawasaki Heavy Industries, Ltd.
Sales and service network
PRECISION MACHINERY COMPANY
Tokyo Head Office

14-5 Kaigan 1-chome, Minato-ku, Tokyo 105-8315,
Japan
Phone: 81-03-3435-6862 Fax: 81-03-3435-2023
Kobe Head Office
Kobe Crystal Tower, 1-3 Higashikawasaki-cho 1-chome, Chuo-ku, Kobe 650-8680, Japan
Phone: 81-078-360-8605 Fax: 81-078-360-8609
Nishi-Kobe Works
234 Matsumoto, Hasetani-cho, Nishi-ku, Kobe 651-2239, Japan
Phone: 81-078-991-1133 Fax: 81-078-991-3186
Kyushu Branch
Hakata Ekimae Daiichi Seimei Bldg. 9F, 1-4-1 Hakata Ekimae, Hakata-ku, Fukuoka,
812-0011, Japan
Phone: 81-092-432-9561 Fax: 81-092-432-9566
Tokyo Service Center
4-9-2 Onitaka, Ichikawa-shi, Chiba, 272-0015, Japan
Phone: 81-047-379-8181 Fax: 81-047-379-8186
Imabari Service Center
c/o Kawasaki Trading Co., Ltd., Gibraltar Seimei Bldg. 1-5-3 Kita Horai-cho, Imabari-shi,
Ehime, 794-0028, Japan
Phone: 81-0898-22-2531 Fax: 81-0898-22-2183
Fukuoka Service Center
2-10-17 Shimonofu, Shingumachi, Kasuya-gun, Fukuoka, 811-0112, Japan
Phone: 81-092-963-0452 Fax: 81-092-963-2755
http://www.khi.co.jp/kpm/
OVERSEAS SUBSIDIARIES
Kawasaki Precision Machinery (UK) Ltd.

Ernesettle Lane, ernesettle, Plymouth, Devon PL5 2SA, United Kingdom
Phone: 44-1752-364394 Fax: 44-1752-364816
http://www.kpm-eu.com
Kawasaki Precision Machinery (U.S.A.), Inc.
3838 Broadmoor Avenue SE, Grand Rapids, Michigan 49512 U.S.A.
Phone: 1-616-975-3100 Fax: 1-616-975-3103
http://www.kpm-usa.com
Kawasaki Precision Machinery (Suzhou) Ltd.
668 Jianlin Rd., New District, Suzhou, 215151 China
Phone: 86-512-6616-0365 Fax: 86-512-6616-0366
Kawasaki Precision Machinery Trading (Shanghai) Co., Ltd.
17th Floor (Room 1701), The Headquarters Building, No168,
XiZang Road (M), Huangpu District, Shanghai 20001, China
Phone: 86-021-3366-3800 Fax: 86-021-3366-3808
Kawasaki Chunhui Precision Machinery (Zhejiang) Ltd.
No.200 Yasha Road, Shangyu Economic Development Zone, Shangyu,
Zhejiang, 312300, China
Phone: 86-(0)575-82156999 Fax: 86-(0)575-82158699
Flutek, Ltd.
192-11, Shinchon-dong, Changwon, Kyungnam, 641-370 Korea
Phone: 82-55-210-5900 Fax: 82-55-286-5557
Wipro Kawasaki Precision Machinery Private Limited
No. 15, Sy. No. 35 & 37, Kumbalgodu Industrial Area, Kumbalgodu Village,
Kengeri Hobli, Bangalore, - 560074, India
Kawasaki Heavy Industries, Ltd.
Over sea network
OVERSEAS OFFICES
Beijing Office
Room No.2602, China World Tower 1, China World Trade Center, No.1 Jian Guo Men
Wai Avenue, Beijing 100004, People's Republic of China
Phone: 86-10-6505-1350 Fax: 86-10-6505-1351
Taipei Office
15th Floor, Fu-Key Bldg., 99 Jen-Ai Road Section 2, Taipei, Taiwan
Phone: 886-2-2322-1752 Fax: 886-2-2322-5009
Moscow Office
6th Floor (605) Bol. Ovchinnikovskiiper., 16 Moscow, 115184 Russian Federation
Phone: 7-495-933-1953∼1954 Fax: 7-495-933-1955
Delhi Office
5th Floor, Meridien Commercial Tower, 8 Windsor Place, Janpath, New Delhi,
100 001, India
Phone: 91-11-4358-3531 Fax: 91-11-4358-3532
OVERSEAS SUBSIDIARIES
Kawasaki Heavy Industries (U.S.A.), Inc.

599 Lexington Avenue, Suite 3901, New York, NY 10022, U.S.A.
Phone: 1-212-759-4950 Fax: 1-212-759-6421
Houston Branch
333 Clay Street, Suite 4310, Houston, TX 77002-4103, U.S.A.
Phone: 1-713-654-8981 Fax: 1-713-654-8187
Kawasaki do Brasil Industria e Comercio Ltda.
Avenida Paulista 542-6 Andar, Bela Vista, 01310-000, Sao Paulo, S.P., Brazil
Phone: 55-11-289-2388 Fax: 55-11-289-2788
Kawasaki Heavy Industries (U.K.) Ltd.
4th Floor, 3, St. Helen's Place London EC3A 6AB, United Kingdom
Phone: 44-20-7588-5222 Fax: 44-20-7588-5333
Kawasaki Heavy Industries (Europe) B.V.
7th Floor, Riverstaete, Amsteldijk 166, 1079 LH Amsterdam,
The Netherlands
Phone: 31-20-6446869 Fax: 31-20-6425725
Kawasaki Heavy Industries (H.K.) Ltd.
Room 4211-16, Sun Hong Kai Centre 30 Harbour Road, Wanchai
Hong Kong
Phone: 852-2522-3560 Fax: 852-2845-2905
Kawasaki Heavy Industries (Singapore) Pte. Ltd.
6 Battery Road, #18-04, Singapore 049909
Phone: 65-62255133∼4 Fax: 65-62249029
Kawasaki Heavy Industries (H.K.) Ltd.
Room 4211-16, Sun Hong Kai Centre 30 Harbour Road, Wanchai Hong Kong People's
Republic of China
Phone: 852-2522-3560 Fax: 852-2845-2905
Kawasaki Heavy Industries Consulting &
Service (Singapore) Company, Ltd.
13th Floor, HSBC Tower, 1000 Lujiazui Ring Road, Pudong New Area, Shanghai
200120, People's Republic of China
Phone: 86-21-6841-3377 Fax: 86-21-6841-2266

Kawasaki Valve

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

Kawasaki Valve

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Kawasaki Valve

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

What types of valves are discussed in the document?

What types of valves are discussed in the document?

What precautions should be taken when using different types of hydraulic oil?

What precautions should be taken when using different types of hydraulic oil?

Oil Pressure

In adopting and using this product.・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2

Directional control valve ・・・・・・・・・・ 1-1

Pressure control valve・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-1

Flow control valve・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 3-1

Sandwich valve・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 4-1

Logic valve・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 5-1

Solenoid proportional control valve・・・ 6-1

4 (1) Conditions and environment other than specified specifications

6 ●Viscosity and oil temperature

●Valve installation direction

●Mounting surface accuracy

[Related Standards concerning Safety]

Cautions concerning use of products

(5) Caution Use the product under the specification mentioned in

B B10 to 30 (Brake valve) ・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・・ 2-54

Solenoid operated directional valve・・・・・DE6 ・・・・ 1-2

In the type selection, we recommend the one indicated

Series number: 30 No symbol = No restriction

Solenoid operated directional valve

Number of Position Spool Hydraulic

● When neutral position and one side position of the

Nominal dimension 6 Valve type Sub-plate type Connection diameter Mass

Solenoid DC 48 sub-plate type.

Solenoid operated directional valve

Double solenoid type Alternating current A

Integrated terminal box type

Ground terminal *1 SOL.a or

Common terminal Power supply

Power supply terminal Electric terminal 1

DIN connector type

●With AC solenoid DE6P-30***-WA*

Maximum flow rate L/min

Flow direction P→A→B→T Flow direction Flow direction

10 16 25 31.5 35 10 16 25 31.5 35 10 16 25 31.5 35

100 100 100 100 100 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70 70

13 100 100 100 100 100 20 15 10 10 8 20 15 10 10 8

100 100 100 100 100 100 78 62 100 100 100 78 62

100 50 Hz, at rated voltage

Solenoid operated directional valve

Flow direction P→A→B→T Flow direction Flow direction

10 16 25 31.5 35 10 16 25 31.5 35 10 16 25 31.5 35

100 100 100 100 100 78 78 78 78 75 78 78 78 78 75

13 100 100 100 100 100 20 15 10 10 8 20 15 10 10 8

Flow rate (L/min) 201 5 ― 4 ― ―

At the time of adjustment, the valve

<With push button lock>

Solenoid operated directional valve

Machining dimension of manifold Power indicator lamp

10.3 MADE IN JAPAN

Space for removal

Power supply and

Push pin for manual operation

33 Power indicator lamp

Space for removal

Power supply and